Orum-Alexander â Pharmacy Technician: Practice And Procedures, 1e .... An Interactive Framework course is made up of m
Discover a personalized learning experience that inspires minds and improves results – anytime, anywhere. Digital learning prepares students for 21st century careers. McGraw-Hill Education is leading the push to digitize and personalize education, promoting skills such as collaboration and critical thinking. See how we help to improve student performance with the following solutions.
All-In-One Digital Learning
LearnSmart Advantage
Our learning management platform builds on our success in digital education and vast experience in content development.
A suite of adaptive learning products that includes SmartBook, higher education’s first adaptive e-book.
connect.mheducation.com
learnsmartadvantage.com
Seamless Integration
Custom Publishing
With McGraw-Hill Campus, schools and instructors can access our content and technology through any existing LMS.
Our digital custom-publishing platform gives instructors unprecedented control over classroom content.
mhcampus.com
create.mheducation.com/ createhelp/
McGraw-Hill Practice
New Models for Success
Hands-on, experiential learning games that provide the next generation of digital, personalized- learning for today’s students.
We work with your goals, needs and ideas to create tailored learning experiences that engage students, empower instructors, and enable greater success.
mhpractice.com
learningsolutions.mhhe.com
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail:
[email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia
C14-000978-X
HEALTH, HUMAN PERFORMANCE & ALLIED HEALTH 2015
Learning Without Limits
Health, Human Performance & Allied Health
2015
CONTENTS
ACTIVITIES & SPORTS Weight Training......................................................1
HEALTH Addictions / Counseling........................................30 Adolescent Health................................................53
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
AIDS Education....................................................42 Alcohol..................................................................30 Consumer Health.................................................31
Athletic Injury Rehabilitation...................................4
CPR......................................................................53
Biomechanics.........................................................2
Death and Dying...................................................31
Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries - Allied Health Majors.........................................3
Drug Education.....................................................54
Care and Prevention of Athletic - Physical Education Majors...............................3
Drug & Substance Abuse - Readers....................33
Elementary Physical Education Methods - Elementary Education Majors..........................4 Exercise Physiology...............................................5 Exercise Physiology Laboratory.............................6
Drug & Substance Abuse.....................................32
Elementary & Secondary School Health Methods............................................................50 Health & Aging / Gerontology...............................35 Health & Aging / Gerontology - Readers..............36
Exercise Prescription..............................................7
Health Education Evaluation and Measurement...................................................37
Fitness....................................................................7
Health Education Research Methods...................38
Fitness and Wellness - Text....................................9
Health Issues - Readers.......................................51
Fitness Management for the Personal Trainer.....15
Human Sexuality..................................................39
History and Philosophy of Sport - World..............16
Human Sexuality - Readers.................................39
Introduction to Physical Education.......................16
Mental Health.......................................................51
Introduction to Physical Education - Readers......18
Personal Health....................................................42
Kinesiology...........................................................19
Personal Health - Readers...................................46
Motor Development..............................................20
Statistics for Health Education.............................49
Motor Learning.....................................................21
Stress Management.............................................49
Psychology of Coaching.......................................29
Women's Health...................................................50
Psychology of Sport.............................................22 Research Methods...............................................23 Sociology of Sport................................................23 Strength & Conditioning.......................................24 Teaching Physical Education................................24 Tests and Measurement.......................................24 Weight Management & Nutrition - Readers..........25 Wellness...............................................................26 Wellness - Supplements.......................................27
i
ii
CONTENTS
ALLIED HEALTH
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES
Advanced First Aid...............................................56 BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer................56
ECGs..................................................................113
. Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting...........................................................57
EMT Paramedic..................................................114
Community and Public Health..............................57
Homeland Security.............................................112
Computers in the Medical Office..........................58
Professional References....................................116
CPR and AED.......................................................59 EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology................................60 Electronic Medical Records..................................61 First Aid................................................................62 Fundamentals of Nursing.....................................81 Math for Health Professions.................................63 Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical.....63 Medical Billing and Coding...................................70 Medical Insurance................................................74 Medical Law & Ethics...........................................75 Medical Office Procedures...................................76 Medical Terminology.............................................77 Medical Terminology Concepts............................79 Medical Terminology Comprehensive..................80 Medical Terminology - Programmed Approach....80 Nursing.................................................................82 Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED...............................83 Pharmacology for Health Professions..................84 Phlebotomy..........................................................86 Professional References......................................88 Standard FA, CPR and AED.................................87 Statistics for Health Education.............................87
First Responder..................................................113
NEW TITLES
2016
Author ISBN Page
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3e
Liguori
9780078022777
9, 26
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 27e
Colson
9781259359583
46
Annual Editions: Aging, 28e
Cox
9781259359606
36
Core Concepts in Health, Brief Loose-Leaf Edition, 14e
Insel
9780078028670
42
Core Concepts in Health, Big, 14e
Insel
9781259285646
43
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior, 30e
Maguire
9781259350801
33, 54
Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 35e
Schroeder
9781259346132
39
Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 8e
Telljohann
9780078028564
38
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 7e
White
9781259171031
40
Essentials of Medical Language, 3e
Allan
9780073513799
80
Electrocardiography for Healthcare Professionals, 4e
Booth
9780078020674
60, 63
Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 4e
Booth
9780073513843
86
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e
Bostwick
9780073402246
79
Pharmacology: An Introduction, 7e
Hitner
9780073513812
84
Acquiring Medical Language
Jones
9780073402314
77
Law & Ethics for Health Professions, 7e
Judson
9780073513836
75
Case Studies for use with Computers in the Medical Office, 9e
Sanderson
9780078117596
58
Computers in the Medical Office, 9e
Sanderson
9780077836382
58
The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, 3e
Safian
9780078020704
70
HEALTH
ALLIED HEALTH
iii
iv
NEW TITLES
2015
Author ISBN Page
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e
Coakley
9780078022524
23
Annual Editions: Health, 36e
Daniel
9781259243158
18, 25, 27
Fit & Well Alternate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
Fahey
9780077770396
11
Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
Fahey
9780077770402
7, 13
Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, Fahey 11e
9780073523477
10
Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 19e
Floyd
9780073369297
19
Basic Biomechanics, 7e
Hall
9780073522760
2
Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and and Performance, 9e
Powers
9780073523538
5
Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 6e
Prentice
9781617119316
4
Applied Sport Psychology: Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7e Williams
9780078022708
22, 29
Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport, 18e
Wuest
9780073522777
16
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 26e
Colson
9781259168048
46
Annual Editions: Aging 14/15, 27e
Cox
9781259161162
36
Annual Editions: Health, 36e
Daniel
9781259243158
47, 51
Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 16e
Hart
9780078028649
32
Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 11e
Kinney
9780078028557
30
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior 14/15, 29e
Maguire
9781259223198
34, 54
Health Psychology, 9e
Taylor
9780077861810
51
Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 5e
Teague
9780078028595
44
Medical Office Procedures, 8e
Bayes
9780077862039
64, 76
Administering Medications, 8e
Gauwitz
9780073513751
64, 85
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5e
Moini
9780073513829
57, 65
Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities 2014-2015 Edition, 7e
Newby
9780077862152
70, 74
Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical Technologies' PrimeSUITE, 2e
Shanholtzer
9780077834845
61
HEALTH
ALLIED HEALTH
McGraw-Hill Connect™ is a powerful online learning, assignment, and assessment solution. It provides a learning experience rich in information, visually engaging, and easily accessible.
connect.mheducation.com
The ConnectPlus™ version of Connect includes the full textbook as an integrated, dynamic ebook where media, animation and assessments are merged with the text’s narrative to engage students and improve learning and retention. Where available, a powerful artificiallyintelligent diagnostic tool, called LearnSmart™, is included within Connect. Connect offers continually adaptive personalized learning plan with time management tools ensuring students stay on track to achieve the goals set by their instructors. Connect products which include an ebook are indicated below with a icon, LearnSmart with a LS icon and Personalized Learning with learning resources with a LSA icon preceding the title.
ANTHROPOLOGY
INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION ĚůĞƌͲŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŶŐĂƚtŽƌŬ͕ϭϭĞ
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY ĂŶŐĂŶͲŽůůĞŐĞtƌŝƟŶŐ^ŬŝůůƐ͕ϵĞ
EDUCATION
LSA >ĂŶŐĂŶͲŽůůĞŐĞtƌŝƟŶŐ^ŬŝůůƐǁŝƚŚ ZĞĂĚŝŶŐƐ͕ϵĞ
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
LSA DĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůůͲŽŶŶĞĐƚtƌŝƟŶŐϯ͘Ϭ͕ϯĞ
&ƌĂĞŶŬĞůͲ,ŽǁƚŽĞƐŝŐŶĂŶĚ ǀĂůƵĂƚĞ ZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚŝŶ ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϵĞ tĞŝŶƐƚĞŝŶ - Elementary Classroom DĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ͗>ĞƐƐŽŶƐĨƌŽŵZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚ ĂŶĚWƌĂĐƟĐĞ͕ϲĞ
FILM FILM
tĞŝŶƐƚĞŝŶͲDŝĚĚůĞĂŶĚ^ĞĐŽŶĚĂƌLJ ůĂƐƐƌŽŽŵDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ͗>ĞƐƐŽŶƐĨƌŽŵ ZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚĂŶĚWƌĂĐƟĐĞ͕ϱĞ
FOUNDATION OF EDUCATION ^ĂĚŬĞƌͲdĞĂĐŚĞƌƐ͕^ĐŚŽŽůƐ͕ĂŶĚ ^ŽĐŝĞƚLJ͗ƌŝĞĨ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϰĞ
ŽƌĚǁĞůůͲ&ŝůŵƌƚ͕ϭϬĞ
FOREIGN LANGUAGES FRENCH ŶĚĞƌƐŽŶͲ ŶĂǀĂŶƚ͗ĞŐŝŶŶŝŶŐ&ƌĞŶĐŚ ;^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ ĚŝƟŽŶͿ͕ϮĞ dĞƌƌĞůůͲĞƵdžŵŽŶĚĞƐ;^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ ĚŝƟŽŶͿ͕ 7e
GERMAN ŝŽŶĂƚŽͲĞƵƚƐĐŚ͗EĂŬůĂƌ͊Ŷ /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƚŽƌLJ'ĞƌŵĂŶŽƵƌƐĞ ;^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ ĚŝƟŽŶͿ͕ϳĞ dƐĐŚŝƌŶĞƌͲŽŽŬŝŶŐƚWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͗dŚĞ hŶďĞĂƌĂďůĞ,ĞĂǀŝŶĞƐƐŽĨWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ DĂĚĞ>ŝŐŚƚĞƌ͕ϲĞ
STRESS MANAGEMENT
WĞŶĐĞͲDĞĚŝĐĂů ƚŚŝĐƐ͗ĐĐŽƵŶƚƐŽĨ 'ƌŽƵŶĚͲƌĞĂŬŝŶŐĂƐĞƐ͕ϳĞ
'ƌĞĞŶďĞƌŐͲŽŵƉƌĞŚĞŶƐŝǀĞ^ƚƌĞƐƐ DĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ;>ŽŽƐĞ>ĞĂĨͿ͕ϭϯĞ
ZĂĐŚĞůƐͲdŚĞ ůĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨDŽƌĂů Philosophy, 8e
HISTORY
ZĂĐŚĞůƐͲdŚĞZŝŐŚƚdŚŝŶŐdŽŽ͗ĂƐŝĐ ZĞĂĚŝŶŐƐŝŶDŽƌĂůWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͕ϳĞ
HISTORY
ZŽƐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚͲdŚĞDŽƌĂůŽĨƚŚĞ^ƚŽƌLJ͗Ŷ /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ ƚŚŝĐƐ͕ϳĞ ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͕ sŽůƵŵĞϭ͕ϱĞ
ZƵŐŐŝĞƌŽͲdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐƌŝƟĐĂůůLJďŽƵƚ ƚŚŝĐĂů/ƐƐƵĞƐ͕ϵĞ
ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͕ sŽůƵŵĞϮ͕ϱĞ
^ƚƵŵƉĨͲWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͗,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĂů^ƵƌǀĞLJ ǁŝƚŚ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůZĞĂĚŝŶŐƐ͕ϵĞ
ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͕ sŽůƵŵĞ͕ϱĞ ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͕ sŽůƵŵĞ͕ϱĞ ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͕ sŽůƵŵĞ͕ϱĞ
PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION CRITICAL THINKING ĂƐƐŚĂŵͲƌŝƟĐĂůdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐ͗^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ͛Ɛ /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϱĞ
ĞŶƚůĞLJͲdƌĂĚŝƟŽŶƐΘ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌƐ͗ 'ůŽďĂůWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞŽŶƚŚĞWĂƐƚ ;ĐŽŵďŝŶĞĚǀĞƌƐŝŽŶͿ͕ϲĞ
DŽŽƌĞͲƌŝƟĐĂůdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐ͕ϭϭĞ ^ĐŚŝĐŬͲ,ŽǁƚŽdŚŝŶŬďŽƵƚtĞŝƌĚ dŚŝŶŐƐ͗ƌŝƟĐĂůdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐĨŽƌĂEĞǁŐĞ͕ 7e
MUSIC RELIGION
MUSIC ŚĂƌůƚŽŶͲ džƉĞƌŝĞŶĐĞDƵƐŝĐ͕ϯĞ
&ŝĞƐĞƌͲ^ĐƌŝƉƚƵƌĞƐŽĨƚŚĞtŽƌůĚ͛Ɛ ZĞůŝŐŝŽŶƐ͕ϱĞ
ŚĂƌůƚŽŶͲZŽĐŬDƵƐŝĐ^ƚLJůĞƐ͗ History, 7e
,ĂƌƌŝƐͲ džƉůŽƌŝŶŐƚŚĞŝďůĞ͕ϮĞ
&ĞƌƌŝƐͲDƵƐŝĐ͗dŚĞƌƚŽĨ>ŝƐƚĞŶŝŶŐ >ŽŽƐĞ>ĞĂĨ͕ϵĞ
,ĂƌƌŝƐͲdŚĞEĞǁdĞƐƚĂŵĞŶƚ͗^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ͛Ɛ /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϴĞ
tŝůůŽƵŐŚďLJͲdŚĞtŽƌůĚŽĨDƵƐŝĐ͕ϳĞ
POLITICAL SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY
POLITICAL SCIENCE ŽLJĞƌͲ'ůŽďĂůWŽůŝƟĐƐ͕ϭĞ
PHILOSOPHY ĞƐ:ĂƌĚŝŶƐͲŶ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ ƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ ƚŚŝĐƐ͕ϱĞ ,ŽǁĂƌĚͲ^ŶLJĚĞƌͲdŚĞWŽǁĞƌŽĨ>ŽŐŝĐ͕ ϱĞ >ĂǁŚĞĂĚͲdŚĞWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚŝĐĂů:ŽƵƌŶĞLJ͗ Ŷ/ŶƚĞƌĂĐƟǀĞƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϲĞ
>ŽƐĐŽͲD'KsϮϬϭϱͲϮϬϭϲ͕ϰĞ ZŽƐĞŶďůŽŽŵͲWƵďůŝĐĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƟŽŶ͕ϴĞ
PSYCHOLOGY ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
INTRO TO PSYCHOLOGY &ĞŝƐƚͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͗WĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐΘ ŽŶŶĞĐƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ
EŽůĞŶͲ,ŽĞŬƐĞŵĂͲďŶŽƌŵĂů Psychology, 6e
&ĞůĚŵĂŶͲ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐ Psychology, 11e
tŚŝƚďŽƵƌŶĞͲďŶŽƌŵĂůWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ 7e
&ĞůĚŵĂŶͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJĂŶĚzŽƵƌ>ŝĨĞ͕ϮĞ
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY ƌĂŶĚĞůůͲ,ƵŵĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϭϬĞ Ğ^ƉĞůĚĞƌͲdŚĞ>ĂƐƚĂŶĐĞ͗ ŶĐŽƵŶƚĞƌŝŶŐĞĂƚŚĂŶĚLJŝŶŐ͕ϭϬĞ DĂƌƚŽƌĞůůͲŚŝůĚ͛ƐtŽƌůĚ͗/ŶĨĂŶĐLJ dŚƌŽƵŐŚĚŽůĞƐĐĞŶĐĞ͕ϭϯĞ DĂƌƚŽƌĞůůͲŚŝůĚ͕ϭĞ WĂƉĂůŝĂ - Experience Human ĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϭϯĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬ - A Topical Approach to >ŝĨĞƐƉĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϳĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬͲŚŝůĚƌĞŶ͕ϭϯĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬͲ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨ>ŝĨĞ^ƉĂŶ ĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϰĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬͲ>ŝĨĞ^ƉĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϭϱĞ
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY ŽƌĚĞŶƐͲZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚĞƐŝŐŶĂŶĚ DĞƚŚŽĚƐ͗WƌŽĐĞƐƐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϵĞ ŽŚĞŶͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐŝĐĂůdĞƐƟŶŐĂŶĚ Assessment, 8e ŽnjďLJͲDĞƚŚŽĚƐŝŶĞŚĂǀŝŽƌĂů ZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚ͕ϭϮĞ ^ŚĂƵŐŚŶĞƐƐLJͲZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚDĞƚŚŽĚƐŝŶ WƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY dĂLJůŽƌͲ,ĞĂůƚŚWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϵĞ
HUMAN SEXUALITY ,ĞƌĚƚͲ,ƵŵĂŶ^ĞdžƵĂůŝƚLJ͕ϭĞ DŝůůĞƌͲ/ŶƟŵĂƚĞZĞůĂƟŽŶƐŚŝƉƐ͕ϳĞ
&ĞůĚŵĂŶͲhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ 12e ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐĂƌĞŝŶĚŝĐĂƚĞĚďLJĂŝĐŽŶƉƌĞĐĞĚŝŶŐƚŚĞƟƚůĞ͘
HEALTH PROFESSIONS / NURSING & EMERGENCY CARE COMPUTER IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE Sanderson – Computers In The Medical Office, 9e Sanderson – Computers In The Medical Office, 8e Sanderson – Practice Management and HER, 1e
EKG / ECG Shade – Fast And Easy Ecgs: A Self-Paced Learning Program, 2e Booth – Electrocardiography for Health Records, 4e
ELECTRONIC MEDICAL RECORDS Hamilton – Electronic Health Records, 3e Shanholtzer – Integrated Electronic Health Records, 2e
EMERGENCY CARE Aehlert – Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder In Action, 2e Aehlert – Emergency Medical Technician, 2e
HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Shanholtzer – Health Information Management and Technology, 1e
MATH FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS Booth – Math & Dosage Calculations For Health Care Professionals, 4e
MEDICAL ASSISTING Moini – Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5e Booth – Medical Assisting: Administrative And Clinical Procedures With Anatomy & Physiology, 5e Booth – Anatomy, Physiology, And Disease For The Health Professions, 3e
= includes eBook in ConnectPlus
= includes LearnSmart
= includes SmartBook
Roiger – Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations For The Health Professions, 1e Houser – Aministrative Medical Assisting, 1e Booth – Medical Assisting: Administrative Procedures, 4e Booth – Medical Assisting: Clinical Proceduress, 4e
MEDICAL BILLING & CODING Grebner – Medical Coding: Understanding Icd-10-Cm, 1e Goldsmith – Medical Coding Fundamentals, 1e Safian – The Complete Diagnosis Coding Solution, 3e Stewart – Medical Coding Certification Exam Preparation, 1e
MEDICAL LAW & ETHICS Judson – Law & Ethics For The Health Professions, 7e
MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES Bayes – Medical Office Procedures, 8e
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY Allan – Essentials of Medical Language, 3e Allan – Essentials of Medical Language, 2e Allan – Medical Language for Modern Health Care, 3e Bostwick – Medical Terminology, 2e Jones – Acquiring Medical Language, 1e Thierer – Medical Terminology: Language for Health Care, 3e
NURSING Hamilton – Nursing Documentation Using Electronic Health Records, 1e
PHARMACOLOGY FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS Gauwitz – Administering Medications, 8e Hitner – Pharmacology, 6e Hitner – Pharmacology, 6e
PHARMACY TECHNICIAN Orum-Alexander – Pharmacy Technician: Practice And Procedures, 1e
PHLEBOTOMY Booth – Phlebotomy: A Competency-Based Approach, 4e
For more information, visit connect.mheducation.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 5FM t'BY t$VTUPNFS4FSWJDF)PUMJOF eMail:
[email protected]t8FCTJUFwww.mheducation.asia
Updated as of Dec 2014. Include © 2016 titles.
® AVAILABLE ONLY WITH MCGRAW-HILL CONNECT® AND CONNECT PLUS® WITH SELECT TITLES STARTING IN JANUARY 2014, AND BROADLY AVAILABLE BY AUGUST 2014.
The first and only analytics tool of its kind, Connect Insight™ is a series of visual data displays—each framed by an intuitive question—to provide at-a-glance information regarding how your class is doing. At launch, Connect Insight™ will provide at-a-glance analysis on five key insights, available at a moment’s notice from your tablet device.
Join the Revolution. Require Digital. Make It Count! connect.NIFEVDBUJPOcom
Get Connected. Get Results. ®
Make It Count!
Get Connect Insight™ from your section home page. If Connect Insight™ is available with your adopted title, you will see a banner along the top of your Connect Section home page. After logging into Connect® from your mobile tablet device and selecting your class section, follow the on-screen instructions to experience Connect Insight™.
Make It Intuitive.
Make It Mobile.
You receive instant, at-a-glance view of student performance matched with student activity.
Connect Insight™ travels from office to classroom, available on demand wherever and whenever it’s needed.
Make It Dynamic.
Make It Transparent.
Connect Insight™ puts real-time analytics in your hands so you can take action early and keep struggling students from falling behind.
Be empowered with a more valuable and productive connection between you and your students with the transparency Connect Insight™ provides in the learning process.
Make It Required. Your time—as well as your students’ time—is valuable. Make every minute count by using McGraw-Hill’s Connect Insight™ and requiring students to use Connect®.
L E S S M A N A G I N G . M O R E T E A C H I N G . GREATER LEARNING. ®
McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with coursework, instructors, and important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future.
■ LearnSmart
5.
.D(SBX)JMM -FBSO4NBSU JT BO BEBQUJWF MFBSOJOHTZTUFNEFTJHOFEUPIFMQTUVEFOUT MFBSO GBTUFS TUVEZ NPSF FGGJDJFOUMZ BOE SFUBJONPSFLOPXMFEHFGPSHSFBUFSTVDDFTT
■ Tegrity Campus ®
5FHSJUZ JT B IJHIMZTDBMBCMF DMPVE CBTFE MFDUVSF DBQUVSF TFSWJDF UIBU MFUT*OTUJUVUJPOTBVUPNBUJDBMMZDBQUVSF FWFSZDMBTT°POBOEPGGDBNQVT°GPS SFWJFXBOZUJNF
■ McGraw-Hill Connect Plus eBook ®
.D(SBX)JMM$POOFDU1MVTJODMVEFTUIFTBNFHSFBUDBQBCJMJUJFTPG$POOFDU BOENBLFTBWBJMBCMFBEZOBNJD$POOFDU1MVTF#PPLCZXBZPGSPCVTUNFEJB BTTFUTJOUFHSBUFEUISPVHIPVUUIFOBSSBUJWFUPHJWFTUVEFOUTBDDFTTUPFOHBHJOH DPODFQUVBMNBUFSJBMJOBOFGGPSUUPJNQSPWFMFBSOJOHBOESFUFOUJPO
connect.mheducation.com
McGraw-Hill Connect offers a wealth of innovative digital features, including: A powerful adaptive learning system, a state-of-the-art lecture-capture tool, as well as an integrated media-rich eBook! ®
■ McGraw-Hill LearnSmart5. 5IF QSFNJFS MFBSOJOH TZTUFN EFTJHOFE UP FGGFDUJWFMZ BTTFTT B TUVEFOUµT LOPXMFEHFPGDPVSTFDPOUFOUUISPVHIBTFSJFTPGBEBQUJWFRVFTUJPOT JOUFMMJHFOUMZ QJOQPJOUJOH DPODFQUT UIF TUVEFOU EPFT OPU VOEFSTUBOE BOE NBQQJOH PVU B QFSTPOBMJ[FE TUVEZ QMBO GPS TVDDFTT -FBSO4NBSU QSFQBSFT TUVEFOUT BMMPXJOH JOTUSVDUPST UP GPDVT WBMVBCMF DMBTT UJNF POIJHIFSMFWFMDPODFQUT
■ McGraw-Hill Tegrity® Campus "IJHIMZTDBMBCMF DMPVECBTFEMFDUVSFDBQUVSFTFSWJDF " UIBU U MFUT JOTUJUVUJPOT DBQUVSF DMBTT MFDUVSF GPS SFWJFX BOZUJNF XIJMFQSPWJEJOHTUVEFOUTUIFBCJMJUZUPTFBSDI B B BOESFQMBZDPVSTFDSJUJDBMMFDUVSFNBUFSJBMBTPGUFOBT OFDFTTBSZUPFYQPOFOUJBMMZJNQSPWFTUVEZFGGJDJFODZ O
■ McGraw-Hill Connect Plus eBook ®
" NFEJBSJDI F#PPL PGGFST JOUFHSBUFE SFTPVSDFT UP HJWF TUVEFOUTBOPQQPSUVOJUZUPJOUFSBDUXJUIDPSFDPVSTFDPOUFOU BUUIFQPJOUPGOFFE-JOLTUPTQFDJGJDQBHFTPGUIFF#PPLBSF FNCFEEFEJO$POOFDUBTTJHONFOUT UBLJOHTUVEFOUTEJSFDUMZ UPUIFNBUFSJBMUPIFMQUIFNDPNQMFUFUIFJSXPSL4UVEFOUT DBOUBLFOPUFT IJHIMJHIUBOECPPLNBSLUIFUFYUPOMJOFBOE TBWFUPUIFJSOPUFCPPLGPSSFGFSFODFEVSJOHTUVEZQFSJPET
connect.mheducation.com
FEATURING
PERSONAL HEALTH
iHealth
mhhe.com/connectihealth LESS M A N A G I N G . MORE TEACHING. GREATER LEARNING.
You can do it all Connect Personal Health promotes behavior change in students through engaging and interactive online content, and saves professors valuable time they would otherwise spend grading. The iHealth: An Interactive Framework course is made up of more than 70 online readings, a new Point Counterpoint assignable video program, assignable health assessments, and additional tools which promote behavior change, critical thinking, and retention.
1
Online Articles. The iHealth program offers unparalleled flexibility in extending learning on core and secondary personal health topics through more than 66 online readings. While the textbook establishes a guiding framework for personal health, the online readings allow professors to pick and choose readings based on their interests and the needs of their students.
2
Point Counterpoint Videos With Critical Thinking Questions. The brand new Point Counterpoint video clips feature college-aged students debating timely health issues such as fertility drugs, the obesity epidemic, the drinking age, exercise, and more.
3
Self-Assessments. Instructors can save essential class time by assigning students health inventories and questionnaires online. Completed assessments are automatically uploaded to the professor Reports page, allowing them to track student progress.
4
Pre-made assignments tied to textbook chapters & learning objectives. Offering hundreds of ready made tests and assignments, these pre-made assignments are tied to learning objectives from the textbook and can be automatically graded and uploaded to your Reports Results page. With pre-made assignments, you can better manage your time in and out of the classroom.
5
Integrated eBook. The eBook, or “paperless” version of iHealth , is available to students at a lower price point than the new print text, and using an eBook means they can access Connect Personal Health materials anywhere they have Internet access.
6
Reports. Connect Personal Health’s visual reports identify student problem areas in real-time. You can run a variety of report types and set preferences for reviewing. Visit mhhe.com/connectihealth to see video demonstrations for these dynamic solutions to your Online Learning, Assignment, and Assessment needs; or visit DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN to see all that Connect has to offer!
or email
[email protected] for more information.
®
LMS Integration
Simple. Seamless. Secure. Accessing Connect is now easier than ever with McGraw-Hill’s market-leading LMS Integration service. LMS Integration offers you and your students instant access to all McGraw-Hill digital products with one simple, secure sign on. Build an effective Connect course, enroll your students with ease, sync scores to your LMS—and discover how powerful digital teaching can be.
®
McGraw-Hill and Blackboard Inc. teamed up to deliver the first to market integrated course solution which offers the deepest integration of publisher content within an LMS for Blackboard versions 8.0, 9.0, and 9.1.
Easy to Use. Proven Effective. Tailored to You.
MH Campus is McGraw-Hill’s LMS-agnostic service for bringing all McGraw-Hill digital resources together in one place. MH Campus allows you to truly leverage technology in your course.
Connect Single Sign-on. A single login and single environment provide seamless access to all course resources—all McGraw-Hill’s resources are available within the Blackboard Learn platform.
Compatible with every major LMS platform. McGraw-Hill’s premiere integration service is available for every major LMS including Blackboard, Desire2Learn, Angel, Canvas, Moodle, Sakai and more!
Deep Integration. One-click access to McGraw-Hill Connect assignments and tools—all from within Blackboard LearnTM.
Connect Single Sign-on. No registration or separate account creation needed to access McGraw-Hill Connect assignments and tools!
One Gradebook. Automatic grade synchronization with Blackboard gradebook. All grades for McGraw-Hill assignments are recorded in the Blackboard gradebook automatically.
Grade Synchronization. No more importing and exporting spreadsheets of Connect student scores between gradebooks. Synch your LMS gradebook in a few clicks of a mouse!
Get Connected. Get Results. connect.NIFEVDBUJPOcom
T H E E V O LU T IO N O F L E A R N ING AN ADAPTIVE STUDY TOOL PROVEN TO STRENGTHEN MEMORY RECALL, INCREASE CLASS RETENTION, AND BOOST GRADES McGraw-Hill LearnSmart™ is an intelligent learning system that uses a series of probing questions to pinpoint each student’s knowledge gaps. LearnSmart then provides an optimal learning path for each student, so that less time is spent in areas the student already knows and more time in areas needed. The result: students retain more knowledge, learn faster, and study more efficiently.
ANTHROPOLOGY
INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION Adler - Communicating at Work, 11e
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
Floyd - Communication Matters, 2e
Kottak - Cultural Anthropology, 16e
Gamble - Communication Works, 11e
GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY
Keyton - Communication Research: Asking Questions, Finding Answers, 4e
Kottak - Anthropology: Appreciating Human Diversity, 16e
Pearson - Human Communication, 5e
PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY
MASS COMMUNICATION
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Physical Anthropology, 1e
Baran - Introduction to Mass Communication, 8e
COMMUNICATION INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Martin - Experiencing Intercultural Communication: An Introduction, 5e Martin - Intercultural Communication in Contexts, 6e
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Baran - Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture Updated Edition, 8e Pember - Mass Media Law, 19e
PUBLIC SPEAKING Floyd - Public Speaking Matters, 1e Gregory - Public Speaking for College and Careers, 10e Lucas - The Art of Public Speaking, 12e McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Public Speaking, 1e
Floyd - Interpersonal Communication, 3e
Nelson - iSpeak :Public Speaking for Contemporary Life, 5e
Turner - Perspectives on Family Communication, 4e
O’Brien - Speak Well, 1e
INTERPERSONAL CONFLICTS Hocker/Wilmot - Interpersonal Conflict, 9e
INTERVIEWING Stewart - Interviewing: Principles and Practices, 14e
SMALL GROUP Adams - Communicating in Groups, 9e
HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Galanes - Effective Group Discussion, 14e
DRUGS AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE
Tubbs - A Systems Approach to Human Communication, 11e
Fields - Drugs in Perspective, 8e
THEORY
Kinney - Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 11e
Hart - Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 16e
Griffin - A First Look at Communication Theory, 9e West - Introducing Communication Theory, 5e
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY Beams - Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual, 7e
EDUCATION
Powers - Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 9e
EDUCATION
FITNESS AND WELLNESS
Rozakis - Praxis Study Tool, 1e
Fahey - Fit and Well, Big Version, 11e
FOREIGN LANGUAGES INTRODUCTORY FRENCH Anderson - En avant: Beginning French (Student Edition), 2e McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory French, 1e
Liguori - Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3e Liguori - Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 2e Prentice - Principles of Athletic Training, 15e
HEALTH EDUCATION METHODS Meeks - Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e
INTRODUCTORY GERMAN Di Donato - Deutsch: Na klar! An Introductory German Course (Student Edition), 7e McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory German, 1e
Telljohann - Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 8e
PERSONAL HEALTH Insel - Connect Core Concepts in Health, Brief, 14e
INTRODUCTORY ITALIAN Aski - Avanti (Intro Italian), 3e McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory Italian, 1e
Insel - Connect Core Concepts in Health, Brief, 13e Insel - Connect Core Concepts in Health, Big, 14e Insel - Connect Core Concepts in Health, Big, 13e
INTRODUCTORY SPANISH
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Health, 1e
Amores - Experience Spanish, 2e
Sparling - iHealth, 2e
Andrade - Tu mundo, 1e
Teague - Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 5e
Dorwick - Puntos, 9e McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory Spanish, 1e
KINESIOLOGY
Foerster - Punto y aparte, 3e
Floyd - Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 19e
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Intermediate Spanish, 1e
Hall - Basic Biomechanics, 7e
Perez-Girones - MAS (Intermediate Spanish), 2e
Magill - Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 10e
SPANISH GRAMMAR McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Advanced Spanish Grammar, 1e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION Graham - Children Moving: A Reflective Approach to Teaching Physical Education, 9e Lumpkin - Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Studies, 9e
Miller - Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How, 7e
PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
Rink - Teaching Physical Education for Learning, 7e
CRITICAL THINKING
Wuest - Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport, 18e
Bassham - Critical Thinking: A Students Introduction, 5e
SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY Williams - Applied Sport Psychology: Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7e
SPORT SOCIOLOGY Mechikoff - A History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education: From Ancient Civilizations to the Modern World, 6e
Moore/Parker - Critical Thinking, 11e Schick - How to Think About Weird Things: Critical Thinking for a New Age, 7e
RELIGION Fieser - Scriptures of the World’s Religions, 5e Harris - Exploring the Bible, 2e Harris - The New Testament: A Student’s Introduction, 8e
STRESS MANAGEMENT Greenberg - Comprehensive Stress Management, 13e
MUSIC
POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE Losco - AM GOV 2015-2016, 4e
MUSIC Charlton - Rock Music Styles: A History, 7e
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for American Government, 1e
Ferris - Music: The Art of Listening Loose Leaf, 9e
Mora - Texas Politics, 2e Rosenbloom - Public Administration, 8e
PHILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY Pence - Medical Ethics: Accounts of Ground-Breaking Cases, 7e Ruggiero - Thinking Critically About Ethical Issues, 9e Rachels - The Elements of Moral Philosophy, 8e Rachels - The Right Thing To Do: Basic Readings in Moral Philosophy, 7e Rosenstand - The Moral of the Story: An Introduction to Ethics, 7e
PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY Feist - Psychology: Perspectives & Connections, 3e Feldman - Essentials of Understanding Psychology, 11e Feldman - Understanding Psychology, 12e King - Experience Psychology, 2e King - Modules: The Science of Psychology, 1e
Howard-Snyder - The Power of Logic, 5e
King - The Science of Psychology: An Appreciative View, 3e
Palmer - Does the Center Hold?: An Introduction to Western Philosophy, 6e
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory Psychology, 1e
Palmer - Looking At Philosophy: The Unbearable Heaviness of Philosophy Made Lighter, 6e
McGraw-Hill - PsychSmart, 2e
Lawhead - The Philosophical Journey: An Interactive Approach, 6e Moore/Parker - Philosophy: The Power of Ideas, 9e Stumpf - Philosophy: A Historical Survey with Essential Readings, 9e Bergmann - The Logic Book, 6e
Passer - Psychology: The Science of Mind and Behavior, 5e
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Myers - Exploring Social Psychology, 7e Myers - Social Psychology, 11e
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY
DeSpelder - The Last Dance: Encountering Death and Dying, 10e
INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGY
Martorell - A Child’s World, 13e
Croteau - Experience Sociology, 2e
Martorell - CHILD (M-series), 1e
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Introductory Sociology, 1e
McGraw-Hill - LearnSmart for Developmental Psychology, 1e
Schaefer - Sociology, 13e
Papalia - Experience Human Development, 13e
Schaefer - Sociology in Modules, 3e
Santrock - A Topical Approach to LifeSpan Development, 7e
Schaefer - Sociology: A Brief Introduction, 11e
Santrock - Children, 13e
SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT
Santrock - Essentials of LifeSpan Development, 3e
Coakley - Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e
Santrock - LifeSpan Development, 15e
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
STUDENT SUCCESS
Nolen-Hoeksema - Abnormal Psychology, 6e Whitbourne - Abnormal Psychology, 7e
STUDENT SUCCESS
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Atkinson - Choosing Success in Community College and Beyond, 2e
Bordens - Research Design and Methods: A Process Approach, 9e
Feldman - P.O.W.E.R. Learning and Your Life: Essentials of Student Success, 2e
Cohen - Psychological Testing and Assessment - An Introduction to Tests & Measurement, 8e
Feldman - P.O.W.E.R. Learning: Strategies for Success in College and Life, 6e
Cozby - Methods in Behavioral Research, 12e Shaughnessy - Research Methods in Psychology, 10e
Feldman - P.O.W.E.R. Learning: Foundations of Student Success, 1e
PERSONALITY PSYCHOLOGY
Ferrett - Peak Performance: Success in College and Beyond, 9e
Feist - Theories of Personality, 8e
Waitley - Psychology of Success, 6e
Larsen - Personality Psychology: Domains of Knowledge About Human Nature, 5e
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Taylor - Health Psychology, 9e
HUMAN SEXUALITY Herdt - Human Sexuality, 1e Miller - Intimate Relationships, 7e
For more information, visit learnsmartadvantage.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 5FM t'BY t$VTUPNFS4FSWJDF)PUMJOF eMail:
[email protected]t8FCTJUFwww.mheducation.asia Updated as of Dec 2014. Include © 2016 titles.
MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM
TM
TM
TM
AN ADAPTIVE STUDY TOOL PROVEN TO STRENGTHEN MEMORY RECALL, INCREASE CLASS RETENTION, AND BOOST GRADES
Improves Student Performance More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.
LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)
A
Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)
B
A
0%
10%
C
B
20%
30%
THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com
40%
C
50%
60%
70%
80%
D
F
D
F
90%
100%
Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.
Moves Students Beyond Memorizing LearnSmart increases overall learning by encouraging periodic review of concepts students are likely to forget.
Allows Instructors to Align Content with Their Goals Instructors choose subject matter topics and designate the average time required of students to complete the assignment.
Allows Instructors to Spend More Time Teaching Higher Level Concepts
“Students are learning more, and I have time to commit to more advanced instruction.“ Julie Morrison, Psychology Instructor, Glendale Community College
“Thanks to LearnSmart, students come to class prepared and as a result, I am able to utilize class time more productively for class discussion.“ Gary Brockway, Marketing Instructor, Murray State University
THE FIRST AND ONLY ADAPTIVE READING EXPERIENCE DESIGNED TO TRANSFORM THE WAY STUDENTS READ. ƵŝůƚŽīŽĨƚŚĞƉƌŽǀĞŶ>ĞĂƌŶ^ŵĂƌƚĞŶŐŝŶĞƚŚĂƚŝĚĞŶƟĮĞƐ ǁŚĂƚĂƐƚƵĚĞŶƚĚŽĞƐŽƌĚŽĞƐŶŽƚŬŶŽǁĂŶĚĂĚĂƉƚƐŝŶƌĞĂů ƟŵĞƚŽŵĂdžŝŵŝnjĞĞĂĐŚŵŝŶƵƚĞŽĨƟŵĞƐƉĞŶƚƐƚƵĚLJŝŶŐ͘
ANTHROPOLOGY CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Ăǁ͕ϭϵĞ
PUBLIC SPEAKING FloydͲWƵďůŝĐ^ƉĞĂŬŝŶŐDĂƩĞƌƐ͕ϭĞ 'ƌĞŐŽƌLJͲWƵďůŝĐ^ƉĞĂŬŝŶŐĨŽƌŽůůĞŐĞĂŶĚĂƌĞĞƌ͕ϭϬĞ >ƵĐĂƐͲdŚĞƌƚŽĨWƵďůŝĐ^ƉĞĂŬŝŶŐ͕ϭϮĞ EĞůƐŽŶͲŝ^ƉĞĂŬ͗WƵďůŝĐ^ƉĞĂŬŝŶŐĨŽƌŽŶƚĞŵƉŽƌĂƌLJ>ŝĨĞ͕ ϱĞ K͛ƌŝĞŶͲ^ƉĞĂŬtĞůů͕ϭĞ
SMALL GROUP
FloydͲ/ŶƚĞƌƉĞƌƐŽŶĂůŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϯĞ dƵƌŶĞƌͲWĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐŽŶ&ĂŵŝůLJŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϰĞ
ĚĂŵƐͲŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŶŐŝŶ'ƌŽƵƉƐ͕ϵĞ 'ĂůĂŶĞƐͲ īĞĐƟǀĞ'ƌŽƵƉŝƐĐƵƐƐŝŽŶ͕ϭϰĞ dƵďďƐͲ^LJƐƚĞŵƐƉƉƌŽĂĐŚƚŽ,ƵŵĂŶŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶ͕ 11e
INTERPERSONAL CONFLICTS
THEORY
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
,ŽĐŬĞƌͬtŝůŵŽƚͲ/ŶƚĞƌƉĞƌƐŽŶĂůŽŶŇŝĐƚ͕ϵĞ
INTERVIEWING
'ƌŝĸŶͲ&ŝƌƐƚ>ŽŽŬĂƚŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶdŚĞŽƌLJ͕ϵĞ tĞƐƚͲ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐŝŶŐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶdŚĞŽƌLJ͕ϱĞ
^ƚĞǁĂƌƚͲ/ŶƚĞƌǀŝĞǁŝŶŐ͗WƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐĂŶĚWƌĂĐƟĐĞƐ͕ϭϰĞ
INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION ĚůĞƌͲŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŶŐĂƚtŽƌŬ͕ϭϭĞ FloydͲŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶDĂƩĞƌƐ͕ϮĞ 'ĂŵďůĞͲŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƟŽŶtŽƌŬƐ͕ϭϭĞ ŝŐƵŽƌŝͲYƵĞƐƟŽŶƐĂŶĚŶƐǁĞƌƐ͗'ƵŝĚĞƚŽ&ŝƚŶĞƐƐĂŶĚ tĞůůŶĞƐƐ͕ϮĞ WƌĞŶƟĐĞͲWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞƐŽĨƚŚůĞƟĐdƌĂŝŶŝŶŐ͕ϭϱĞ
HEALTH EDUCATION METHODS DĞĞŬƐͲŽŵƉƌĞŚĞŶƐŝǀĞ^ĐŚŽŽů,ĞĂůƚŚ ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϴĞ dĞůůũŽŚĂŶŶͲ,ĞĂůƚŚ ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͗ ůĞŵĞŶƚĂƌLJĂŶĚDŝĚĚůĞ ^ĐŚŽŽůƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϴĞ
PERSONAL HEALTH /ŶƐĞůͲŽŶŶĞĐƚŽƌĞŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŝŶ,ĞĂůƚŚ͕ƌŝĞĨ͕ϭϰĞ /ŶƐĞůͲŽŶŶĞĐƚŽƌĞŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŝŶ,ĞĂůƚŚ͕ƌŝĞĨ͕ϭϯĞ /ŶƐĞůͲŽŶŶĞĐƚŽƌĞŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŝŶ,ĞĂůƚŚ͕ŝŐ͕ϭϰĞ /ŶƐĞůͲŽŶŶĞĐƚŽƌĞŽŶĐĞƉƚƐŝŶ,ĞĂůƚŚ͕ŝŐ͕ϭϯĞ ^ƉĂƌůŝŶŐͲŝ,ĞĂůƚŚ͕ϮĞ dĞĂŐƵĞͲzŽƵƌ,ĞĂůƚŚdŽĚĂLJ͗ŚŽŝĐĞƐŝŶĂŚĂŶŐŝŶŐ ^ŽĐŝĞƚLJ͕ϱĞ
KINESIOLOGY FloydͲDĂŶƵĂůŽĨ^ƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĂůĞĂƌŶŝŶŐĂŶĚŽŶƚƌŽů͗ŽŶĐĞƉƚƐĂŶĚ ƉƉůŝĐĂƟŽŶƐ͕ϭϬĞ
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 'ƌĂŚĂŵͲŚŝůĚƌĞŶDŽǀŝŶŐ͗ZĞŇĞĐƟǀĞƉƉƌŽĂĐŚƚŽ dĞĂĐŚŝŶŐWŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ϵĞ >ƵŵƉŬŝŶͲ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽWŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ džĞƌĐŝƐĞ ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ĂŶĚ^ƉŽƌƚ^ƚƵĚŝĞƐ͕ϵĞ DŝůůĞƌͲDĞĂƐƵƌĞŵĞŶƚďLJƚŚĞWŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƚŽƌ͗tŚLJĂŶĚ ,Žǁ͕ϳĞ ZŝŶŬͲdĞĂĐŚŝŶŐWŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶĨŽƌ>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͕ϳĞ tƵĞƐƚͲ&ŽƵŶĚĂƟŽŶƐŽĨWŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͕ džĞƌĐŝƐĞ ^ĐŝĞŶĐĞ͕ĂŶĚ^ƉŽƌƚ͕ϭϴĞ
SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY tŝůůŝĂŵƐͲƉƉůŝĞĚ^ƉŽƌƚWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͗WĞƌƐŽŶĂů'ƌŽǁƚŚƚŽ WĞĂŬWĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞ͕ϳĞ
SPORT SOCIOLOGY DĞĐŚŝŬŽīͲ,ŝƐƚŽƌLJĂŶĚWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJŽĨ^ƉŽƌƚĂŶĚ WŚLJƐŝĐĂů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͗&ƌŽŵŶĐŝĞŶƚŝǀŝůŝnjĂƟŽŶƐƚŽƚŚĞ DŽĚĞƌŶtŽƌůĚ͕ϲĞ
STRESS MANAGEMENT 'ƌĞĞŶďĞƌŐͲŽŵƉƌĞŚĞŶƐŝǀĞ^ƚƌĞƐƐDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ͕ϭϯĞ
MUSIC MUSIC ŚĂƌůƚŽŶͲZŽĐŬDƵƐŝĐ^ƚLJůĞƐ͗,ŝƐƚŽƌLJ͕ϳĞ &ĞƌƌŝƐͲDƵƐŝĐ͗dŚĞƌƚŽĨ>ŝƐƚĞŶŝŶŐ>ŽŽƐĞ>ĞĂĨ͕ϵĞ
PHILOSOPHY
PSYCHOLOGY
PHILOSOPHY
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
ĞƐ:ĂƌĚŝŶƐͲŶ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ ƚŚŝĐƐ͕ϱĞ WĞŶĐĞͲDĞĚŝĐĂů ƚŚŝĐƐ͗ĐĐŽƵŶƚƐŽĨ'ƌŽƵŶĚͲƌĞĂŬŝŶŐ ĂƐĞƐ͕ϳĞ ZƵŐŐŝĞƌŽͲdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐƌŝƟĐĂůůLJďŽƵƚ ƚŚŝĐĂů/ƐƐƵĞƐ͕ϵĞ ZĂĐŚĞůƐͲdŚĞ ůĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨDŽƌĂůWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͕ϴĞ ZĂĐŚĞůƐͲdŚĞZŝŐŚƚdŚŝŶŐdŽŽ͗ĂƐŝĐZĞĂĚŝŶŐƐŝŶDŽƌĂů WŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͕ϳĞ ZŽƐĞŶƐƚĂŶĚͲdŚĞDŽƌĂůŽĨƚŚĞ^ƚŽƌLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ ƚŚŝĐƐ͕ϳĞ ,ŽǁĂƌĚͲ^ŶLJĚĞƌͲdŚĞWŽǁĞƌŽĨ>ŽŐŝĐ͕ϱĞ WĂůŵĞƌͲŽĞƐƚŚĞĞŶƚĞƌ,ŽůĚ͍͗Ŷ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽ tĞƐƚĞƌŶWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͕ϲĞ WĂůŵĞƌͲ>ŽŽŬŝŶŐƚWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͗dŚĞhŶďĞĂƌĂďůĞ ,ĞĂǀŝŶĞƐƐŽĨWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJDĂĚĞ>ŝŐŚƚĞƌ͕ϲĞ >ĂǁŚĞĂĚͲdŚĞWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚŝĐĂů:ŽƵƌŶĞLJ͗Ŷ/ŶƚĞƌĂĐƟǀĞ Approach, 6e ^ƚƵŵƉĨͲWŚŝůŽƐŽƉŚLJ͗,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĂů^ƵƌǀĞLJǁŝƚŚ ƐƐĞŶƟĂů ZĞĂĚŝŶŐƐ͕ϵĞ ĞƌŐŵĂŶŶͲdŚĞ>ŽŐŝĐŽŽŬ͕ϲĞ
&ĞŝƐƚͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͗WĞƌƐƉĞĐƟǀĞƐΘŽŶŶĞĐƟŽŶƐ͕ϯĞ &ĞůĚŵĂŶͲ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϭĞ &ĞůĚŵĂŶͲhŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϮĞ ŝĨĞ^ƉĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϭϱĞ WĂƉĂůŝĂͲŚŝůĚ͛ƐtŽƌůĚ͕ϭϯĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬͲdŽƉŝĐĂůƉƉƌŽĂĐŚƚŽ>ŝĨĞ^ƉĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ ϳĞ ^ĂŶƚƌŽĐŬͲ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨ>ŝĨĞ^ƉĂŶĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕ϯĞ
ĂƐƐŚĂŵͲƌŝƟĐĂůdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐ͗^ƚƵĚĞŶƚƐ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϱĞ DŽŽƌĞͬWĂƌŬĞƌͲƌŝƟĐĂůdŚŝŶŬŝŶŐ͕ϭϭĞ ^ĐŚŝĐŬͲ,ŽǁƚŽdŚŝŶŬďŽƵƚtĞŝƌĚdŚŝŶŐƐ͗ƌŝƟĐĂů dŚŝŶŬŝŶŐĨŽƌĂEĞǁŐĞ͕ϳĞ
EŽůĞŶͲ,ŽĞŬƐĞŵĂͲďŶŽƌŵĂůWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϲĞ tŚŝƚďŽƵƌŶĞͲďŶŽƌŵĂůWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϳĞ
RELIGION
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
&ŝĞƐĞƌͲ^ĐƌŝƉƚƵƌĞƐŽĨƚŚĞtŽƌůĚ͛ƐZĞůŝŐŝŽŶƐ͕ϱĞ ,ĂƌƌŝƐͲ džƉůŽƌŝŶŐƚŚĞŝďůĞ͕ϮĞ ,ĂƌƌŝƐͲdŚĞEĞǁdĞƐƚĂŵĞŶƚ͗^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ͛Ɛ/ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶ͕ϴĞ
POLITICAL SCIENCE
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
ŽƌĚĞŶƐͲZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚĞƐŝŐŶĂŶĚDĞƚŚŽĚƐ͗WƌŽĐĞƐƐ ƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͕ϵĞ ŽŚĞŶͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐŝĐĂůdĞƐƟŶŐĂŶĚƐƐĞƐƐŵĞŶƚͲŶ /ŶƚƌŽĚƵĐƟŽŶƚŽdĞƐƚƐΘDĞĂƐƵƌĞŵĞŶƚ͕ϴĞ ŽnjďLJͲDĞƚŚŽĚƐŝŶĞŚĂǀŝŽƌĂůZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚ͕ϭϮĞ ^ŚĂƵŐŚŶĞƐƐLJͲZĞƐĞĂƌĐŚDĞƚŚŽĚƐŝŶWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͕ϭϬĞ
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PERSONALITY PSYCHOLOGY
>ŽƐĐŽͲD'KsϮϬϭϱͲϮϬϭϲ͕ϰĞ DŽƌĂͲdĞdžĂƐWŽůŝƟĐƐ͕ϮĞ ZŽƐĞŶďůŽŽŵͲWƵďůŝĐĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƟŽŶ͕ϴĞ
&ĞŝƐƚͲdŚĞŽƌŝĞƐŽĨWĞƌƐŽŶĂůŝƚLJ͕ϴĞ >ĂƌƐĞŶͲWĞƌƐŽŶĂůŝƚLJWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJ͗ŽŵĂŝŶƐŽĨĞĂƌŶŝŶŐĂŶĚzŽƵƌ>ŝĨĞ͗ ƐƐĞŶƟĂůƐŽĨ ^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ^ƵĐĐĞƐƐ͕ϮĞ &ĞůĚŵĂŶͲW͘K͘t͘ ͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͗^ƚƌĂƚĞŐŝĞƐĨŽƌ^ƵĐĐĞƐƐŝŶ ŽůůĞŐĞĂŶĚ>ŝĨĞ͕ϲĞ &ĞůĚŵĂŶͲW͘K͘t͘ ͘Z͘>ĞĂƌŶŝŶŐ͗&ŽƵŶĚĂƟŽŶƐŽĨ^ƚƵĚĞŶƚ ^ƵĐĐĞƐƐ͕ϭĞ &ĞƌƌĞƩͲWĞĂŬWĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞ͗^ƵĐĐĞƐƐŝŶŽůůĞŐĞĂŶĚ ĞLJŽŶĚ͕ϵĞ tĂŝƚůĞLJͲWƐLJĐŚŽůŽŐLJŽĨ^ƵĐĐĞƐƐ͕ϲĞ
For more information, visit learnsmartadvantage.com For sales enquiries, please contact: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 /i\ÊÊÈx®ÊÈnÈÎÊ£xnäÊÊUÊÊ>ÝÊÊÈx®ÊÈnÈÓÊÎÎx{ÊÊUÊÊ ÕÃÌiÀÊ-iÀÛViÊÌi\ÊÊÈx®ÊÈnÈnÊn£nn eMail:
[email protected]ÊÊUÊÊ7iLÃÌi\ÊÊwww.mheducation.asia Updated as of Dec 2014. Include © 2016 titles.
MCGRAW-HILL LEARNSMART ® SMARTBOOK LEARNSMART PREP LEARNSMART ACHIEVE LEARNSMART LABS TM
TM
TM
TM
THE FIRST AND ONLY ADAPTIVE READING EXPERIENCE DESIGNED TO TRANSFORM THE WAY STUDENTS READ
Engages Students with a Personalized Reading Experience SmartBook highlights what content a student needs to study by identifying what they know, what they don’t know, and what they are most likely to forget.
THE EVOLUTION OF LEARNING learnsmartadvantage.com
Powerful Reports Pinpoint Specific Areas to Reinforce and Study Students are able to study more efficiently because they are made aware of what they know and don’t know. Instructor reports identify at-risk students and highlight the concepts the class as a whole struggles with the most.
Ensures Students Retain Knowledge SmartBook detects the content a student is most likely to forget and brings it back to improve knowledge retention.
Fueled by the Proven and Adaptive LearnSmart Engine LearnSmart Assignments (Experimental) (n=358)
A
Testbank Question Assignments (Control) (n=332)
B
A
0%
10%
C
B
20%
30%
40%
C
50%
60%
70%
80%
D
F
D
F
90%
100%
More students earn A’s and B’s when they use LearnSmart.
a new way custom eBook and print solutions for your course.
receive your pdf review copy in minutes!
McGraw-Hill Create™ is a self-service website that allows you to create customized course materials using McGraw-Hill’s comprehensive, cross-disciplinary content and digital products. You can even access third party content such as readings, articles, cases, videos, and more.
Request an eBook review copy and receive a free PDF sample in minutes! Print review copies are also available and arrive in just a few days. Visit McGraw-Hill Create™ today and begin building the perfect solution for your course.
t
Select and arrange content to fit your course scope and sequence
t Upload your own course materials t Select the best format for your students, print or eBook
t Edit and update your materials as often as you’d like
#
CFHJODSFBUJOHOPX DSFBUFNIFEVDBUJPODPNBTJB 2VFTUJPOT 1MFBTFWJTJU IUUQDSFBUFNIFEVDBUJPODPNDSFBUFIFMQGPSNPSF JOGPSNBUJPO
®
Tegrity
®
Incredible ease-of-use and completely transparent operation let instructors focus on what they do best – teaching. Tegrity is a fully automated lecture capture solution used in traditional, hybrid, “flipped classes” and online courses to record lessons, lectures, and skills. Its personalized learning features make study time incredibly efficient and its ability to affordably scale brings this benefit to every student on campus. Patented search technology and real-time LMS integrations make Tegrity the market-leading solution and service.
®
Easy to Use. Proven Effective. Tailored to You.
The Basics:
Beyond Basics:
Record from anywhere, anytime, with or without an Internet connection. The Tegrity Recorder will work whether there is an active Internet connection or not, making it easy for instructors to record anywhere, anytime, whether in the class or sitting on the quad.
Broadcast class live. If the instructor wishes, he or she can webcast their class live as it is being recorded. When students login to Tegrity, a “Live Now” indicator will let students know when a class is being webcast live.
Unmatched ease-of-use. Simply click to start recording, and click again to pause or stop. The recording is then uploaded to the right course automatically, for only those students enrolled in the course to view. Capture audio, screen and video. Tegrity captures synchronized audio, video and computer screen activity with a click of a button. As a recording is in progress, an audio signal meter in the Tegrity Toolbar indicates that audio is being captured at an appropriate level.
Get Connected. Get Results. DPOOFDUNIFEVDBUJPODPN
Make notes and annotations. Instructors (and students) can make private or public notes and annotations in the recording. Notes are associated with specific points along the recording timeline, and when clicked, take the viewer to that specific point within the recording. Connect with students through Tegrity Connect. Instructors can use the Tegrity Connect chat feature to hold virtual office hours for students, or provide assistance outside of class hours as desired.
Simple. Secure. Seamless.
o
One password. Many possibilities.
ol-
McGraw-Hill Campus is an LMS integration service et ro that offers instructors and students universal et single sign-on, automatic registration and gradebook synchronization with our learning platforms and content. Gain seamless access to our full library of digital assets – 1,500 e-texts oge and instructor resources that let you build richer courses from within your chosen LMS!
mhcampus.com
Your Partner in Test Generation Imagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.
Features and Functions N Test Creation N
Online Test Management
N
Online Scoring and Reporting
N EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks. N EZ Test supports the use of following question types: NTrue or False NFill In the Blank NYes or No NNumeric Response NMultiple Choice NMatching NCheck All That Apply NRanking
NShort Answer NSurvey NEssay
N Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type. N You can create multiple versions of the same test. N You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test. N
Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.
How do you get it? To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or email
[email protected]
REVIEW COPY To request for a review copy,
INVITATION TO PUBLISH
• contactLJŽƵƌůŽĐĂůDĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ ƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƟǀĞƐŽƌ͕
McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook ƉƌŽƉŽƐĂůƐĨŽƌƉƵďůŝĐĂƟŽŶ͘
• faxƚŚĞZĞǀŝĞǁŽƉLJZĞƋƵĞƐƚ&ŽƌŵĨŽƵŶĚŝŶƚŚŝƐ catalog or,
WůĞĂƐĞĐŽŶƚĂĐƚLJŽƵƌůŽĐĂůDĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ ŽĸĐĞŽƌĞŵĂŝůƚŽĂƐŝĂƉƵďΛŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵ͘
(Available for course adoption only)
• e-mailLJŽƵƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚƚŽƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐƵƉƉŽƌƚƐ͘ƐŐΛ ŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĐŽŵŽƌ͕ • submitŽŶůŝŶĞĂƚǁǁǁ͘ŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĂƐŝĂ
sŝƐŝƚƵƐĂƚDĐ'ƌĂǁͲ,ŝůů ĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ;ƐŝĂͿtĞďƐŝƚĞ͗ ŚƩƉ͗ͬͬǁǁǁ͘ŵŚĞĚƵĐĂƟŽŶ͘ĂƐŝĂ
ACTIVITIES & SPORTS
Weight Training
BASIC WEIGHT TRAINING FOR MEN AND WOMEN
8th Edition
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
2013 / 272 pages ISBN: 9780078022623 Available: February 2012 www.mhhe.com/faheywt8e The eighth edition of Basic Weight Training for Men and Women includes many features that make this text the best and most comprehensive beginning weight training book on the market. Each chapter presents the most important and up-to date weight training exercises with free weights and on the most popular exercise machines found in schools and health clubs in the United States. Nutrition information, workout schedules, proper techniques, and research articles debunking fitness myths fill Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8th edition. The text also includes a discussion of functional training exercises and stresses the concept that the key to building strength and power is to train movements rather than specific muscles. CONTENTS 1. Basic Weight Training 2. Weight Training and Your Body 3. Weight Training Guidelines 4. How Weight Training Improves Your Body 5. Getting Started: The Basics 6. Developing the Lower Body 7. Developing the Back and Neck 8. Developing the Abdominal Muscles 9. Developing the Chest and Shoulders 10. Developing the Arms 11. Exercises to Develop Speed and Power 12. Nutrition for Weight Training 13. Ergogenic Aids: Drugs and Supplements APPENDIX 1: Muscular System APPENDIX 2: Skeletal System APPENDIX 3: Weight Training Exercises for Machines and Free Weights APPENDIX 4: Norms and Test Procedures for Measuring Strength Glossary References Index
1
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
2
Biomechanics
International Edition
KINESIOLOGY
Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12th Edition
*9780073522760*
NEW
Nancy Hamilton, University of Northern Iowa; Wendi Weimar, Auburn University-Auburn; Kathryn Luttgens, Northern University-Emerita
7th Edition
2012 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078022548 ISBN: 9780071086431 [IE] Available: January 2011
Susan Hall, University of Delaware
www.mhhe.com/hamilton12e
2015 / 560 pages ISBN: 9780073522760 ISBN: 9781259095535 [IE] Available: February 2014
Since the 1950s, Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion has remained the definitive kinesiology text for college students. The twelfth edition continues the text’s tradition of examining human motion through the integrated presentation of anatomy and biomechanics and applying that knowledge to a wide variety of motor skills. This edition retains the text’s strong coverage of physiology combined with current scholarship in biomechanics as applied to motor skills.
International Edition
BASIC BIOMECHANICS
www.mhhe.com/hall7e The seventh edition of Basic Biomechanics has been significantly updated from the previous edition. The approach taken remains an integrated balance of qualitative and quantitative examples, applications, and problems designed to illustrate the principles discussed. The seventh edition also retains the important sensitivity to the fact that some beginning students of biomechanics possess weak backgrounds in mathematics. For this reason, it includes numerous sample problems and applications, along with practical advice on approaching quantitative problems. With balanced, integrated coverage of applied anatomy, mechanical principles, and relevant sport and daily living applications, this text introduces you to the basics of biomechanics. The quantitative aspects of biomechanics are presented in a manageable, progressive fashion, with practical advice on approaching both qualitative and quantitative problems in biomechanics. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Added content on stem cells in regeneration of damaged muscle.
•
Added content on biomechanics of baseball pitching.
•
Added content on barefoot running.
•
End-of-Chapter: Updated references, annotated readings, and websites.
CONTENTS 1 What Is Biomechanics? 2 Kinematic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion 3 Kinetic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion 4 The Biomechanics of Human Bone Growth and Development 5 The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Articulations 6 The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Muscle 7 The Biomechanics of the Human Upper Extremity 8 The Biomechanics of the Human Lower Extremity 9 The Biomechanics of the Human Spine 10 Linear Kinematics of Human Movement 11 Angular Kinematics of Human Movement 12 Linear Kinetics of Human Movement 13 Equilibrium and Human Movement 14 Angular Kinetics of Human Movement 15 Human Movement in a Fluid Medium Appendices A Basic Mathematics and Related Skills B Trigonometric Functions C Common Units of Measurement D Anthropometric Parameters for the Human Body Glossary Index
CONTENTS Preface 1 Introduction to the Study of Kinesiology Part I Anatomical and Physiological Fundamentals of Human Motion 2 The Musculoskeletal System: The Skeletal Framework and Its Movements 3 The Musculoskeletal System: The Musculature 4 The Neuromuscular Basis of Human Motion 5 The Upper Extremity: The Shoulder Region 6 The Upper Extremity: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand 7 The Lower Extremity: The Hip Region 8 The Lower Extremity: The Knee, Ankle, and Foot 9 The Spinal Column and Thorax Part II Fundamentals of Biomechanics 10 Terminology and Measurement in Biomechanics 11 The Description of Human Motion 12 The Conditions of Linear Motion 13 The Conditions of Rotary Motion 14 The Center of Gravity and Stability Part III Motor Skills: Principles and Applications 15 Kinesiology of Fitness and Exercise 16 Moving Objects: Pushing and Pulling 17 Moving Objects: Throwing, Striking, and Kicking 18 Locomotion: Solid Surface 19 Locomotion: The Aquatic Environment 20 Locomotion: When Suspended and Free of Support 21 Impact 22 Instrumentation for Motion Analysis Appendices Glossary Index
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries - Allied Health Majors International Edition
PART VI: General Medical Conditions Chapter 26: The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat Chapter 27: The Thorax and Abdomen Chapter 28: Skin Disorders Chapter 29: Additional General Medical Conditions
PRINCIPLES OF ATHLETIC TRAINING
A Competency-Based Approach, 15th Edition
William E Prentice, University of Chapel Hill and Daniel D Arnheim
2014 / 928 pages ISBN: 9780078022647 ISBN: 9781259060786 [IE] Available: January 2013 www.mhhe.com/prentice15e Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based Approach is designed to be used by athletic trainers in courses concerned with the scientific, evidence-based and clinical foundations of athletic training and sports medicine. The text leads the student from general foundations to specific concepts rela¬tive to injury prevention, evaluation, management, and rehabilitation. As the student progresses from beginning to end, he or she will understand the complexities of the profession of athletic training. An over-arching goal of the text is to make certain that each and every one of the educational competencies identified by the Education Council is specifically covered. After using this text the student should be able to apply the appropriate techniques and concepts in the day-to-day performance of his or her job as an athletic trainer. CONTENTS PART I: Professional Development and Responsibilities Chapter 1: The Athletic Trainer as a Health Care Provider Chapter 2: Health Care Organization and Administration in Athletic Training Chapter 3: Legal Concerns and Insurance Issues
Care and Prevention of Athletic - Physical Education Majors International Edition
ESSENTIALS OF ATHLETIC INJURY MANAGEMENT
9th Edition
William E Prentice, University of NC Chapel Hill and Daniel D Arnheim
2013 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078022616 ISBN: 9780071318297 [IE] Available: May 2012 www.mhhe.com/prentice9e Essentials of Athletic Injury Management provides the information you need to manage the care of athletic injuries—from prevention, identification and assessment of injuries to interaction with players, parents and physicians. Designed for those beginning careers in coaching, physical education and the fitness profession, this text prepares students to manage injury and emergency situations when an athletic trainer or physician is not available. Action plans, checklists and applications of universal precautions in athletic environments are included to provide the practical tools needed to get started in the field. CONTENTS
PART II: Risk Management Chapter 4: Fitness and Conditioning Techniques Chapter 5: Nutrition and Supplements Chapter 6: Environmental Considerations Chapter 7: Protective Equipment Chapter 8: Wrapping and Taping
Part I: Organizing and Establishing an Effective Athletic Health Care System 1: Fitness Professionals, Coaches, and the Sports Medicine Team: Defining Roles 2: Organizing and Administering an Athletic Health Care Program 3: Legal Liability and Insurance
PART III: Pathology of Sports Injury Chapter 9: Mechanisms and Characteristics of Musculoskeletal and Nerve Trauma Chapter 10: Tissue Response to Injury
Part II: Preventing Injuries in an Athletic Health Care System 4: Preventing Injuries Through Fitness Training 5: Sports Nutrition and Supplements 6: Selecting and Using Protective Sports Equipment 7: Understanding the Potential Dangers of Adverse Environmental Conditions
PART IV: Management Skills Chapter 11: Psychosocial Intervention for Sports Injuries and Illnesses Chapter 12: On-the-Field Acute Care and Emergency Procedures Chapter 13: Off-the-Field Injury Evaluation Chapter 14: Infectious Diseases, Bloodborne Pathogens, and Universal Precautions Chapter 15: Using Therapeutic Modalities Chapter 16: Using Therapeutic Exercise in Rehabilitation Chapter 17: Pharmacology, Drugs, and Sports PART V: Musculoskeletal Conditions Chapter 18: The Foot Chapter 19: The Ankle and Lower Leg Chapter 20: The Knee and Related Structures Chapter 21: The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis Chapter 22: The Shoulder Complex Chapter 23: The Elbow Chapter 24: The Forearm, Wrist, Hand, and Fingers Chapter 25: The Spine
Part III: Techniques for Treating and Managing Sport-Related Injuries 8: Handling Emergency Situations and Injury Assessment 9: Bloodborne Pathogens, Universal Precautions, and Wound Care 10: Wrapping and Taping Techniques 11: Understanding the Basics of Injury Rehabilitation 12: Helping the Injured Athlete Psychologically Part IV: Recognition and Management of Specific Injuries and Conditions 13: Recognizing Different Sports Injuries 14: The Foot and Toes 15: The Ankle and Lower Leg 16: The Knee and Related Structures 17: The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis 18: The Shoulder Complex 19: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand 20: The Spine
3
4
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE 21: The Thorax and Abdomen 22: The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat 23: General Medical Conditions and Additional Health Concerns 24: Substance Abuse 25: Preventing and Managing Injuries in Young Athletes
6 Reestablishing Neuromuscular Control 7 Regaining Postural Stability and Balance 8 Restoring Range of Motion and Improving Flexibility 9 Regaining Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power 10 Maintaining Cardiorespiratory Fitness during Rehabilitation
Appendixes Appendix A: Employment Settings for the Athletic Trainer Appendix B: Requirements for Certification as an Athletic Trainer Appendix C: Directional Movements for Body Joints Glossary Credits Index
Part Three: The Tools of Rehabilitation 11 Plyometrics in Rehabilitation 12 Open versus Closed Kinetic-Chain Exercise in Rehabilitation 13 Joint Mobilization and Traction Techniques in Rehabilitation 14 PNF Techniques in Rehabilitation 15 Aquatic Therapy in Rehabilitation 16 Functional Progressions and Functional Testing in Rehabilitation
Athletic Injury Rehabilitation
*9781617119316*
NEW
REHABILITATION TECHNIQUES IN SPORTS MEDICINE
Part Four: Rehabilitation Techniques for Specific Injuries 17 Rehabilitation of Shoulder Injuries 18 Rehabilitation of Elbow Injuries 19 Rehabilitation of Wrist, Hand, and Finger Injuries 20 Rehabilitation of Groin, Hip, and Thigh Injuries 21 Rehabilitation of Knee Injuries 22 Rehabilitation of Lower-Leg Injuries 23 Rehabilitation of Ankle and Foot Injuries 24 Rehabilitation of Injuries to the Spine Glossary
6th Edition
William E Prentice
2015 ISBN: 9781617119316 Available: March 2015 (Details unavailable at press time)
Elementary Physical Education Methods - Elementary Education Majors
Not for sale in India/Sub-Continent/Korea/Japan
International Edition
REHABILITATION TECHNIQUES IN SPORTS MEDICINE
5th Edition
William E Prentice
2011 / 720 pages ISBN: 9780071289535 [IE] Available: January 2010 www.mhhe.com/prenticerehab5e Designed for the athletic trainer and sports therapist, Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine is the definitive guide to the management of sports injuries. Experts from the field of sports medicine have contributed to this comprehensive, updated edition, which addresses all aspects of rehabilitation, including protocols for rehabilitating the wide variety of injuries athletes are prone to receive. Pros and cons of various rehabilitative modalities are discussed, as well as currently accepted techniques. This text is recognized as a handbook for any practitioners who manage rehabilitation programs for injured athletes. CONTENTS Part One: The Basis of Injury Rehabilitation 1 Essential Considerations in Designing a Rehabilitation Program for the Injured Patient 2 Understanding and Managing the Healing Process through Rehabilitation 3 The Evaluation Process in Rehabilitation 4 Psychological Considerations for Rehabilitation of the Injured Patient Part Two: Achieving the Goals of Rehabilitation 5 Establishing Core Stabilization
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ACTIVITY FOR ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM TEACHERS Kim Graber and Amelia (Amy) Woods of University of Illinois-Champaign
2013 / 328 pages ISBN: 9780767412773 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/graber1e Physical Education and Activity for Elementary Classroom Teachers is written for classroom teachers who have limited background in physical education and physical activity but want to give their students a quality education. Classroom teachers will be prepared to successfully and effectively engage students in physical education and physical activity at a basic level and in a safely constructed environment—in the gymnasium, on the playground, and in the classroom. Since many colleges and universities divide a physical education methods course for classroom teachers into separate lecture and laboratory sections, this text is divided into two primary sections. The first section is written to address topics that are covered during lectures in a university classroom. The second is written to address activities covered during laboratory experiences in a gymnasium. Each section contains relatively brief chapters that cover the most important points of the chapter’s focus in easy-to-read text with numerous photos and interactive activities. The book encourages classroom teachers to develop an appreciation for the subject matter of physical education and engage children in maximum levels of activity throughout the school day. Overall, the book is designed to be a primary reference for future classroom teachers and a valuable resource for certified classroom teachers. CONTENTS Preface
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Chapter 1: Developing an Appreciation for Physical Education Chapter 2: Curriculum Planning Chapter 3: Lesson Planning Chapter 4: Using Curriculum to Develop an Inclusive Learning Environment Chapter 5: Curriculum Models and Special Events Chapter 6: Teaching Styles Chapter 7: Establishing an Effective Learning Environment Chapter 8: Effective Teaching Chapter 9: Classroom Organization and Management Chapter 10: Preventive Class Management and Discipline Chapter 11: Assessment and Evaluation Chapter 12: Integrating Movement Across the Curriculum Chapter 13: Locomotor Skills: Fundamental Patterns Chapter 14: Manipulative Skills: Throwing and Catching Chapter 15: Manipulative Skills: Volleying and Dribbling Chapter 16: Manipulative Skills:Kicking and Punting Chapter 17: Striking with Hands and Rackets Chapter 18: Striking: Bats, Sticks, & Clubs Chapter 19: Creative Movement,: Concepts, Dance and Imagery Chapter 20: Educational Gymnastics: Balancing, Weight Transfer, and Rolling Chapter 21: Health-Related Fitness: Muscular Strength and Endurance and Flexibility Chapter 22: Health-Related Fitness: Cardiovascular Endurance Chapter 23: Educational Games: Cooperative and StudentDesigned Chapter 24: Quality Recess
CHILDREN MOVING:
A Reflective Approach To Teaching Physical Education With Movement Analysis Wheel, 9th Edition George M Graham, Penn State University-University Park; Shirley Ann Holt/Hale, Linden Elementary School, Oak Ridge Tennessee and Melissa A Parker, University of Northern Colorado
2013 ISBN: 9780077626532 Available: April 2012
Part Two Becoming a Reflective Teacher Chapter 4 Reflective Teaching Chapter 5 Determining Generic Levels of Skill Proficiency Chapter 6 Planning and Developing the Content Chapter 7 Analyzing Reflective Teaching Part Three Active Teaching Skills Chapter 8 Establishing an Environment for Learning Chapter 9 Maintaining Appropriate Behavior Chapter 10 Instructional Approaches Chapter 11 Observing Student Responses Chapter 12 Assessing Student Learning Part Four Movement Concept Development Chapter 13 Space Awareness Chapter 14 Effort Chapter 15 Relationships Part Five Skill Theme Development Chapter 16 Traveling Chapter 17 Chasing, Fleeing, and Dodging Chapter 18 Bending, Stretching, Curling, and Twisting Chapter 19 Jumping and Landing Chapter 20 Balancing Chapter 21 Transferring Weight and Rolling Chapter 22 Kicking and Punting Chapter 23 Throwing and Catching Chapter 24 Volleying and Dribbling Chapter 25 Striking with Rackets and Paddles Chapter 26 Striking with Long-Handled Implements Part Six Skill Theme Movement Concept Applications Chapter 27 Teaching Physical Fitness, Physical Activity, and Wellness Chapter 28 Teaching Dance Chapter 29 Teaching Gymnastics Chapter 30 Teaching Games Chapter 31 Adapting the Content for Diverse Learners Chapter 32 Integrating the Skill Theme Approach across the Curriculum Part Seven The Future Chapter 33 Building Support for Your Program Chapter 34 Physical Education for Tomorrow’s Children Appendix Sample School-Year Overviews (Scope and Sequence)
www.mhhe.com/graham9e Children! Impressionable, innocent, enthusiastic, eager to learn, and all different. In fact, if you believe that all children are identical—with the same interests, abilities, and size—then Children Moving is not the book for you. The authors of Children Moving, however, recognize that each child is unique. One size does not fit all! Thus, Children Moving guides you in the process of learning to teach a curriculum that is differentiated for a range of skill abilities and fitness levels. If all children were the same, we would be able to package a curriculum with the same games and the same gymnastic stunts and dances you would do with all of the children as if they were identical. Children Moving, on the other hand, introduces you to the reflective approach—a process of teaching that provides the background for you to adapt, adjust, and modify lessons so they are interesting and worthwhile for all of the children you teach—from the lowest to the highest skill and fitness levels. The ultimate goal, of course, is to guide youngsters in the process of becoming physically active for a lifetime. CONTENTS Part One Introduction and Content Overview Chapter 1 The Value and Purpose of Physical Education for Children Chapter 2 The Skill Theme Approach Chapter 3 Skill Themes, Movement Concepts, and the National Standards
Exercise Physiology
*9780073523538*
NEW
International Edition
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 9th Edition Scott Powers, University of Florida at Gainesville and Edward T Howley, University of Tennessee-Knoxville
2015 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073523538 ISBn: 9781259095009 [IE] Available: October 2014 The ninth edition of Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance is intended for students interested in exercise physiology, clinical exercise physiology, human performance, kinesiology/exercise science, physical therapy, and physical education. The book contains numerous clinical applications, including exercise tests to evaluate cardiorespiratory fitness and information on exercise training for improvements
5
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
6
in health-related physical fitness and sports performance. This comprehensive tool is intended for a one-semester, upper-level undergraduate or beginning graduate exercise physiology course. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Fresh information on the glycemic index, new findings regarding obesity, and the latest recommendations from the American College of Cardiology on the importance of exercise and diet in weight loss provide relevant and current information dealing with obesity, exercise, and weight loss.
•
New information on dietary supplements and athletic performance and a state-of-the-art discussion on new techniques for detecting doping in athletes.
•
Latest findings regarding the impact of exercise on the immune system reinforce the importance of exercise.
•
Updated information on both type I and II diabetes, new guidelines for exercise and pregnancy, and the latest findings regarding exercise and older adults demonstrate updated and current information on exercise and special populations.
CONTENTS SECTION 1: Physiology of Exercise Introduction to Exercise Physiology 1 Common Measurements in Exercise Physiology 2 Control of the Internal Environment 3 Bioenergetics 4 Exercise Metabolism 5 Cell Signaling and the Hormonal Responses to Exercise 6 Exercise and the Immune System 7 The Nervous System: Structure and Control of Movement 8 Skeletal Muscle: Structure and Function 9 Circulatory Responses to Exercise 10 Respiration During Exercise 11 Acid-Base Balance During Exercise 12 Temperature Regulation 13 The Physiology of Training: Effect on VO2 Max, Performance, and Strength SECTION 2: Physiology of Health and Fitness 14 Risk Factors and Inflammation: Links to Chronic Disease 15 Work Tests to Evaluate Cardiorespiratory Fitness 16 Exercise Prescriptions for Health and Fitness 17 Exercise for Special Populations 18 Body Composition and Nutrition for Health SECTION 3: Physiology of Performance 19 Factors Affecting Performance 20 Laboratory Assessment of Human Performance 21 Training for Performance 22 Training for the Female Athlete, Children, Special Populations, and the Masters Athlete 23 Nutrition, Body Composition, and Performance 24 Exercise and the Environment 25 Ergogenic Aids Appendices can be accessed at www.mhhe.com/powers9e: Appendix A: Calculation of Oxygen Uptake and Carbon Dioxide Production Appendix B: Dietary Reference Intakes: Estimated Energy Requirements Appendix C: Dietary Reference Intakes: Vitamins Appendix D: Dietary Reference Intakes: Minerals and Elements Appendix E: Dietary Reference Intakes: Macronutrients Appendix F: Percent of Fat Estimate for Men: Sum of Triceps, Chest, and Subscapula Skinfolds Appendix G: Percent Fat Estimate for Women: Sum of Triceps, Abdomen, and Suprailium Skinfolds Glossary G-1 Credits C-1 Index I-1
Exercise Physiology Laboratory
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL
7th Edition
William C Beam and Gene M Adams of California State University – Fullerton
2014 / 352 pages ISBN: 9780078022654 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/beam7e Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual is a comprehensive source of information for instructors and students interested in practical laboratory experiences related to the field of exercise physiology. The manual provides instruction on the measurement and evaluation of muscular strength, anaerobic fitness, aerobic fitness, cardiovascular function, respiratory function, flexibility, and body composition. Written in a research format, each chapter, provides the rationale underlying each test, includes detailed methods and up-to-date comparative data, and concludes with a discussion of the results based on published studies. Homework forms at the end of each chapter can be completed in preview of an upcoming lab or in review of a completed lab. Lab Results forms direct students on the collection of laboratory data and the calculation and evaluation of the results. Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual can be used as a stand-alone lab manual, as a complement to any exercise physiology textbook, and as a reference for numerous other exercise science and kinesiology courses in measurement and evaluation, strength and conditioning, or exercise prescription. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction and Terminology Chapter 2: Units of Measure Chapter 3: Collection of Basic Data Chapter 4: Isotonic (Dynamic) Strength Chapter 5: Isometric (Static) Strength Chapter 6: Isokinetic Strength Chapter 7: Sprinting – “Horizontal Power” Chapter 8: Jumping – Vertical Power Chapter 9: Anaerobic Cycling Chapter 10: Anaerobic Stepping Chapter 11: Anaerobic Treadmill Running Chapter 12: Aerobic Running, Jogging and Walking Chapter 13: Aerobic Stepping Chapter 14: Aerobic Cycling Chapter 15: Maximal Oxygen Consumption Chapter 16: Resting Blood Pressure Chapter 17: Exercise Blood Pressure Chapter 18: Resting Electrocardiogram Chapter 19: Exercise Electrocardiogram Chapter 20: Resting Lung Volumes Chapter 21: Exercise Ventilation Chapter 22: Flexibility Chapter 23: Body Mass Index Chapter 24: Girths and Ratios Chapter 25: Skinfolds Chapter 26: Hydrostatic Weighing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Exercise Prescription International Edition
Fitness
*9780077770402*
EXERCISE TESTING & PRESCRIPTION
FIT & WELL BRIEF EDITION
7th Edition
David C Nieman, Appalachian State University
Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11th Edition
2011 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073376486 ISBN: 9780071289498 [IE] Available: January 2010
Thomas D Fahey, California State UniversityChico; Paul M Insel, Stanford University; Walton T Roth, Stanford University
www.mhhe.com/nieman7e This comprehensive text describes fitness assessment and exercise prescription concepts. Exercise testing and prescription are presented within a health-related context, with practical applications for sports nutrition, weight management, the aging process, and prevention and management of chronic diseases such as heart disease, diabetes, cancer, osteoporosis, and arthritis. CONTENTS Preface Part I. Trends and Definitions 1. Health and Fitness Trends Part II. Screening and Testing 2. Testing Concepts 3. Cardiorespiratory Fitness 4. Body Composition 5. Musculoskeletal Fitness Part III. Conditioning for Physical Fitness 6. Exercise Prescription 7. Nutrition and Performance Part IV. Physical Activity and Disease 8. Heart Disease 9. Cancer 10. Diabetes 11. Obesity 12. Psychological Health 13. Aging, Osteoporosis, and Arthritis Appendix A Physical Fitness Test Norms Appendix B Major Bones, Muscles, and Arteries of the Human Body Glossary Index
NEW
2015 / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077770402 (Loose leaf Edition - for Adoption only) Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/fahey The best-selling and most trusted title in fitness and wellness, Fit & Well is a learning system that teaches the science and the skills students need to enjoy a lifetime of wellness. The new edition of Fit & Well utilizes innovative technologies to engage and motivate students to take their health seriously and make healthy lifestyle behavior choices. Fit & Well motivates students through science - Fit & Well’s respected text, which is available both in print and as an integrated multimedia eBook, provides the information students need to start their journey to fitness and wellness. Fit & Well’s authoritative, science-based information is written by experts who work and teach in the field of exercise science, physical education, and health education. Fit & Well provides accurate, reliable, current information on key health and fitness topics while also addressing issues related to mind-body health, research, diversity, gender, and consumer health. Fit & Well motivates students through personal engagement – The Fit & Well learning system uses the online technologies and multimedia tools that have become an integral part of student’s college experience. Fit & Well’s engaging online tools enable students to personalize their learning and develop fitness programs and lifetime wellness plans. Hands-on activities include self-assessments and fitness labs, video on timely health topics such as tattooing and tanning beds, exercise demonstrations videos, a daily fitness and nutrition log, sample programs, and a wealth of behavior change tools and tips. Fit & Well builds research skills, critical thinking skills, and behavior change skills. Fit & Well motivates students through Connect and LearnSmart – Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fit & Well is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. An integrated multimedia eBook, the unparalleled LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, and a wealth of other online activities, assessments, and behavior change tools engage students using technologies that most students use on a daily basis. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments and produce reports for one or many course sections. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Connect Fitness and Wellness gives students access to a wealth of interactive online content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, a fitness and nutrition journal, a behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. Connect also enables
7
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
8
instructors to hold students accountable for reading the book. Auto graded activities and online health portfolios save instructors grading homework. Students come to class prepared. Additionally, the media-rich eBook available with Connect Plus contains embedded video clips, full-color images, links to discipline specific sites, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools. •
Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students’ knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness.
•
Personal Challenges These quick assessment/exercise activities challenge the student to do something immediately to enhance their fitness and wellness. Personal Challenges are designed to motivate students and get them to consider the personal benefits or effects of action.
•
Wellness in the Digital Age: This new pedagogical feature is designed to tap students’ interest in video games, mobile communications, social media, and other innovations. This feature focuses on the many new fitness and wellnessrelated devices and applications that are appearing every day, from the Wii Fit system to iPhone apps to digital calorie counters and push-up coaches.
•
LearnSmart Adaptive Diagnostic Testing Program: Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness.
•
Full Integration with any Course Management System: Connect Fit & Well can now be easily and seamlessly integrated with any course management system through McGraw-Hill Campus. Among other things, this integration enables Connect activities, assessments, grades, and other content to appear within your university’s course management system. Setup is fast, easy, and flexible, and students can access Connect using their university login.
•
Connect Fit & Well: Connect Fit and Well gives students access to a wealth of online interactive content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, the fitness and nutrition journal, the behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. The media-rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web links, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
•
The assignable activities you will find in Connect Fit & Well include: »» 33 online labs »» 61 videos »» pre and post tests for every chapter »» 45 box activities »» 30 Internet exercises »» 70 learning objective based quizzes
»» optional eBook •
Color transparency sections: New to this edition are two vibrant color transparency sections called “Touring the Cardiorespiratory System” and “Touring the Musculoskeletal System,” inserted in Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. These sections offer an active and visually enhanced presentation of key structures and processes relevant to fitness and wellness that students may struggle to master. In addition to illustrations of the cardiorespiratory system, the heart and lungs, deep and superficial muscles, and the knee joint, the sections include representations of the processes of atherosclerosis and muscle hypertrophy and a visual explanation of diabetes.
•
“The Evidence for Exercise”: New to this edition is a feature series called “The Evidence for Exercise.” These boxes, appearing in every chapter, let students know that the physical activity recommendations and guidelines included in the chapter are based on research studies. Each box poses a research question, research findings are described, and recent studies are cited.
•
New and updated coverage of key topics: The ninth edition of Fit and Well has been updated throughout with current statistics, the latest developments in fitness and wellness, and timely trends and topics. In addition, the text has been streamlined for accessibility and readability, new headings have been inserted, and key data has been chunked into lists, charts, tables, and figures.
•
Fitness Tips/Wellness Tips: These practical tips are designed to catch students’ attention and get them thinking--and doing something-- about their fitness and wellness. These two very brief features appear throughout each chapter.
•
New Format! Fit&Well is now available in a more portable loose leaf format to accommodate for today’s on-thego students! Still want to offer a bound version to your students?
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management 2 Principles of Physical Fitness 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health 6 Body Composition 7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program 8 Nutrition Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1 Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health Concerns B-1 Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress Index
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
Fitness and Wellness – Text
International Edition
CONCEPTS OF PHYSICAL FITNESS
Active Lifestyle for Wellness, 17th Edition
*9780078022777*
Charles B Corbin, Arizona State University, Gregory J Welk, Iowa State University, William R Corbin, Yale University and Karen A Welk, Mary Greeley Medical Center
NEW
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078022579 (Loose Leaf Edition - for Adoption only) ISBN: 9780071318600 [IE] Available: October 2012
A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3rd Edition Gary Liguori, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga and Sandra Carroll-Cobb, University of Alaska-Anchorage
www.mhhe.com/corbin17e Concepts of Physical Fitness provides readers with the selfmanagement skills necessary to adopt a healthy lifestyle. Pioneering texts in this field, these revisions of Concepts are designed to deliver a comprehensive text and digital program that continues to be at the cutting edge of physical activity and health promotion, empowering students to make positive steps towards developing a lifelong commitment to being active. Building upon the tremendous success of previous editions, these new editions are being thoroughly fine-tuned to ensure that the writing style, examples, and illustrations are not only contemporary, but also accessible. CONTENTS Section 1: Lifestyles for Health, Wellness, and Fitness 1: Health, Wellness, Fitness, and Healthy Lifestyles: An Introduction 2: Self-Management and Self-Planning Skills for Health Behavior Change Section II: An Introduction to Physical Activity 3: Preparing for Physical Activity 4: The Health Benefits of Physical Activity 5: How Much Physical Activity Is Enough? Section III: The Physical Activity Pyramid 6: Lifestyle Physical Activity: Being Active in Diverse Environments 7: Cardiovascular Fitness 8: Active Aerobics, Sports, and Recreational Activities 9: Flexibility and Stretching Exercises 10: Muscle Fitness and Resistance Exercises
2016 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078022777 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: January 2015 Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness empowers students to become active participants in their own fitness and wellness through a genuinely student-centered approach. This is the first fitness and wellness text to be written in direct response to students’ questions about their own health and well-being. In responding to these student inquiries, authors Gary Liguori and Sandra Carroll-Cobb combine the latest science-based knowledge with practical guidance on concrete actions students can take now to improve their fitness and wellness. By encouraging students to be engaged participants in their learning, Questions and Answers also inspires them to become active shapers of their future health and happiness.” NEW TO THIS EDITION •
The Connect Plus Suite effectively engages students in the course so they are better prepared for class, more active in discussion, and achieve better results. Its innovative and adaptive technology addresses a wide variety of student and instructor needs with a rich database of assignable and assessable activities, each attached to a learning objective.
•
Connect Fitness and Wellness: Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fitness and Wellness is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. Connect Fitness and Wellness includes an integrated multimedia e-book, the unparalleled LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, video activities, and online labs and health assessments to enable students to practice and apply key skills and concepts. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments, and produce reports for one or many course sections.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, SmartBook™ is the first and only adaptive reading and learning experience, that changes the way students read. It creates a personalized, interactive reading environment like no other by highlighting important concepts, while helping students identify their strengths and weaknesses. This ensures that he or she is focused on the content needed to close specific knowledge gaps, while it simultaneously promotes long-term learning.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, LearnSmart is an adaptive learning program designed to help students learn faster, study smarter, and retain more knowledge for greater success. Millions of students have answered billions of
Section IV: Physical Activity: Special Considerations 11: Body Mechanics: Posture, Questionable Exercises, and Care of the Back and Neck 12: Performance Benefits of Physical Activity Section V: Nutrition and Body Composition 13: Body Composition 14: Nutrition 15: Managing Diet and Activity for Healthy Body Fatness Section VI: Stress Management 16: Stress and Health 17: Stress Management, Relaxation, and Time Management Section VII: Making Informed Choices 18: Recognizing Quackery: Becoming an Informed Consumer 19: Toward Optimal Health and Wellness: Planning for Healthy Lifestyle Change
9
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
10
questions in LearnSmart, making it the most widely used study tool that’s proven to strengthen memory recall, retain student attendance, and boost grades. •
liveWell: liveWell is an innovative, online program designed to help college students enhance their well-being by exercising regularly, eating healthily, and managing stress effectively. liveWell offers individualized guidance that includes strategies and tips for making positive behavior changes this semester – changes students can take with them well beyond this course.
•
Content updates: Every chapter has been updated to reflect the latest scientific thinking, data, and statistics from such authoritative sources as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the American Cancer Society, the American Heart Association, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
•
Fitness and Wellness Inventories: A new series of sixteen inventory-type labs prompt students to assess their own behaviors and tendencies and then provide meaningful guidance on areas and strategies for improvement. These inventories complement the existing suite of fitness labs; offering a briefer and less involved self-assessment for those instructors who struggle with time and attention constraints. All fitness and wellness labs and inventories are available in a fully interactive format through Connect.
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Health, Wellness, and Fitness 2 Positive Choices/Positive Changes 3 Fundamentals of Physical Fitness 4 Cardiorespiratory Fitness 5 Muscle Fitness 6 Flexibility and Low-Back Fitness 7 Body Composition Basics 8 Nutrition Basics: Energy and Nutrients 9 Eating for Wellness and Weight Management 10 Stress and Its Sources 11 Chronic Diseases 12 Infectious Diseases 13 Substance Use, Dependence, and Addiction
*9780073523477*
by experts who work and teach in the field of exercise science, physical education, and health education. Fit & Well provides accurate, reliable, current information on key health and fitness topics while also addressing issues related to mind-body health, research, diversity, gender, and consumer health. Fit & Well motivates students through personal engagement – The Fit & Well learning system uses the online technologies and multimedia tools that have become an integral part of student’s college experience. Fit & Well’s engaging online tools enable students to personalize their learning and develop fitness programs and lifetime wellness plans. Hands-on activities include self-assessments and fitness labs, video on timely health topics such as tattooing and tanning beds, exercise demonstrations videos, a daily fitness and nutrition log, sample programs, and a wealth of behavior change tools and tips. Fit & Well builds research skills, critical thinking skills, and behavior change skills. Fit & Well motivates students through Connect and LearnSmart – Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fit & Well is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. An integrated multimedia eBook, the unparalleled LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, and a wealth of other online activities, assessments, and behavior change tools engage students using technologies that most students use on a daily basis. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments and produce reports for one or many course sections. NEW TO THIS EDITION
NEW
•
Connect Fitness and Wellness gives students access to a wealth of interactive online content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, a fitness and nutrition journal, a behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. Connect also enables instructors to hold students accountable for reading the book. Auto graded activities and online health portfolios save instructors grading homework. Students come to class prepared. Additionally, the media-rich eBook available with Connect Plus contains embedded video clips, full-color images, links to discipline specific sites, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
•
Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students’ knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness.
•
Wellness in the Digital Age: This new pedagogical feature is designed to tap students’ interest in video games, mobile communications, social media, and other digital innovations. This feature focuses on the many new fitness- and wellnessrelated devices and applications that are appearing every day, from the Wii Fit system to iPhone apps to digital calorie counters and push-up coaches.
•
Connect Fit & Well: Connect Fit and Well gives students access to a wealth of online interactive content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, the fitness and nutrition journal, the behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. The media-rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web links, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
FIT & WELL
Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11th Edition Thomas D Fahey, California State UniversityChico, Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
2015 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073523477 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/fahey The best-selling and most trusted title in fitness and wellness, Fit & Well is a learning system that teaches the science and the skills students need to enjoy a lifetime of wellness. The new edition of Fit & Well utilizes innovative technologies to engage and motivate students to take their health seriously and make healthy lifestyle behavior choices. Fit & Well motivates students through science - Fit & Well’s respected text, which is available both in print and as an integrated multimedia eBook, provides the information students need to start their journey to fitness and wellness. Fit & Well’s authoritative, science-based information is written
The assignable activities you will find in Connect Fit & Well
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE include: »» 33 online labs »» 61 videos »» pre and post tests for every chapter »» 45 box activities »» 30 Internet exercises »» 70 learning objective based quizzes »» optional ebook •
•
•
Color transparency sections: New to this edition are two vibrant color transparency sections called “Touring the Cardiorespiratory System” and “Touring the Musculoskeletal System,” inserted in Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. These sections offer a visually enhanced presentation of key structures and processes relevant to fitness and wellness. In addition to illustrations of the cardiorespiratory system, the heart and lungs, deep and superficial muscles, and the knee joint, the sections include representations of the processes of atherosclerosis and muscle hypertrophy and a visual explanation of diabetes.
6 Body Composition 7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program 8 Nutrition 9 Weight Management 10 Stress 11 Cardiovascular Health 12 Cancer 13 Substance Use and Abuse 14 Sexually Transmitted Diseases 15 Wellness for Life Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1 Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health Concerns B-1 Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress Behavior Change Workbook Index
*9780077770396*
FIT & WELL ALTERNATE EDITION
“The Evidence for Exercise”: New to this edition is a feature series called “The Evidence for Exercise.” These boxes, appearing in every chapter, let students know that the physical activity recommendations and guidelines included in the chapter are based on research studies. Each box poses a research question, research findings are described, and recent studies are cited. New and updated coverage of key topics: The ninth edition of Fit and Well has been updated throughout with current statistics, the latest developments in fitness and wellness, and timely trends and topics. In addition, the text has been streamlined for accessibility and readability, new headings have been inserted, and key data has been chunked into lists, charts, tables, and figures.
•
Full Integration with any Course Management System: Connect Fit & Well can now be easily and seamlessly integrated with any course management system through McGraw-Hill Campus. Among other things, this integration enables Connect activities, assessments, grades, and other content to appear within your university’s course management system. Setup is fast, easy, and flexible, and students can access Connect using their university login.
•
Fitness Tips/Wellness Tips: These practical tips are designed to catch students’ attention and get them thinking--and doing something--about their fitness and wellness. These two very brief new features appear throughout each chapter.
•
New Format! Fit&Well is now available in a more portable loose leaf format to accommodate for today’s on-thego students! Still want to offer a bound version to your students? Contact your rep today and we’ll provide you the ISBN.
•
Personal Challenges: These quick assessment/exercise activities challenge the student to do something immediately to assess and enhance their fitness or wellness. Personal Challenges are designed to motivate students and get them to consider the personal benefits or effects of action.
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management 2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health
NEW
Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11th Edition Thomas D Fahey, California State UniversityChico, Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
2015 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780077770396 (Loose Leaf Edition - for Adoption only) Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/fahey The best-selling and most trusted title in fitness and wellness, Fit & Well is a learning system that teaches the science and the skills students need to enjoy a lifetime of wellness. The new edition of Fit & Well utilizes innovative technologies to engage and motivate students to take their health seriously and make healthy lifestyle behavior choices. Fit & Well motivates students through science - Fit & Well’s respected text, which is available both in print and as an integrated multimedia eBook, provides the information students need to start their journey to fitness and wellness. Fit & Well’s authoritative, science-based information is written by experts who work and teach in the field of exercise science, physical education, and health education. Fit & Well provides accurate, reliable, current information on key health and fitness topics while also addressing issues related to mind-body health, research, diversity, gender, and consumer health. Fit & Well motivates students through personal engagement – The Fit & Well learning system uses the online technologies and multimedia tools that have become an integral part of student’s college experience. Fit & Well’s engaging online tools enable students to personalize their learning and develop fitness programs and lifetime wellness plans. Hands-on activities include self-assessments and fitness labs, video on timely health topics such as tattooing and tanning beds, exercise demonstrations videos, a daily fitness and nutrition log, sample programs, and a wealth of behavior change tools and tips. Fit & Well builds research skills, critical thinking skills, and behavior change skills. Fit & Well motivates students through Connect and LearnSmart – Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fit & Well is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. An integrated multimedia eBook, the unparalleled
11
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
12
LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, and a wealth of other online activities, assessments, and behavior change tools engage students using technologies that most students use on a daily basis. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments and produce reports for one or many course sections.
»» pre and post tests for every chapter »» 45 box activities »» 30 Internet exercises »» 70 learning objective based quizzes »» optional eBook •
Color transparency sections: New to this edition are two vibrant color transparency sections called “Touring the Cardiorespiratory System” and “Touring the Musculoskeletal System,” inserted in Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. These sections offer a visually enhanced presentation of key structures and processes relevant to fitness and wellness. In addition to illustrations of the cardiorespiratory system, the heart and lungs, deep and superficial muscles, and the knee joint, the sections include representations of the processes of atherosclerosis and muscle hypertrophy and a visual explanation of diabetes.
•
“The Evidence for Exercise”: New to this edition is a feature series called “The Evidence for Exercise.” These boxes, appearing in every chapter, let students know that the physical activity recommendations and guidelines included in the chapter are based on research studies. Each box poses a research question, research findings are described, and recent studies are cited.
•
New and updated coverage of key topics: The ninth edition of Fit and Well, Alternate has been updated throughout with current statistics, the latest developments in fitness and wellness, and timely trends and topics. (A list of changes by chapter follows.) In addition, the text has been streamlined for accessibility and readability, new headings have been inserted, and key data has been chunked into lists, charts, tables, and figures.
•
Fitness Tips/Wellness Tips: These practical tips are designed to catch students’ attention and get them thinking--and doing something--about their fitness and wellness. These two very brief new features appear throughout the chapter.
•
Personal Challenges: These quick assessment/exercise activities challenge the student to do something immediately to assess and enhance their fitness and wellness. Personal Challenges are designed to motivate students and get them to consider the personal benefits or effects of action.
•
New Format! Fit&Well is now available in a more portable loose leaf format to accommodate for today’s on-thego students! Still want to offer a bound version to your students? Contact your rep today and we’ll provide you the ISBN.
NEW TO THIS EDITION •
•
•
•
•
•
Connect Fitness and Wellness gives students access to a wealth of interactive online content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, a fitness and nutrition journal, a behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. Connect also enables instructors to hold students accountable for reading the book. Auto graded activities and online health portfolios save instructors grading homework. Students come to class prepared. Additionally, the media-rich eBook available with Connect Plus contains embedded video clips, full-color images, links to discipline specific sites, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools. Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students’ knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness. Wellness in the Digital Age: This new pedagogical feature is designed to tap students’ interest in video games, mobile communications, social media, and other digital innovations. This feature focuses on the many new fitness--and wellness-related devices and applications that are appearing every day, from the Wii Fit system to iPhone apps to digital calorie counters and push-up coaches. LearnSmart Adaptive Diagnostic Testing Program: Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students’ knowledge of a subject then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increse their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness. Full Integration with any Course Management System: Connect Fit & Well can now be easily and seamlessly integrated with any course management system through McGraw-Hill Campus. Among other things, this integration enables Connect activities, assessments, grades, and other content to appear within your university’s course management system. Setup is fast, easy, and flexible, and students can access Connect using their university login. Connect Fit & Well: Connect Fit and Well gives students access to a wealth of online interactive content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, the fitness and nutrition journal, the behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. The media-rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web links, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools. The assignable activities you will find in Connect Fit & Well include: »» 33 online labs »» 61 videos
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management 2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health 6 Body Composition 7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program 8 Nutrition 9 Weight Management 10 Stress 11 Cardiovascular Health Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1 Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health Concerns B-1 Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress C-1 Behavior Change Workbook W-1 Index
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
*9780077770402*
Connect Plus contains embedded video clips, full-color images, links to discipline specific sites, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
NEW
FIT & WELL BRIEF EDITION
•
Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students’ knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness.
•
Personal Challenges These quick assessment/exercise activities challenge the student to do something immediately to enhance their fitness and wellness. Personal Challenges are designed to motivate students and get them to consider the personal benefits or effects of action.
•
Wellness in the Digital Age: This new pedagogical feature is designed to tap students’ interest in video games, mobile communications, social media, and other innovations. This feature focuses on the many new fitness and wellnessrelated devices and applications that are appearing every day, from the Wii Fit system to iPhone apps to digital calorie counters and push-up coaches.
•
LearnSmart Adaptive Diagnostic Testing Program: Connect Fit & Well now includes LearnSmart, an unparalleled adaptive testing program that diagnoses students knowledge of a subject and then creates an individualized learning path to help them master fitness and wellness concepts and increase their academic performance. Most importantly, LearnSmart for Fit & Well helps students establish a solid conceptual foundation that will enable them to create a personal path towards healthy change and lifetime wellness.
•
Full Integration with any Course Management System: Connect Fit & Well can now be easily and seamlessly integrated with any course management system through McGraw-Hill Campus. Among other things, this integration enables Connect activities, assessments, grades, and other content to appear within your university’s course management system. Setup is fast, easy, and flexible, and students can access Connect using their university login.
•
Connect Fit & Well: Connect Fit and Well gives students access to a wealth of online interactive content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, the fitness and nutrition journal, the behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. The media-rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web links, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11th Edition Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico; Paul M Insel, Stanford University; Walton T Roth, Stanford University
2015 / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077770402 (Loose leaf Edition - for Adoption only) Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/fahey The best-selling and most trusted title in fitness and wellness, Fit & Well is a learning system that teaches the science and the skills students need to enjoy a lifetime of wellness. The new edition of Fit & Well utilizes innovative technologies to engage and motivate students to take their health seriously and make healthy lifestyle behavior choices. Fit & Well motivates students through science - Fit & Well’s respected text, which is available both in print and as an integrated multimedia eBook, provides the information students need to start their journey to fitness and wellness. Fit & Well’s authoritative, science-based information is written by experts who work and teach in the field of exercise science, physical education, and health education. Fit & Well provides accurate, reliable, current information on key health and fitness topics while also addressing issues related to mind-body health, research, diversity, gender, and consumer health. Fit & Well motivates students through personal engagement – The Fit & Well learning system uses the online technologies and multimedia tools that have become an integral part of student’s college experience. Fit & Well’s engaging online tools enable students to personalize their learning and develop fitness programs and lifetime wellness plans. Hands-on activities include self-assessments and fitness labs, video on timely health topics such as tattooing and tanning beds, exercise demonstrations videos, a daily fitness and nutrition log, sample programs, and a wealth of behavior change tools and tips. Fit & Well builds research skills, critical thinking skills, and behavior change skills. Fit & Well motivates students through Connect and LearnSmart – Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fit & Well is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. An integrated multimedia eBook, the unparalleled LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, and a wealth of other online activities, assessments, and behavior change tools engage students using technologies that most students use on a daily basis. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments and produce reports for one or many course sections.
The assignable activities you will find in Connect Fit & Well include: »» 33 online labs »» 61 videos »» pre and post tests for every chapter
NEW TO THIS EDITION
»» 45 box activities
•
»» 30 Internet exercises
Connect Fitness and Wellness gives students access to a wealth of interactive online content, including fitness labs and self-assessments, video activities, a fitness and nutrition journal, a behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. Connect also enables instructors to hold students accountable for reading the book. Auto graded activities and online health portfolios save instructors grading homework. Students come to class prepared. Additionally, the media-rich eBook available with
»» 70 learning objective based quizzes »» optional eBook •
Color transparency sections: New to this edition are two vibrant color transparency sections called “Touring the Cardiorespiratory System” and “Touring the Musculoskeletal System,” inserted in Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. These sections offer an active and visually enhanced presentation
13
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
14
of key structures and processes relevant to fitness and wellness that students may struggle to master. In addition to illustrations of the cardiorespiratory system, the heart and lungs, deep and superficial muscles, and the knee joint, the sections include representations of the processes of atherosclerosis and muscle hypertrophy and a visual explanation of diabetes. •
•
•
•
“The Evidence for Exercise”: New to this edition is a feature series called “The Evidence for Exercise.” These boxes, appearing in every chapter, let students know that the physical activity recommendations and guidelines included in the chapter are based on research studies. Each box poses a research question, research findings are described, and recent studies are cited. New and updated coverage of key topics: The ninth edition of Fit and Well has been updated throughout with current statistics, the latest developments in fitness and wellness, and timely trends and topics. In addition, the text has been streamlined for accessibility and readability, new headings have been inserted, and key data has been chunked into lists, charts, tables, and figures. Fitness Tips/Wellness Tips: These practical tips are designed to catch students’ attention and get them thinking--and doing something-- about their fitness and wellness. These two very brief features appear throughout each chapter. New Format! Fit&Well is now available in a more portable loose leaf format to accommodate for today’s on-thego students! Still want to offer a bound version to your students?
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management 2 Principles of Physical Fitness 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health 6 Body Composition 7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program 8 Nutrition Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1 Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health Concerns B-1 Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress Index
International Edition
CONCEPTS OF FITNESS AND WELLNESS
A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, 10th Edition
Charles B Corbin, Arizona State University, Gregory J Welk, Iowa State University, William R Corbin, Yale University and Karen A Welk, Mary Greeley Medical Center
2013 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780078022562 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) ISBN: 9780071318655 [IE] www.mhhe.com/corbin10e Concepts of Fitness and Wellness provides readers with the self-management skills necessary to adopt a healthy lifestyle. Pioneering texts in this field, these revisions of Concepts are designed to deliver a comprehensive text and digital program that continues to be at the cutting edge of physical activity and health promotion, empowering students to make positive steps towards
developing a lifelong commitment to being active. Building upon the tremendous success of previous editions, these new editions are being thoroughly fine-tuned to ensure that the writing style, examples, and illustrations are not only contemporary, but also accessible. CONTENTS Section 1: Lifestyles for Health, Wellness, and Fitness 1: Health, Wellness, Fitness, and Healthy Lifestyles: An Introduction 2: Self-Management and Self-Planning Skills for Health Behavior Change Section II: An Introduction to Physical Activity 3: Preparing for Physical Activity 4: The Health Benefits of Physical Activity 5: How Much Physical Activity Is Enough? Section III: The Physical Activity Pyramid 6: Moderate Physical Activity: Being Active in Diverse Environments 7: Cardiovascular Fitness 8: Active Aerobics, Sports, and Recreational Activities 9: Flexibility 10: Muscle Fitness and Resistance Exercises Section IV: Physical Activity: Special Considerations 11: Body Mechanics: Posture, Questionable Exercises, and Care of the Back and Neck 12: Performance Benefits of Physical Activity Section V: Nutrition and Body Composition 13: Body Composition 14: Nutrition 15: Managing Diet and Activity for Healthy Body Fatness Section VI: Stress Management 16: Stress and Health 17: Stress Management, Relaxation, and Time Management Section VII: Avoiding Destructive Behaviors 18: The Use and Abuse of Tobacco 19: The Use and Abuse of Alcohol 20: The Use and Abuse of Other Drugs 21: Preventing Sexually Transmitted Infections Section VIII: Making Informed Choices 22: Cancer, Diabetes, and Other Health Threats 23: Evaluating Fitness and Wellness Products: Becoming an Informed Consumer 24: Toward Optimal Health and Wellness: Planning for Healthy Lifestyle Change Appendix A: Metric Conversion Chart Appendix B: Canada’s Food Guide to Healthy Eating Appendix C: Calorie, Fat, Saturated Fat, Cholesterol, and Sodium Content of Selected Fast-Food Items Appendix D: Calorie Guide to Common Foods Appendix E: Calories of Protein, Carbohydrates, and Fats in Foods
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Fitness Management for the Personal Trainer
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT FOR THE PERSONAL FITNESS TRAINER Charles M Ware, Professional Fitness Institute; Charles E Bamford, Queens University of Charlotte; Garry D Bruton, Texas Christian University
2013 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780073377087 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/bizfit Business Management for the Personal Fitness Trainer is a handbook for fitness professionals who have entertained the idea of going out on their own and starting their own business. It serves as an entrepreneurial tool to help fitness professionals expand their knowledge and to develop an understanding of the necessary elements in designing, starting, and managing a small business in the fitness industry. It walks through the fundamentals of small business and notes how these apply to the fitness industry. From choosing an idea for a business and developing a business plan to the legal, financial, and operational considerations of opening and running a business, this book is your guide to building a fitness business. CONTENTS Part 1: Laying The Groundwork For Small Business Chapter One: Introduction Why Start a Business? A Brief History of Small Business in the United States What Is a Small Business? The History of Personal Training Chapter Two: Individuals and Small Business Start-Ups Evaluating Your Entrepreneurial Orientation Triggers for Starting a Business Supports Specialization Personal Training as a Business Chapter Three: Business Idea Generation and Initial Evaluation Generating Business Ideas Opportunity Identification Choosing a Business Part 2: Due Diligence On The Business Idea Chapter Four: Thinking Competitively Redefining Your Industry Defining Your Customers Developing the Information for the External Analysis of Competitors Developing a Competitive Map Additional Issues for External Analysis Competitive Advantage Chapter Five: Business Mission and Strategy Mission Statements Sustainable Competitive Advantage Step 1: Develop a List of Your Business’s Assets and Capabilities Step 2: Split the List into Standard and Extraordinary Assets Step 3: Evaluate Competitiveness of Extraordinary Resources/ Capabilities Strategy Chapter Six: Your Financial Fitness Understanding Cash Flow Developing Cash Flow Statements
Other Financial Tools Part 3: Establishing The Business Chapter Seven: The Legalities of Your Personal Training Business Forms of Business Independent Contractor Status Contracts Leases Regulations The Standard of Care and Scope of Practice Insurance The Legal System and Fitness Facility and Personal Training Businesses Chapter Eight: Establishing Operations Location Financing Considerations Legitimacy Quality Technology Equipment Facility and Equipment Layout User Space and Safety Timing Time Management Chapter Nine: Financing and Accounting Financial Foundation Identification of Key Issues Funding Accounting Taxes Part 4: Building The Business Chapter Ten: Human Resource Management What Is Human Resources? Hiring Employees Retaining Employees Probation and Firing Family Business Chapter Eleven: Marketing Marketing Plan Pricing Promotion Communication in Marketing Retaining Clients Sales Management Part 5: Other Issues Chapter Twelve: The Future of Your Fitness Business Exit/Harvest Steps in Selling a Business Turnaround Closing the Business Chapter Thirteen: Franchising and Purchasing an Existing Business Basics of Franchising Buying a Franchise Buying an Existing Business
15
16
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE History and Philosophy of Sport - World
Introduction to Physical Education
*9780073522777*
A HISTORY AND PHILOSPHY OF SPORT AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT
From Ancient Civilizations to the Modern World, 6th Edition
18th Edition
Robert A Mechikoff, San Diego State University-Diego
2014 / 496 pages ISBN: 9780078022715 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/mechikoff6e Mechikoff’s A History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education offers an engaging and informative overview of the philosophy of sport from Egypt to Ancient Greece and on to the present time. From Mesoamerica and Ancient Greece to the Olympic Games, the book touches on religion, politics, social movements, and individuals as they contributed to the development of sport and physical education. An extensive array of pedagogical tools--including timelines, comprehensive lists of chapter objectives, suggested websites, and discussion questions-aid the learning experience. CONTENTS Chapter 1: History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education Chapter 2: Summer, Egypt, China and Mesoamerica Chapter 3: Greece Chapter 4: Rome Chapter 5: Philosophy, Sport, and Physical Education During the Middle Ages: 900-1400 Chapter 6: The Renaissance and the Reformation: 1300-1600 Chapter 7: The Age of Science and the Enlightenment: 1560-1789 Chapter 8: Philosophical Positions of the Body and the Development of Physical Education Chapter 9: Sport in the Colonial Period Chapter 10: Changing Concepts of the Body: An Overview of Sport and Play in Nineteenth- Century America Chapter 11: The Impact of Science and the Concept of Health on the Theoretical and Professional Development of Physical Education: 1885--1930 Chapter 12: The Transformation of Physical Education: 1900-1939 Chapter 13: The Evolution of Physical Education: 1940 and Beyond Chapter 14: Sport in the Twentieth Century Chapter 15: Pioneers and Progress: 1896--1936 Chapter 16: The Cold War Olympics: 1948 – 1988 Chapter 17: After the Cold War: 1992--2012
NEW
Deborah A Wuest, Ithaca College and Charles A Bucher, deceased
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073522777 Available: April 2014 www.mhhe.com/wuest18e The eighteenth edition of Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport emphasizes the role of culturally competent professionals in meeting the needs of our increasingly diverse population and in promoting lifespan participation in physical activity for all people. Up-to-date statistics and information are provided on health and physical activity levels, career preparation and professional paths within physical education, exercise science, and sport. This edition retains its strong coverage of the foundations of motor behavior, biomechanics, exercise physiology, sport and exercise psychology, the sociology of sport, and physical education pedagogy. The text also emphasizes preparation for a diversity of careers in a variety of settings, addressing areas that include teaching, coaching, exercise leadership, athletic and personal training, sport management, and sport media. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Added Healthy People 2020 physical activity objectives
•
Changed the meaning and identity of the term “field” from physical education to kinesiology.
•
Added new 2010 Dietary Guidelines and 2011 MyPlate recommendations.
•
New information on using social media to network.
•
Greater emphasis has been placed on global learning and global education as the U.S. continues to become more culturally diverse.
CONTENTS Part I: Nature and Scope of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Chapter 1: Meaning and Scope Chapter 2: Philosophy Goals, and Objectives Chapter 3: Health and Physical Activity in Our Society Part II: Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Chapter 4: Historical Foundations Chapter 5: Motor Behavior Chapter 6: Biomechanical Foundations Chapter 7: Exercise Physiology and Fitness Chapter 8: Sociological Foundations Chapter 9: Sport and Exercise Psychology Chapter 10: Physical Education Pedagogy Part III: Careers and Professional Considerations Chapter 11: Career and Professional Development Chapter 12: Teaching and Coaching Careers Chapter 13: Fitness- and Health-Related Careers
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Chapter 14: Sport Careers
International Edition
Part IV: Issues, Challenges, and the Future Chapter 15: Issues, Challenges, and Future Trends
INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION, FITNESS, AND SPORT
8th Edition International Edition
Daryl Siedentop, Ohio State University-Columbus
INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION, EXERCISE SCIENCE, AND SPORT STUDIES
2012 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078095771 ISBN: 9780071086820 [IE] Available: December 2011
9th Edition
Angela Lumpkin, University of Kansas-Lawrence
2014 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780078022661 [Loose Leaf Edition - for Adoption only] ISBN: 9781259010750 [IE] Available: January 2013 www.mhhe.com/lumpkin9e Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Studies provides students with an exciting opportunity to discover the diversity of physical education, exercise science, and sport and the wealth of careers available in these fields. Students are introduced to the heritage, current programs, and future potential of their majors through the explanation of the origins of different careers and the skills necessary to perform them. CONTENTS Preface X Unit One Principles And Scope Of Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Studies Chapter 1 Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Studies—Dynamic Fields Chapter 2 Exercise And Sport Sciences Chapter 3 Professions Of Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Chapter 4 Philosophy Of Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Chapter 5 Career Options Chapter 6 Preparation For A Career Unit Two History And Development Of Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Chapter 7 Early Heritage In Sports And Gymnastics Chapter 8 Early American Physical Education And Sport Chapter 9 Twentieth And Twenty-First Century Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport Unit Three Importance Of Physical Education, Exercise Science, And Sport For Everyone Chapter 10 Opportunities And Challenges In Physical Education And Exercise Science Chapter 11 Issues In Sports Chapter 12 Leadership For Active Living Glossary Credits Index
www.mhhe.com/siedentop8e Introduction to Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education will help you broaden your perspectives and test your opinions about the various issues raised in the text. This text is meant to emphasize quality services by physical-activity professionals—physicaleducation teachers, coaches, fitness trainers, athletic trainers, athletic administrators, and the like—both by emphasizing professionalism in developing and sustaining good programs and by activism to ensure that programs become more widely available to those who need them. The various sections of the text provide you with up-to-date information about the status of the physical-activity professions, the kinds of programs offered to various groups, the educational path to service in the those professions, and the significant problems that are current in the professional practice of the various areas. You will be encouraged to think critically, to recognize and confront problems in various fields, to weigh various alternatives to solving problems, and to respect divergent points of view. No single answer is presented as the only answer. The text does present points of view but only to stimulate your thinking and the further development of your own perspective. CONTENTS Part One: Understanding the Context for Lifespan Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education Chapter 1 The Dilemma of Our Times: Lifespan Physical Activity and the Obesity Health Crisis Chapter 2 The Heritage of Physical Education, Sport, and Fitness in the United States Chapter 3 Changing Philosophies for Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education Part Two: Sport Chapter 4 Basic Concepts of Sport Chapter 5 Sport Programs and Professions Chapter 6 Problems and Issues in Sport Part Three: Fitness Chapter 7 Basic Concepts of Fitness Chapter 8 Fitness Programs and Professions Chapter 9 Problems and Issues in Fitness Part Four: Physical Education Chapter 10 Basic Concepts of Physical Education Chapter 11 Physical-Education Programs and Professions Chapter 12 Problems and Issues in Physical Education Part Five: Building a National Infrastructure to Support Physical Activity and Healthy Lifestyles Chapter 13 Developing an Infrastructure to Support Physical Activity and Healthy Lifestyles Chapter 14 The Crucial Themes Defining Our Present and Future Chapter 15 The Physical-Science Subdisciplines Supporting the Professions Chapter 16 The Social-Science Subdisciplines Supporting the Professions
17
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
18
PERSPECTIVE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS SCIENCES
Introduction to Physical Education - Readers
Nick Aplin
2009 (January 2009) / 268 pages ISBN: 9780071281645 [An Asian Publication] In 2008, Singapore secured the bid to host the first-ever Youth Olympic Games in 2010. The eyes of the world will be on Singapore as the games - now a national concern - encompasses an initiative to invite the international sporting youth to participate, not only in competitive games, but also in educational and cultural activities. This event as well as Singapore’s silver medal in the 2008 Beijing Olympics and the Singapore F1 Grand Prix - Formula One’s inaugural night race - have acted as catalysts for more young Singaporeans to engage in sports. This book addresses the •
concurrent need to apply new knowledge and develop a greater understanding of meaningful sports and physical education
•
contemporary needs in schools and within the community
•
future developments in sports and physical education
•
In addition, it
•
examines current pedagogical practices in schools
•
evaluates attitudes towards health and fitness
•
explains the relevance of talent identification
•
reflects on the past and future development of the culture of sports in Singapore
•
identifies areas of concern and interest for educationalists and scientists with a close affinity to physical activity
•
explores areas in obesity management, character development, and technology
CONTENTS 1. The Passage of Time: Laying the Foundations for Sports 2. Creating a Collective Memory: Pioneers of Physical Education in Singapore 3. Should PE Teachers Promote Lifelong Physical Activity or Lifelong Physical Fitness?: A Critical Analysis of the Scientific Evidence 4. School Physical Education Programmes: Health and Fitness Issues and Challenges 5. Managing Obesity in Schools: Holistic Approaches for the Future 6. A Holistic Approach to Managing Fitness and Obesity: The Raffles Experience 7. Enhancing Cultural Literacy in Students through Folk Dance 8. Character Development through Physical Education 9. Enhancing Game Play in Physical Education and Sports: A Holistic Approach 10. The Case for Small-sided Games in Physical Education and Sports in Singapore Primary Schools 11. A Systematic Approach to Coach Appraisal in Singapore Schools 12. Sports in Singapore: The Path to “First-World” Status 13. How Coaches Coach: The Case of High Performance Basketball in Singapore 14. Sports Talent Identification: A Critical Review 15. Talent and Talent Identification in Singapore 16. Consumption of Sports Products in Singapore 17. The Use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in PE: A Singapore Case Study 18. Identity and Expediency: Towards the Youth Olympic Games 2010
*9781259243158*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HEALTH
36th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2015 / 208 pages ISBN: 9781259243158 Available: October 2014 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Annual Editions: Health, 36/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/ createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change 1. Crimes of the Heart 2. The Perils of Higher Education 3. Solve Your Energy Crisis: A Guide to Finding—and Fixing—the
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Cause of Your Fatigue UNIT 2: Stress and Mental Health 4. Sound Mind, Sound Student Body 5. Social Withdrawal and Violence—Newtown, Connecticut 6. Go Forth in Anger 7. Internet Addiction UNIT 3: Nutritional Health 8. Fat Facts and Fat Fiction 9. Yes, Healthful Fast Food Is Possible. But Edible? 10. Wonderful Wheat: Why This Ancient Staple Is Still Good for You UNIT 4: Exercise and Weight Management 11. Eat Like a Greek 12. Dieting on a Budget UNIT 5: Drugs and Health 13. The Hungry Brain 14. Pot Goes Legit: What the End of Prohibition Looks Like in Colorado 15. Rethinking Drug Policy Assumptions 16. Sparking Controversy 17. Drowned in a Stream of Prescriptions 18. So Long, Lance. Next, 21st-Century Doping 19. Philip Seymour Hoffman Death: a Cautionary Tale about Branded Heroin? UNIT 6: Sexuality and Relationships 20. The Mixed-Bag Buddy [and Other Friendship Conundrums] 21. Masters of Their Domain 22. The Marriage Paradox: Loves, Lies, and the Power of Self Deception 23. There’s No Evidence Online Dating Is Threatening Commitment or Marriage 24. Refusing Vaccination Puts Others at Risk 25. The High Cost of “Hooking Up” 26. The Secret Life of Dirt: At the Finnish-Russian Border 27. The Broken Vaccine UNIT 7: Health Care and the Health Care System 28. Deviated: A Memoir 29. How Government Killed the Medical Profession 30. Problems with Modern Medicine: Too Much Emphasis on Disease, Not Enough on Managing Risk 31. Still Unsafe: Why the American Medical Establishment Cannot Reduce Medical Errors UNIT 8: Consumer Health 32. Consumers Should Drive Medicine 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma 34. How Not to Die 35. Antibiotics and the Meat We Eat 36. Cybermedicine: What You Need to Know UNIT 9: Contemporary Health Hazards 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy 38. Is PTSD Contagious? 39. Suicide, Guns, and Public Policy 40. The New Sex Cancer 41. Drilling into the Unknown 42. Giving ADHD a Rest: with Diagnosis Rates Exploding Wildly, Is the Disorder a Mental Health Crisis—or a Cultural One? 43. Hey! Parents, Leave Those Kids Alone
Kinesiology
*9780073369297*
NEW
International Edition
MANUAL OF STRUCTURAL KINESIOLOGY
19th Edition
R T Floyd, University of West Alabama and Clem W Thompson (Deceased)
2015 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780073369297 ISBN: 9781259253898 [IE] Available: April 2014 www.mhhe.com/floyd19e Explaining the process of human movement, Manual of Structural Kinesiology gives a straightforward view of human anatomy and its relation to movement. The manual clearly identifies specific muscles and muscle groups and describes exercises for strengthening and developing those muscles. Manual of Structural Kinesiology provides important information in an accessible format through a combination of logical presentation, illustrations, and concise writing style. CONTENTS Preface About the Author Dedication Chapter 1 Foundations of Structural Kinesiology Chapter 2 Neuromuscular Fundamentals Chapter 3 Basic Biomechanical Factors and Concepts Chapter 4 The Shoulder Girdle Chapter 5 The Shoulder Joint Chapter 6 The Elbow and Radioulnar Joints Chapter 7 The Wrist and Hand Joints Chapter 8 Muscular Analysis of Upper-Extremity Exercises Chapter 9 The Hip Joint and Pelvic Girdle Chapter 10 The Knee Joint Chapter 11 The Ankle and Foot Joints Chapter 12 The Trunk and Spinal Column Chapter 13 Muscular Analysis of Trunk and Lower-Extremity Exercises Appendix Glossary Illustration credits Index
19
20
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
International Edition
Motor Development
KINESIOLOGY
Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12th Edition Nancy Hamilton, University of Northern Iowa; Wendi Weimar, Auburn University-Auburn; Kathryn Luttgens, Northern University-Emerita
2012 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780078022548 ISBN: 9780071086431 [IE] Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/hamilton12e Since the 1950s, Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion has remained the definitive kinesiology text for college students. The twelfth edition continues the text’s tradition of examining human motion through the integrated presentation of anatomy and biomechanics and applying that knowledge to a wide variety of motor skills. This edition retains the text’s strong coverage of physiology combined with current scholarship in biomechanics as applied to motor skills. CONTENTS Preface 1 Introduction to the Study of Kinesiology Part I Anatomical and Physiological Fundamentals of Human Motion 2 The Musculoskeletal System: The Skeletal Framework and Its Movements 3 The Musculoskeletal System: The Musculature 4 The Neuromuscular Basis of Human Motion 5 The Upper Extremity: The Shoulder Region 6 The Upper Extremity: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand 7 The Lower Extremity: The Hip Region 8 The Lower Extremity: The Knee, Ankle, and Foot 9 The Spinal Column and Thorax Part II Fundamentals of Biomechanics 10 Terminology and Measurement in Biomechanics 11 The Description of Human Motion 12 The Conditions of Linear Motion 13 The Conditions of Rotary Motion 14 The Center of Gravity and Stability Part III Motor Skills: Principles and Applications 15 Kinesiology of Fitness and Exercise 16 Moving Objects: Pushing and Pulling 17 Moving Objects: Throwing, Striking, and Kicking 18 Locomotion: Solid Surface 19 Locomotion: The Aquatic Environment 20 Locomotion: When Suspended and Free of Support 21 Impact 22 Instrumentation for Motion Analysis Appendices Glossary Index
International Edition
UNDERSTANDING MOTOR DEVELOPMENT
Infants, Children, Adolescents, Adults, 7th Edition David L Gallahue, Indiana University-Bloomington; John C Ozmun, Indiana Wesleyan University
2012 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073376509 ISBN: 9781259254307 [IE] Available: August 2011 www.mhhe.com/gallahue7e Understanding Motor Development, a worldwide best-selling text, provides students with both an explanatory and a descriptive basis for the processes and products of motor development. Covering the entire life span, this text focuses on the phases of motor development and provides a solid introduction to the biological, affective, cognitive, and behavioral aspects within each developmental stage. The student is presented with the most upto-date research and theory, while the Triangulated Hourglass Model is used as a consistent conceptual framework that brings clarity to understanding infant, childhood, adolescent, and adult motor development. CONTENTS Unit 1 Background 1 Understanding Motor Development: An Overview 2 Models of Human Development 3 Motor Development: A Theoretical Model 4 Selected Factors Affecting Motor Development Unit 2 Infancy 5 Prenatal Factors Affecting Development 6 Prenatal and Infant Growth 7 Infant Reflexes and Rhythmical Stereotypies 8 Rudimentary Movement Abilities 9 Infant Perception Unit 3 Childhood 10 Childhood Growth and Development 11 Fundamental Movement Abilities 12 Physical Development of Children 13 Childhood Perception and Perceptual-Motor Development 14 Childhood Self-Concept Development Unit 4 Adolescence 15 Adolescent Growth, Puberty, and Reproductive Maturity 16 Specialized Movement Abilities 17 Fitness Changes During Adolescence 18 Adolescent Socialization Unit 5 Adulthood 19 Physiological Changes in Adults 20 Motor Performance in Adults 21 Psychosocial Development in Adults Unit 6 Programming 22 Assessing Motor Behavior 23 Programming for Developmental Physical Activity
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Motor Learning
International Edition
HUMAN MOTOR DEVELOPMENT
A Lifespan Approach, 8th Edition
V Gregory Payne, San Jose State University; Larry D Isaacs, Wright State University-Dayton
2012 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780078022494 ISBN: 9780071086707 [IE] Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/payne8e Now in its Eighth Edition, this topically organized text provides a comprehensive introduction to lifespan motor development and includes the most current research findings available in the field. The text takes a lifespan approach to development, with thorough coverage of prenatal, childhood, adolescent, and adult development. Theoretical concepts are conveyed through language appropriate for undergraduate students. This is the only lifespan motor development text that presents both the component approach and the total body approach for analyzing the basic fundamental and object control skills of childhood. CONTENTS Preface Part I: An Overview Of Development 1: Introduction to Motor Development 2: Cognitive and Motor Development 3: Social and Motor Development 4: Moral and Motor Development Part II: Factors That Affect Development 5: Prenatal Development Concerns 6: Effects of Early Stimulation and Deprivation Part III: Physical Changes Across The Lifespan 7: Growth and Maturation 8: Physiological Changes: Health-Related Physical Fitness 9: Movement and the Changing Senses Part IV: Movement Across The Lifespan 10: Infant Reflexes and Stereotypes 11: Voluntary Movements of Infancy 12: Fine Motor Development 13: Fundamental Locomotion Skills of Childhood 14: Fundamental Object-Control Skills of Childhood 15: Youth Sports 16: Development Motor Delays 17: Movement in Adulthood Part V: Assessing Motor Development And Implementing A Program 18: Assessment 19: Planning and Conducting Developmental Movement Programs Appendix A: Growth Charts: National Center for Health Statistics Appendix B: Body Mass Index Table Appendix C: Summary of the Surgeon General’s Report on Physical Activity and Health Appendix D: Summary of the CDC’s Guidelines for School and Community Programs Promoting Lifelong Physical Activity Appendix E: Observation Plans Appendix F: List of Web Sites
International Edition
MOTOR LEARNING AND CONTROL
Concepts and Applications, 10th Edition Richard A Magill, New York University
2014 / 496 pages ISBN: 9780078022678 [Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only] ISBN: 9781259010767 [IE] Available: March 2013 www.mhhe.com/magill10e Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications provides an introductory study of motor learning and control for students who aspire to become practitioners in exercise science, physical education, and other movement-oriented professions. The text opens with an introduction to motor skills and control, continues through attention, memory, and learning, and ends with a discussion of instruction, feedback, and practice methods. The text’s strong research base, clear presentation and practical applications will help students build a solid foundation in motor skills and prepare them for further exploration on their own. CONTENTS Unit I: Introduction to Motor Skills and Abilities 1 The Classification of Motor Skills 2 The Measurement of Motor Performance 3 Motor Abilities Unit II: Introduction to Motor Control 4 Neuromotor Basis for Motor Control 5 Motor Control Theories 6 Sensory Components of Motor Control 7 Performance and Motor Control Characteristics of Functional Skills 8 Action Preparation Unit III: Attention and Memory 9 Attention as a Limited Capacity Resource 10 Memory Components, Forgetting, and Strategies Unit IV: Introduction to Motor Skill Learning 11 Defining and Assessing Learning 12 The Stages of Learning 13 Transfer of Learning Unit V: Instruction and Augmented Feedback 14 Demonstration and Verbal Instructions 15 Augmented Feedback Unit VI: Practive Conditions 16 Practice Variability and Specificity 17 The Amount and Distribution of Practice 18 Whole and Part Practice 19 Mental Practice
21
22
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Psychology of Sport
*9780078022708*
NEW
International Edition
APPLIED SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7th Edition Jean M Williams, University of Arizona and Vikki Krane, Bowling Green State University
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780078022708 ISBN: 9789814577496 [IE] Available: April 2014 www.mhhe.com/williams7e Applied Sport Psychology was written to introduce readers to psychological theories and techniques that can be used to enhance performance and personal growth of sport participants from youth to elite levels. The four-part organization covers learning, motivation, and social interaction; mental training for performance enhancement; implementing training programs; and enhancing health and well-being. This edition reflects the latest research, practice, and anecdotal examples in applied sport psychology. Applied Sport Psychology is particularly well suited as a text for classes in applied sport psychology and psychology of coaching. The book is also a valuable reference for practicing coaches, sport psychologists, and psychologists CONTENTS 1 Sport Psychology: Past, Present, Future PART ONE—LEARNING, MOTIVATION, AND SOCIAL INTERACTION 2 Motor Skill Learning for Effective Coaching and Performance 3 A Positive Approach to Coaching Effectiveness and Performance Enhancement 4 The Motivational Climate, Athlete Motivation, and Implications for the Quality of Sport Engagement 5 The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy Theory: When Coaches’ Expectations Become Reality 6 Leadership in Sport: The Critical Importance of Coach and Athlete Leadership 7 The Sport Team as an Effective Group 8 Communicating Effectively PART TWO—MENTAL TRAINING FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT 9 Psychological Characteristics of Peak Performance 10 Increasing Awareness for Sport Performance 11 Goal Setting for Peak Performance 12 Understanding and Managing Stress in Sport 13 Seeing Is Believing: Understanding and Using Imagery in Sport 14 Cognitive Techniques for Building Confidence and Enhancing Performance 15 Concentration and Strategies for Controlling It PART THREE—IMPLEMENTING TRAINING PROGRAMS 16 Integrating and Implementing a Psychological Skills Training Program 17 Conducting Psychologically Oriented Coach-Training Programs: A Social- Cognitive Approach 18 Gender and Cultural Considerations PART FOUR—ENHANCING HEALTH AND WELL-BEING 19 When to Refer Athletes for Counseling or Psychotherapy
20 Drug Abuse in Sport: Causes and Cures 21 Athlete Burnout: An Individual and Organizational Phenomenon 22 Injury Risk and Rehabilitation: Psychological Considerations 23 Career Transition among Athletes: Is There Life after Sports? 24 Exercise Psychology
International Edition
SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Concepts and Applications, 7th Edition Richard H Cox, University of Missouri-Columbia
2012 / 572 pages ISBN: 9780078022470 ISBN: 9780071086226 [IE] Available: March 2011 www.mhhe.com/cox7e Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications shows how concepts supported by current scientific research can be used to address issues and situations encountered everyday by physical activity specialists, coaches, athletic trainers, and athletes. This introduction to sport and exercise psychology addresses practical issues, such as dealing with anxiety, arousal, and stress; developing coping, relaxation, motivation, and energizing strategies; understanding the effects of an audience on human performance; building team cohesion; and preventing burnout and other negative effects. CONTENTS Part I. Understanding Sport Psychology 1 Foundations of Sport Psychology 2 Personality as a Core Characteristic of the Athlete Part II. Motivation in Sport and Exercise 3 Self-Confidence and Intrinsic Motivation 4 Goal Perspective Theory 5 Youth Sports Part III. Effects of Attention, Emotion, and Mood on Performance 6 Attention and Concentration in Sport and Exercise 7 Anxiety, Stress, and Mood Relationships 8 Alternatives to Inverted-U Theory Part IV. Cognitive and Behavioral Interventions 9 Coping and Intervention Strategies in Sport 10 Goal Setting in Sport 11 Imagery and Hypnosis in Sport 12 Psychological Skills Training Part V. Social Psychology of Sport 13 Aggression and Violence in Sport 14 Audience and Self-Presentation Effects in Sport 15 Team Cohesion in Sport 16 Leadership and Communication in Sport Part VI. Psychobiology of Sport and Exercise 17 Exercise Psychology 18 The Psychology of Athletic Injuries and Career Termination 19 Drug Abuse in Sport and Exercise
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Research Methods
CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
5th Edition
Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia and Larry D Hensley, University of Northern Iowa
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078022555 Available: May 2012 www.mhhe.com/baumgartner5e Conducting & Reading Research in Kinesiology is designed for the first course in research techniques. Students who will be doing research and students who will be consumers of the research of others are the targeted users of Conducting & Reading Research in Kinesiology. The new edition offers real-world examples of research, with particular attention to research in kinesiology. CONTENTS PART ONE The Research Process 1 The Nature and Purpose of Research 2 Understanding the Research Process 3 Reviewing the Literature 4 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports 5 Developing the Research Plan 6 Ethical Concerns in Research 7 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures PART TWO Types of Research 8 Experimental Research 9 Descriptive Research 10 Qualitative Research 11 Meta-analysis 12 Historical Research and Action Research PART THREE Data Analysis 13 Descriptive Data Analysis 14 Inferential Data Analysis 15 Measurement in Research PART FOUR Writing and Reporting 16 Developing the Research Proposal 17 Writing the Research Report Appendix A SPSS for Windows Basics Appendix B Critical Values of t Appendix C Critical Values of F Appendix D Critical Values of Chi-Square Glossary References Index
International Edition
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond; Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2007 / 96 pages ISBN: 9780073126654 ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included] Available: February 2006
CONTENTS Preface Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Sampled Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Variables Appendix Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Sociology of Sport
*9780078022524*
NEW
International Edition
SPORTS IN SOCIETY
Issues and Controversies, 11th Edition Jay Coakley, University of Colorado
2015 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780078022524 ISBN: 9780071086219 [IE] Available: March 2014 www.mhhe.com/coakley11e Sports in Society emphasizes the cultural, interactional, and structural dimensions of sports. Coakley encourages readers to think critically about issues and controversies in sports while considering their own personal experiences, families, schools, communities and societies. CONTENTS 1.The Sociology of Sport: What Is It and Why Study It? 2. Producing Knowledge About Sports in Society: What Is the Role of Research and Theory? 3. Sports and Socialization: Who Plays and What Happens to Them? 4. Sports and Children: Are Organized Programs Worth the Effort? 5. Deviance In Sports: Is It Out of Control? 6. Violence in Sports: How Does It Affect Our Lives? 7. Gender and Sports: Does Equity Require Ideological Changes? 8. Race and Ethnicity: Are They Important in Sports? 9. Social Class: Do Money and Power Matter in Sports? 10. Age and Ability: Barriers to Participation and Inclusion? 11. Sports and the Economy: What Are the Characteristics of Commercial Sports? 12. Sports and the Media: Could They Survive Without Each Other? 13. Sports and Politics: How Do Governments and Global Political Processes Influence Sports? 14. Sports in High School and College: Do Competitive Sports Contribute to Education? 15. Sports and Religions: Is It a Promising Combination? 16. Sports in the Future: Are We Agents of Change?
23
24
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Strength & Conditioning
BASIC WEIGHT TRAINING FOR MEN AND WOMEN
Teaching Physical Education
TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR LEARNING
8th Edition
7th Edition
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
Judith E Rink, University of South Carolina
2013 / 272 pages ISBN: 9780078022623 Available: February 2012
2014 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780078022692 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: March 2013
www.mhhe.com/faheywt8e The eighth edition of Basic Weight Training for Men and Women includes many features that make this text the best and most comprehensive beginning weight training book on the market. Each chapter presents the most important and up-to date weight training exercises with free weights and on the most popular exercise machines found in schools and health clubs in the United States. Nutrition information, workout schedules, proper techniques, and research articles debunking fitness myths fill Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8th edition. The text also includes a discussion of functional training exercises and stresses the concept that the key to building strength and power is to train movements rather than specific muscles. CONTENTS 1. Basic Weight Training 2. Weight Training and Your Body 3. Weight Training Guidelines 4. How Weight Training Improves Your Body 5. Getting Started: The Basics 6. Developing the Lower Body 7. Developing the Back and Neck 8. Developing the Abdominal Muscles 9. Developing the Chest and Shoulders 10. Developing the Arms 11. Exercises to Develop Speed and Power 12. Nutrition for Weight Training 13. Ergogenic Aids: Drugs and Supplements APPENDIX 1: Muscular System APPENDIX 2: Skeletal System APPENDIX 3: Weight Training Exercises for Machines and Free Weights APPENDIX 4: Norms and Test Procedures for Measuring Strength Glossary References Index
www.mhhe.com/rink7e Teaching Physical Education for Learning shows teaching as an interactive, content-specific process. Focusing on physical education from kindergarten through grade 12, this user-friendly text emphasizes teaching strategies and theories to give future teachers a foundation for designing effective learning experiences. CONTENTS Part 1 Understanding the Teaching/Learning Process 1 Teaching Physical Education: An Orientation 2 Factors That Influence Learning Part 2 Effective Teaching Skills 3 Designing Learning Experiences and Tasks 4 Task Presentation 5 Content Analysis and Development 6 Developing and Maintaining a Learning Environment 7 Teacher Functions During Activity 8 Teaching Strategies 9 Student Motivation, Personal Growth, and Inclusion 10 Planning 11 Assessment in the Instructional Process Part 3 Context and Reflection 12 Content-Specific Pedagogy 13 The Professional Teacher and the Continuous Learner 14 Observation Techniques and Tools Glossary Index
Tests and Measurement
MEASUREMENT BY THE PHYSICAL EDUCATOR
Why and How, 7th Edition
David K Miller, University of NC-Wilmington
2014 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780078022685 Available: January 2013 www.mhhe/com/millermeasurement7e The purpose of this text is to help the physical education, exercise science, or kinesiology major develop the necessary confidence and skills to conduct measurement techniques properly and effectively. However, more than just measurement techniques are presented. Emphasis is placed upon the reasons for the measurement and the responsibilities after measurement is completed. These inclusions should help the student develop an appreciation of the need for measurement in a variety of settings. In addition, every effort has been made to present all the material in an uncomplicated way, and only practical measurement techniques are included.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE CONTENTS 1 Measurement, Evaluation, Assessment, and Statistics 2 Describing and Presenting a Distribution of Scores 3 Investigating the Relationship of Scores 4 Investigating the Difference in Scores 5 What is a Good Test? 6 Construction of Knowledge Tests 7 Assessing and Grading the Students 8 Construction and Administration of Psychomotor Tests 9 Agility 10 Balance 11 Cardiorespiratory Fitness 12 Flexibility 13 Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power 14 Anthropometry and Body Composition 15 Physical Fitness 16 Older Adult 17 Special-Needs Populations 18 Sports Skills 19 Affective Behavior Appendix A Square Root Example Appendix B Values of the Correlation (r) Appendix C Critical Values of t (Two-Tailed Test) Appendix D F-Distribution Appendix E Values of the Studentized Range (q)
International Edition
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond; Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2007 / 96 pages ISBN: 9780073126654 ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included] Available: February 2006 CONTENTS Preface Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Sampled Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Variables Appendix Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Weight Management & Nutrition - Readers
*9781259243158*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HEALTH
36th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2015 / 208 pages ISBN: 9781259243158 Available: October 2014 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Annual Editions: Health, 36/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/ createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change 1. Crimes of the Heart 2. The Perils of Higher Education 3. Solve Your Energy Crisis: A Guide to Finding—and Fixing—the
25
26
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Cause of Your Fatigue UNIT 2: Stress and Mental Health 4. Sound Mind, Sound Student Body 5. Social Withdrawal and Violence—Newtown, Connecticut 6. Go Forth in Anger 7. Internet Addiction
Wellness
*9780078022777* QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
UNIT 3: Nutritional Health 8. Fat Facts and Fat Fiction 9. Yes, Healthful Fast Food Is Possible. But Edible? 10. Wonderful Wheat: Why This Ancient Staple Is Still Good for You
A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3rd Edition Gary Liguori, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga and Sandra Carroll-Cobb, University of Alaska-Anchorage
UNIT 4: Exercise and Weight Management 11. Eat Like a Greek 12. Dieting on a Budget UNIT 5: Drugs and Health 13. The Hungry Brain 14. Pot Goes Legit: What the End of Prohibition Looks Like in Colorado 15. Rethinking Drug Policy Assumptions 16. Sparking Controversy 17. Drowned in a Stream of Prescriptions 18. So Long, Lance. Next, 21st-Century Doping 19. Philip Seymour Hoffman Death: a Cautionary Tale about Branded Heroin? UNIT 6: Sexuality and Relationships 20. The Mixed-Bag Buddy [and Other Friendship Conundrums] 21. Masters of Their Domain 22. The Marriage Paradox: Loves, Lies, and the Power of Self Deception 23. There’s No Evidence Online Dating Is Threatening Commitment or Marriage 24. Refusing Vaccination Puts Others at Risk 25. The High Cost of “Hooking Up” 26. The Secret Life of Dirt: At the Finnish-Russian Border 27. The Broken Vaccine UNIT 7: Health Care and the Health Care System 28. Deviated: A Memoir 29. How Government Killed the Medical Profession 30. Problems with Modern Medicine: Too Much Emphasis on Disease, Not Enough on Managing Risk 31. Still Unsafe: Why the American Medical Establishment Cannot Reduce Medical Errors
2016 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780078022777 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: January 2015 Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness empowers students to become active participants in their own fitness and wellness through a genuinely student-centered approach. This is the first fitness and wellness text to be written in direct response to students’ questions about their own health and well-being. In responding to these student inquiries, authors Gary Liguori and Sandra Carroll-Cobb combine the latest science-based knowledge with practical guidance on concrete actions students can take now to improve their fitness and wellness. By encouraging students to be engaged participants in their learning, Questions and Answers also inspires them to become active shapers of their future health and happiness.” NEW TO THIS EDITION •
The Connect Plus Suite effectively engages students in the course so they are better prepared for class, more active in discussion, and achieve better results. Its innovative and adaptive technology addresses a wide variety of student and instructor needs with a rich database of assignable and assessable activities, each attached to a learning objective.
•
Connect Fitness and Wellness: Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Fitness and Wellness is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. Connect Fitness and Wellness includes an integrated multimedia e-book, the unparalleled LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, video activities, and online labs and health assessments to enable students to practice and apply key skills and concepts. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments, and produce reports for one or many course sections.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, SmartBook™ is the first and only adaptive reading and learning experience, that changes the way students read. It creates a personalized, interactive reading environment like no other by highlighting important concepts, while helping students identify their strengths and weaknesses. This ensures that he or she is focused on the content needed to close specific knowledge gaps, while it simultaneously promotes long-term learning.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, LearnSmart is an adaptive learning program designed to help students learn faster, study smarter, and retain more knowledge for greater success. Millions of students have answered billions of
UNIT 8: Consumer Health 32. Consumers Should Drive Medicine 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma 34. How Not to Die 35. Antibiotics and the Meat We Eat 36. Cybermedicine: What You Need to Know UNIT 9: Contemporary Health Hazards 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy 38. Is PTSD Contagious? 39. Suicide, Guns, and Public Policy 40. The New Sex Cancer 41. Drilling into the Unknown 42. Giving ADHD a Rest: with Diagnosis Rates Exploding Wildly, Is the Disorder a Mental Health Crisis—or a Cultural One? 43. Hey! Parents, Leave Those Kids Alone
NEW
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE questions in LearnSmart, making it the most widely used study tool that’s proven to strengthen memory recall, retain student attendance, and boost grades. •
liveWell: liveWell is an innovative, online program designed to help college students enhance their well-being by exercising regularly, eating healthily, and managing stress effectively. liveWell offers individualized guidance that includes strategies and tips for making positive behavior changes this semester – changes students can take with them well beyond this course.
•
Content updates: Every chapter has been updated to reflect the latest scientific thinking, data, and statistics from such authoritative sources as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the American Cancer Society, the American Heart Association, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
•
Fitness and Wellness Inventories: A new series of sixteen inventory-type labs prompt students to assess their own behaviors and tendencies and then provide meaningful guidance on areas and strategies for improvement. These inventories complement the existing suite of fitness labs; offering a briefer and less involved self-assessment for those instructors who struggle with time and attention constraints. All fitness and wellness labs and inventories are available in a fully interactive format through Connect.
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Health, Wellness, and Fitness 2 Positive Choices/Positive Changes 3 Fundamentals of Physical Fitness 4 Cardiorespiratory Fitness 5 Muscle Fitness 6 Flexibility and Low-Back Fitness 7 Body Composition Basics 8 Nutrition Basics: Energy and Nutrients 9 Eating for Wellness and Weight Management 10 Stress and Its Sources 11 Chronic Diseases 12 Infectious Diseases 13 Substance Use, Dependence, and Addiction
A WELLNESS WAY OF LIFE
10th Edition
Gwen Robbins, Debbie Powers and Sharon Burgess of Ball State University
2013 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780078022609 (Loose Leaf Edition - for Adoption only) Available: November 2012 www.mhhe.com/robbins10e Based on solid research, A Wellness Way of Life makes sense of the array of the confusing and sometimes contradictory health information that bombards us every day. By minimizing technical jargon and presenting health topics and issues in a clear and accessible way, A Wellness Way of Life provides accurate, up-todate information about exercise, nutrition, stress, heart disease, weight management, and much more to empower students to make smart health decisions in order to enjoy a lifetime of wellness. The new edition of A Wellness Way of Life utilizes innovative technologies to engage and motivate students to take their health seriously and make healthy lifestyle behavior choices. CONTENTS 1: Understanding Wellness
2: Changing Behavior 3: Developing and Assessing Physical Fitness 4: Maximizing Cardiorespiratory Fitness 5: Developing Flexibility 6: Developing Muscular Fitness 7: Exploring Special Exercise Considerations 8: Preventing Common Injuries and Caring for the Lower Back 9: Maximizing Heart Health 10: Coping with Stress 11: Eating for Wellness 12: Achieving a Healthy Weight 13: Preventing Cancer 14: Understanding Substance Abuse and Addictive Behavior 15: Preventing Sexually Transmitted Disease 16: Exploring Lifetime Wellness Issues
Wellness – Supplements
*9781259243158*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HEALTH
36th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2015 / 208 pages ISBN: 9781259243158 Available: October 2014 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Annual Editions: Health, 36/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/ createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy
27
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE
28
in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way. •
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change 1. Crimes of the Heart 2. The Perils of Higher Education 3. Solve Your Energy Crisis: A Guide to Finding—and Fixing—the Cause of Your Fatigue UNIT 2: Stress and Mental Health 4. Sound Mind, Sound Student Body 5. Social Withdrawal and Violence—Newtown, Connecticut 6. Go Forth in Anger 7. Internet Addiction UNIT 3: Nutritional Health 8. Fat Facts and Fat Fiction 9. Yes, Healthful Fast Food Is Possible. But Edible? 10. Wonderful Wheat: Why This Ancient Staple Is Still Good for You UNIT 4: Exercise and Weight Management 11. Eat Like a Greek 12. Dieting on a Budget UNIT 5: Drugs and Health 13. The Hungry Brain 14. Pot Goes Legit: What the End of Prohibition Looks Like in Colorado 15. Rethinking Drug Policy Assumptions 16. Sparking Controversy 17. Drowned in a Stream of Prescriptions 18. So Long, Lance. Next, 21st-Century Doping 19. Philip Seymour Hoffman Death: a Cautionary Tale about Branded Heroin? UNIT 6: Sexuality and Relationships 20. The Mixed-Bag Buddy [and Other Friendship Conundrums] 21. Masters of Their Domain 22. The Marriage Paradox: Loves, Lies, and the Power of Self Deception 23. There’s No Evidence Online Dating Is Threatening Commitment or Marriage 24. Refusing Vaccination Puts Others at Risk 25. The High Cost of “Hooking Up” 26. The Secret Life of Dirt: At the Finnish-Russian Border 27. The Broken Vaccine UNIT 7: Health Care and the Health Care System 28. Deviated: A Memoir 29. How Government Killed the Medical Profession 30. Problems with Modern Medicine: Too Much Emphasis on Disease, Not Enough on Managing Risk 31. Still Unsafe: Why the American Medical Establishment Cannot Reduce Medical Errors UNIT 8: Consumer Health 32. Consumers Should Drive Medicine 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma 34. How Not to Die 35. Antibiotics and the Meat We Eat 36. Cybermedicine: What You Need to Know
UNIT 9: Contemporary Health Hazards 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy 38. Is PTSD Contagious? 39. Suicide, Guns, and Public Policy 40. The New Sex Cancer 41. Drilling into the Unknown 42. Giving ADHD a Rest: with Diagnosis Rates Exploding Wildly, Is the Disorder a Mental Health Crisis—or a Cultural One? 43. Hey! Parents, Leave Those Kids Alone
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN HEALTH AND SOCIETY
11th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2014 / 251 pages ISBN: 9780078139567 Available: September 2013 www.mhhe.com/takingsides The Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create™ includes current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. This Collection contains a multitude of current and classic issues to enhance and customize your course. You can browse the entire Taking Sides Collection on Create, or you can search by topic, author, or keywords. Each Taking Sides issues is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources and Internet References. Go to McGraw-Hill Create™ at www. mcgrawhillcreate.com, click on the “Collections” tab, and select The Taking Sides Collection to browse the entire Collection. Select individual Taking Sides issues to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 11/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Taking Sides volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1: The Health Care Industry Issue 1: Does the Affordable Health Care Act Violate Religious Freedom by Requiring Employers’ Health Insurance Plans to Cover Birth Control? Issue 2: Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US? Issue 3: Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to Consumers? Unit 3: Health and Society Issue 4: Are We Winning the War on Cancer? Issue 5: Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes? Issue 6: Is the Use of “Smart” Pills for Cognitive Enhancement Dangerous? Issue 7: Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted? Unit 4: Mind-Body Relationship Issue 8: Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease? Issue 9: Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health? Unit 5: Sexuality and Gender Issues Issue 10: Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain from All Alcoholic Beverages? Issue 11: Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience? Issue 12: Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be
PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE Compulsory? Issue 12: Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset of Eating Disorders? Issue 13: Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male Circumcision? Unit 6: Public Health Issues Issue 14: Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism? Issue 15: Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer? Issue 16: Will Hydraulic Fracturing (Fracking) Negatively Affect Human Health and the Environment? Issue 17: Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies? Issue 18: Are Restriction on Sugar and Sugary Beverages Justified? Unit 7: Consumer Health Issue 19: Is Weight Loss Maintenance Possible? Issue 20: Are Energy Drinks with Alcohol Dangerous Enough to Ban?
Psychology of Coaching
*9780078022708*
NEW
International Edition
APPLIED SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7th Edition Jean M Williams, University of Arizona and Vikki Krane, Bowling Green State University
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780078022708 ISBN: 9789814577496 [IE] Available: April 2014 www.mhhe.com/williams7e Applied Sport Psychology was written to introduce readers to psychological theories and techniques that can be used to enhance performance and personal growth of sport participants from youth to elite levels. The four-part organization covers learning, motivation, and social interaction; mental training for performance enhancement; implementing training programs; and enhancing health and well-being. This edition reflects the latest research, practice, and anecdotal examples in applied sport psychology. Applied Sport Psychology is particularly well suited as a text for classes in applied sport psychology and psychology of coaching. The book is also a valuable reference for practicing coaches, sport psychologists, and psychologists CONTENTS 1 Sport Psychology: Past, Present, Future Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus; Vikki Krane, Bowling Green State University PART ONE—LEARNING, MOTIVATION, AND SOCIAL INTERACTION 2 Motor Skill Learning for Effective Coaching and Performance Cheryl A. Coker, New Mexico State University 3 A Positive Approach to Coaching Effectiveness and Performance Enhancement Ronald E. Smith, University of Washington 4 The Motivational Climate, Athlete Motivation, and Implications for the Quality of Sport Engagement Joan L. Duda, The University of Birmingham; Darren C. Treasure, Competitive Advantage
International 5 The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy Theory: When Coaches’ Expectations Become Reality Thelma Sternberg Horn, Miami University; Curt L. Lox, Southern Illinois University; Francisco Labrador, Wittenberg University 6 Leadership in Sport: The Critical Importance of Coach and Athlete Leadership Julia D. Sterrett, Lehigh University; Jeff Janssen, Janssen Sports Leadership Center 7 The Sport Team as an Effective Group Mark A. Eys, Wilfrid Laurier University; Shauna M. Burke, Western University; Paul W. Dennis, York University; Blair Evans, Wilfrid Laurier University 8 Communicating Effectively David P. Yukelson, The Pennsylvania State University PART TWO—MENTAL TRAINING FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT 9 Psychological Characteristics of Peak Performance Vikki Krane, Bowling Green State University; Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus 10 Increasing Awareness for Sport Performance Kenneth Ravizza, California State University at Fullerton; Angela Fifer, United States Military Academy 11 Goal Setting for Peak Performance Daniel Gould, Michigan State University 12 Understanding and Managing Stress in Sport Sheldon Hanton, Cardiff Metropolitan University, UK; Stephen Mellalieu, Swansea University, UK; Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus 13 Seeing Is Believing: Understanding and Using Imagery in Sport Robin S. Vealey, Miami University; Samuel T. Forlenza, Michigan State University 14 Cognitive Techniques for Building Confidence and Enhancing Performance Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus; Nate Zinsser, United States Military Academy; Linda Bunker, University of Virginia, Emeritus 15 Concentration and Strategies for Controlling It Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus; Robert M. Nideffer, Enhanced Performance Systems; Vietta E. Wilson, York University, Emeritus; Marc-Simon Sagal, The Winning Mind PART THREE—IMPLEMENTING TRAINING PROGRAMS 16 Integrating and Implementing a Psychological Skills Training Program Robert S. Weinberg, Miami University; Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus 17 Conducting Psychologically Oriented Coach-Training Programs: A Social- Cognitive Approach Frank L. Smoll, University of Washington; Ronald E. Smith, University of Washington 18 Gender and Cultural Considerations Diane L. Gill, University of North Carolina at Greensboro; Cindra S. Kamphoff, Minnesota State University, Mankato PART FOUR—ENHANCING HEALTH AND WELL-BEING 19 When to Refer Athletes for Counseling or Psychotherapy David Tod, Aberystwyth University; Mark B. Andersen, Victoria University 20 Drug Abuse in Sport: Causes and Cures Tracy Olrich, Western Michigan University; David Smith 21 Athlete Burnout: An Individual and Organizational Phenomenon J.D. DeFreese, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Thomas Raedeke, East Carolina University; Alan Smith, Michigan State University 22 Injury Risk and Rehabilitation: Psychological Considerations Jean M. Williams, University of Arizona, Emeritus; Carrie B. Scherzer, Mount Royal University in Calgary, Alberta 23 Career Transition among Athletes: Is There Life after Sports? David Lavallee, University of Stirling, UK; Sunghee Park, Kookmin University, South Korea; Jim Taylor, San Francisco 24 Exercise Psychology Rod K. Dishman, The University of Georgia; Heather O. Chambliss, University of Memphis
29
30
HEALTH risk drinking. Along with providing a historical foundation for the discussion of substance use, the book explains the facts about this complex issue in clear, engaging language. Loosening the Grip is widely recognized as a useful resource for future and current health care workers—substance abuse clinicians, school counselors, mental health workers, community nurses, and others.
Addictions / Counseling
DRUGS IN PERSPECTIVE
8th Edition
Richards Fields, Private Counseling Practice
NEW TO THIS EDITION
2013 / 400 pages ISBN: 9780078028502 Available: March 2012
•
A new focus is given to persons involved with the criminal justice system for drug-related offenses. Kinney examines the disparities in sentencing practices and plea bargains, as well as the disproportionate impact on people of color.
•
Reviews the impact the 5th edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (published by the American Psychiatric Association in late spring 2013) will have on issues related to alcohol use.
•
Discussion of the legal status of drugs keeps students up-todate on current legislative trends and informed about their impact. Kinney also discusses the legal status of alcohol, including questions about drinking age or the decision of an Indian American tribe to ban the sale of alcohol on tribal lands.
•
Focuses on the extent and nature of the questions being raised about the legal sanctions tied to drug use, the mandatory and lengthy sentences, the disproportionate impact on minorities, and the social and economic costs. Past and current sanctions are discussed.
•
Information on the Affordable Care Act, which makes alcohol and drug treatment mandatory for health insurance policies, gives students a jump-start in understanding how this new legislation affects alcohol and drug treatment.
www.mhhe.com/fields8e Over the past 30 years Dr. Richard Fields has performed clinical work with substance abusers and their families. Drugs in Perspective is a thorough user-friendly compilation of reports, literature, and case studies on alcohol and drug prevention, intervention, and treatment. CONTENTS Section I: Understanding Substance Abuse 1 Putting Drugs in Perspective 2 Why Do People Abuse Drugs? 3 Drug-Specific Information 4 Definitions of Substance Abuse, Dependence, and Addiction Section II: Family 5 Substance Abuse and Family Systems 6 Parents and Family: At-Risk Factors for Substance Abuse 7 Growing Up in an Alcoholic Family System Section III: Prevention, Intervention, and Treatment 8 Motivation to Change 9 Intervention 10 Prevention of Substance Abuse Disorders 11 Disorders Co-occurring with Substance Abuse 12 Alcohol/Drug Treatment and Relapse Prevention Appendix A: Trends in Annual Prevalence of Use of Various Drugs for Eight, Tenth, and Twelfth Graders Appendix B: Alcohol/Drug Screening Inventories Appendix C: Medication Examples Appendix D: At-Risk Factors For Substance Abuse
Alcohol
*9780078028557*
NEW
LOOSENING THE GRIP
A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 11th Edition
Jean Kinney, Dartmouth Medical School
2015 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780078028557 Available: May 2014 www.mhhe.com/kinney11e Accessible and comprehensive, Loosening the Grip remains an authoritative source for information about alcohol use and the problems associated with it, while also addressing the relationship between alcohol use and other drug use. This text presents the physical and psychological effects of alcohol alongside the impact of alcohol use on family and society. Special attention is given to addressing the range of responses to alcohol problems, prevention, harm reduction, brief treatment, engagement in treatment and aftercare, and addressing high
CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1 Alcohol Chapter 2 Alcohol and Its Costs Chapter 3 Alcohol and the Body Chapter 4 Alcohol Use Disorders Chapter 5 Etiology of Alcohol Use Disorders Chapter 6 Medical Complications Chapter 7 The Behavior of Dependence Chapter 8 Effects of Alcohol Problems on the Family Chapter 9 Evaluation and Treatment Overview Chapter 10 Treatment Techniques and Approaches Chapter 11 Special Populations Chapter 12 Other Psychiatric Considerations Chapter 13 Drugs of Abuse Other Than Alcohol Chapter 14 Odds ‘n Ends Appendix Alcohol—Medical Interactions Index
HEALTH
Consumer Health
CONSUMER HEALTH
A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9th Edition Stephen Barrett, Quackwatch Inc; William M London, Charles Drew University; Robert S Baratz, National Council against Health Fraud; Manfred Kroger
2013 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780078028489 Available: March 2012
Death and Dying
ANNUAL EDITIONS: DYING, DEATH, AND BEREAVEMENT 13/14
14th Edition
George E Dickinson, College of Charleston and Michael R Leming, Saint Olaf College
2014 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780078051302 Available: January 2013
www.mhhe.com/barrett9e
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
The most comprehensive consumer health text available, Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions offers a panoramic view of the health marketplace. You’ll learn how to sharpen your critical consumer skills so you can distinguish valid health claims from those that are fraudulent or misleading. By offering science-based facts and guidelines, Consumer Health provides the tools you need to make smart decisions about healthcare products and services for yourself and your family.
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Annual Editions volumes have a number of organizational features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: a general introduction; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of supporting World Wide Web sites; Learning Outcomes and a brief overview at the beginning of each unit; and a Critical Thinking section at the end of each article. Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.com/annualeditions for more details.
CONTENTS Part I: Dynamics of the Health Marketplace 01 Consumer Health Issues 02 Separating Fact from Fiction 03 Frauds and Quackery 04 Advertising and Other Promotional Activities Part II: Health-Care Approaches 05 Science-Based Health Care 06 Mental and Behavioral Help 07 Dental Care 08 The “CAM” Movement 09 A Close Look at Chiropractic Part III: Nutrition and Fitness 10 Basic Nutrition Concepts 11 Nutrition Fads, Fallacies, and Scams 12 Weight Control 13 Fitness Concepts, Products, and Services Part IV: Personal Health Concerns 14 Personal Health and Safety 15 Cardiovascular Disease 16 Cancer Part V: Other Products and Services 17 Drug Products 18 Skin care and Image Enhancement 19 Sexual and Reproductive Health 20 Health Devices 21 Coping with Death 22 Health-Care Facilities Part VI: Protection of the Consumer 23 Health Insurance 24 Health-Care Financing 25 Consumer Laws, Agencies, and Strategies
CONTENTS UNIT 1: Issues in Dying and Death 1. The Dead, the Living, and Those Yet to Come 2. The Cycle of Death 3. How We Bury the War Dead 4. Grief in the Age of Facebook 5. Brain Death Guidelines Vary at Top US Neurological Hospitals 6. Criteria for a Good Death 7. The Emergence of Thanatology and Current Practice in Death Education UNIT 2: Dying and Death Across the Life Cycle 8. Teaching Children about Death and Grief: Children Can Learn about Grief and Dying from Teachable Moments 9. Death in Disney Films: Implications for Children’s Understanding of Death 10. Death and Dying in the Curriculum of Public Schools: Is there a place? 11. Needs of Elderly Patients in Palliative Care 12. Good Mourning 13. Through the Touch of God: Child Death and Spiritual Sustenance in a Hutterian Colony 14. End-of-Life Concerns and Care Preferences: Congruence Among Terminally Ill Elders and their Family Caregivers UNIT 3: The Dying Process 15. Dying on the Streets: Homeless Persons’ Concerns and Desires about End-of-Life Care 16. Death and Dying across Cultures 17. The Promise of Presence 18. When Death Strikes without Warning 19. Are They Hallucinations or Are They Real? The Spirituality of Deathbed and Near-Death Visions 20. Beyond Terror and Denial: The Positive Psychology of Death Acceptance
31
32
HEALTH UNIT 4: Ethical Issues of Dying and Death 21. Ethics and Life’s Ending: An Exchange 22. Obituary for Jack Kevorkian 23. At the Bottom of the Slippery Slope 24. Hospitals Embrace Palliative Care 25. Cannabis Use in Long-Term Care: An Emerging Issue for Nurses 26. I Was a Doctor Accustomed to Death, But Not His UNIT 5: Funerals 27. The Contemporary American Funeral 28. Building My Father’s Coffin 29. Dealing with the Dead 30. Mourning in a Digital Age 31. 10 Burdens Funeral Directors Carry 32. Memorial Videos Give Lasting Farewell 33. Speaking from Beyond the Grave; High-tech Headstones Use QR Codes to Link to Photos and Videos of the Dearly Departed UNIT 6: Bereavement 34. The Grieving Process 35. The Normal Process of Grieving 36. A Guide to Getting Through Grief 37. Disenfranchised Grief 38. Challenging the Paradigm: New Understandings of Grief 39. We’ve Been Misled about How to Grieve 40. Shades of Grief: When Does Mourning Become a Mental Illness? 41. 11 Ways to Comfort Someone Who’s Grieving Test-Your-Knowledge Form
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN DEATH AND DYING William J Buckley and Karen S Feldt, Seattle University
2013 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780078050398 Available: March 2012 Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources. Taking Sides readers also offer a Topic Guide and an annotated listing of Internet References for further consideration of the issues. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.mhhe.com/ takingsides for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1 End-of-Life Decision Making Issue 1. Does Depression Make End-of-Life Decisions Untrustworthy? Issue 2. Do Advance Directives Improve Care for Those Unable to Make Decisions? Unit 2 Caregiver End-of-Life Decision Making Issue 3. Do Dying Persons Without Advocates Get a Different Quality of Care? Issue 4. Compassion Fatigue: Does Burnout Occur in All Caregivers of Dying Patients? Unit 3 Treatment Requests and Decisions: Pain and Futility Issue 5. Does a Dying Person with Severe Pain Have a Right to Effective Pain Management? Issue 6. Should Pain Be Alleviated if It Hastens Death? Issue 7. Does Too Much Treatment Result in an Inhumane Dying?
Issue 8. Are Feeding Tubes Obligatory? Issue 9. Does Withholding or Withdrawing Futile Treatment Kill People? Unit 4 Assisted Suicide Issue 10. May a Dying Person Hasten Her Death? Issue 11. Can Legal Suicide Really Safeguard Against Abuse? Issue 12. Is Palliative Sedation Actually Euthanasia in Disguise? Unit 5 Determining Definitions of Death Issue 13. Is Brain Death Dead Enough? Unit 6 Hospice, Policy, and Costs of Dying Issue 14. Is It Better to Die in Hospice Than Hospitals? Issue 15. Should Eldercare at the End of Life Be Subsidized? Unit 7 Dying and Death as Cultural Performances Issue 16. Is Dying Improved by Belonging to a Religious Community Rather Than Simply Being a Spiritual Person? Issue 17. Is Dying Made Better by Culturally Competent End-ofLife Care? Issue 18. Do Funeral Rituals Help Grief?
Drug & Substance Abuse
*9780078028649*
NEW
DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR
16th Edition
Carl L Hart, Columbia University and Charles J Ksir, University of Wyoming-Laramie
2015 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078028649 Available: December 2014 Drugs, Society and Human Behavior provides the latest information on drug use and its effects on society as well as on the individual. Trusted for more than 40 years by both instructors and students, this authoritative resource examines drugs and drug use from a variety of perspectives—behavioral, pharmacological, historical, social, legal, and clinical. The 16th edition includes the very latest information and statistics and many new timely topics and issues have been added that are sure to pique students’ interest and stimulate class discussion. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Revisions include timely and relevant topics, such as the legalization of marijuana and regulation of designer drugs.
•
NEW! DSM-5 criteria (updated from DSM-4) explained.
•
Updated pedagogical features and boxes are in each chapter.
•
NEW! Information, descriptions, and definitions on drugs and drug use.
•
The latest research is reflected in up-to-date references.
CONTENTS About the Authors Preface Section One: Drug Use in Modern Society Chapter 1 Drug Use: An Overview Chapter 2 Drug Use as a Social Problem Chapter 3 Drug Policy Section Two: How Drugs Work Chapter 4 The Nervous System Chapter 5 The Actions of Drugs
HEALTH Section Three: Uppers and Downers Chapter 6 Stimulants Chapter 7 Depressants and Inhalants Chapter 8 Medication for Mental Disorders Section Four: Alcohol Chapter 9 Alcohol
Drug & Substance Abuse - Readers
*9781259350801* ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY AND BEHAVIOR
Section Five: Familiar Drugs Chapter 10 Tobacco Chapter 11 Caffeine Chapter 12 Dietary Supplements and Over-the-Counter Drugs
30th Edition
Section Six: Restricted Drugs Chapter 13 Opioids Chapter 14 Hallucinogens Chapter 15 Marijuana Chapter 16 Performance-Enhancing Drugs
2016 / 128 pages ISBN: 9781259350801 Available: February 2015
Section Seven: Prevention and Treatment Chapter 17 Preventing Substance Abuse Chapter 18 Treating Substance Use Disorders Appendix A Drug Names Appendix B Resources for Information and Assistance Glossary; Credits; Index
DRUGS IN PERSPECTIVE
8th Edition
Richards Fields, Private Counseling Practice
2013 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780078028502 Available: March 2012 www.mhhe.com/fields8e Over the past 30 years Dr. Richard Fields has performed clinical work with substance abusers and their families. Drugs in Perspective is a thorough user-friendly compilation of reports, literature, and case studies on alcohol and drug prevention, intervention, and treatment. CONTENTS Section I: Understanding Substance Abuse 1 Putting Drugs in Perspective 2 Why Do People Abuse Drugs? 3 Drug-Specific Information 4 Definitions of Substance Abuse, Dependence, and Addiction
Mary H Maguire, California State University and Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Maguire/Garoupa: Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior, 30/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Retained Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
Section II: Family 5 Substance Abuse and Family Systems 6 Parents and Family: At-Risk Factors for Substance Abuse 7 Growing Up in an Alcoholic Family System Section III: Prevention, Intervention, and Treatment 8 Motivation to Change 9 Intervention 10 Prevention of Substance Abuse Disorders 11 Disorders Co-occurring with Substance Abuse 12 Alcohol/Drug Treatment and Relapse Prevention Appendix A: Trends in Annual Prevalence of Use of Various Drugs for Eight, Tenth, and Twelfth Graders Appendix B: Alcohol/Drug Screening Inventories Appendix C: Medication Examples Appendix D: At-Risk Factors For Substance Abuse
NEW
33
HEALTH
34
*9781259223198*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY AND BEHAVIOR 14/15
29th Edition
Mary H Maguire, California State University and Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College
2015 / 256 pages ISBN: 9781259223198 Available: March 2014 www.mhhe.com/createcentral The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Maguire/Garoupa: Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior, 29/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
•
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way. Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS UNIT 1: Living with Drugs History of Alcohol and Drinking around the World How Latin America Is Reinventing the War on Drugs Oxycontin Maker Closely Guards Its List of Suspect Doctors Tackling Top Teen Problem—Prescription Drugs
A Glut of Antidepressants Scientists Are High on Idea That Marijuana Reduces Memory Impairment UNIT 2 Understanding How Drugs Work—Use, Dependency, and Addiction Prescription Drug Diversion Medical Marijuana and the Mind: More Is Known about the Psychiatric Risks than the Benefits The Genetics of Alcohol and Other Drug Dependence Maternal Risk Factors for Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders: Not As Simple As It Might Seem Examination of Over-the-Counter Drug Misuse Among Youth Why Using Meds for ‘Neuroenhancement’ Is a Scary Thought UNIT 3 The Major Drugs of Use and Abuse Bath Salt’ Poisonings Rise as Legislative Ban Tied Up Inhalant Abuse The Science of Doping Monitoring the Future: National Results on Adolescent Drug Use, Overview of Key Findings 2011 Transcending the Medical Frontiers: Exploring the Future of Psychedelic Drug Research Energy Drink Abuse Worries Health Pros UNIT 4 Other Trends in Drug Use American College of Emergency Physicians ACEP: Synthetic Drug use on the rise nationwide; “Bath Salts” Among Them ‘Legal Highs’ Prevalence Makes Ban Policy ‘Ridiculous’ Alcoholism Isn’t What It Used To Be Diagnosis: Human Why I Changed My Mind on Weed UNIT 5 Measuring the Social Costs of Drugs Drugs ‘R’ Us OxyContin Abuse Spreads from Appalachia across United States Cannabis: Colorado’s Budding Industry When Booze Comes Off the Battlefield Did Cocaine Use by Bankers Cause the Global Financial Crisis? Secret U.S. Drug Agency Unit Passing Surveillance Information to Authorities UNIT 6 Creating and Sustaining Effective Drug Control Policy Do the United States and Mexico Really Want the Drug War To Succeed? Engaging Communities to Prevent Underage Drinking Do No Harm: Sensible Goals for International Drug Policy Turning the Tide on Drug Reform Legalize Drugs—all of Them! Moving the Needle Getting A Fix UNIT 7 Prevention, Treatment, and Education Old Habits Die Hard for Ageing Addicts Addiction Diagnoses May Rise Under Guideline Changes California Prisons Spend Big on Anti-psychotic Drugs Understanding Recovery Barriers: Youth Perceptions about Substance Use Relapse High-Risk Offenders Participating in Court-Supervised Substance Abuse Treatment: Characteristics, Treatment Received, and Factors Associated with Recidivism The Needle and the Damage Done: the Case for the Selfdestructing Syringe
HEALTH
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN DRUGS AND SOCIETY
10th Edition
Raymond Goldberg, Vance Granville Comm College
2012 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078050220 Available: October 2011 www.mhhe.com/takingsides Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.mhhe.com/takingsides for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1 Drugs and Public Policy Issue 1. Should Laws Against Drug Use Remain Restrictive? Issue 2. Should the United States Put More Emphasis on Stopping the Importation of Drugs? Issue 3. Should the United States Drinking Age Remain at 21? Issue 4. Should Salvia Be Banned? Issue 5. Should Women Who Use Drugs Lose Custody of Their Children? Issue 6. Is Drug Addiction a Brain Disease? Issue 7. Should There Be More Regulation of PerformanceEnhancing Drugs? Unit 2 Drugs and Social Policy Issue 8. Are the Risks of Secondhand Smoke Overstated? Issue 9. Should Laws Prohibiting Marijuana Use Be Relaxed? Issue 10. Should Drug Addicts Be Given Access to Free Needles? Issue 11. Is Caffeine a Health Risk? Issue 12. Should School-Age Children with Attention Deficit/ Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Be Treated with Ritalin and Other Stimulants? Issue 13. Do Consumers Benefit When Prescription Drugs Are Advertised? Unit 3 Drug Prevention and Treatment Issue 14. Should Smokeless Tobacco Be Promoted as an Alternative to Cigarette Smoking? Issue 15. Is Alcoholism Hereditary? Issue 16. Should Marijuana Be Approved for Medical Use? Issue 17. Should Schools Drug Test Students? Issue 18. Does Drug Abuse Treatment Work? Issue 19. Should Schools Enforce a Zero Tolerance Drug Policy?
Health & Aging / Gerontology
HEALTH IN THE LATER YEARS
5th Edition
Armeda F Ferrini, California State University-Chico and Rebecca Ferrini, Edgemoor Hospital-County of San Diego
2013 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780078028496 Available: February 2012 www.mhhe.com/ferrini5e Health in the Later Years is designed for college students, both undergraduate and undergraduate, in diverse fields of study, particularly those planning a career in health and human services. The text provides a comprehensive, scientific approach to health related topics affecting elders and those who care for them. Included are chapters that address the major influences on the health of older persons: demography, chronic and acute illnesses, mental health and disorders, medication use, physical activity and nutrition, sexuality, health promotion, medical and long term care, and death and dying, among others. The text takes a “whole person” approach to health including ample attention to cultural differences, psycho-social, economic, and cohort differences. CONTENTS Introduction: The Study of Health and Aging 1: Our Nation’s Elders: The Facts 2: Biologic Aging Theories and Longevity 3: Changes in the Body with Age 4: Chronic Illnesses: The Top Five Killers 5: Other Chronic Diseases and Conditions 6: Acute Illnesses and Accidents 7: Mental Health and Mental Disorders 8: Medication Use 9: Physical Activity 10: Nutrition 11: Sexuality 12: Prevention and Health Promotion 13: Medical Care 14: Long-Term Care 15: Dying, Death, and Grief
35
HEALTH
36
Health & Aging / Gerontology – Readers
*9781259359606* ANNUAL EDITIONS: AGING
*9781259161162*
ANNUAL EDITIONS: AGING 14/15
NEW
27th Edition
Harold Cox, Indiana State University-Terre Haute
28th Edition
2015 / 226 pages ISBN: 9781259161162 Available: March 2014
Harold Cox, Indiana State University-Terre Haute
2016 / 96 pages ISBN: 9781259359606 Available: March 2015 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Osterbur: Annual Editions: Aging, 28/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details.
www.mhhe.com/createcentral The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Annual Editions volumes have a number of organizational features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: a general introduction; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of supporting World Wide Web sites; Learning Outcomes and a brief overview at the beginning of each unit; and a Critical Thinking section at the end of each article. Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.com/annualeditions for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
•
Correlation Guide:
NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Retained Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
•
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
NEW
www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/AE_Aging_27e. pdf This convenient guide matches the articles in Annual Editions: Aging, 27/e with the corresponding chapters in one of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Aging textbooks by Quadagno. CONTENTS UNIT 1 The Phenomenon of Aging Healthy Aging in the 22nd Century Demography Is Not Destiny: The Challenges and Opportunities of Global Population Aging
HEALTH America’s Old Getting Older: 90-Somethings Triple in Number since 1980 Will You Live to Be 100? Long Live . . . Us How to Live to 100 UNIT 2 The Quality of Later Life Age-Proof Your Brain: 10 Easy Ways to Stay Sharp Forever The U-bend of Life: Why, Beyond Middle Age, People Get Happier as They Get Older Poll: Obesity Hits More Boomers in U.S. UNIT 3 Societal Attitudes towards Old Age We Need to Fight Age Bias Friendships, Family Relationships Get Better with Age Thanks to Forgiveness How Old Do You Feel Inside?: The Key to Staying Healthy and Living Longer Is Deciding You’re Not Old and Decrepit Attitudes towards Caring for Older People: Findings and Recommendations for Practice Health Disparities among Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Older Adults: Results from a Population-Based Study UNIT 4 Problems and Potentials of Aging Time Trends of Incidence of Age-Associated Diseases in the U.S. Elderly Population: Medicare-Based Analysis Never Have a Heart Attack The Worst Place to Be If You’re Sick Poll: Upbeat Baby Boomers Say They’re Not Old Yet The Effect of Exercise on Affective and Self-Efficacy Responses in Older and Younger Women Cognitive Assessment in the Practice of Medicine: Dealing with the Aging Physician Treatment of Alzheimer’s Disease UNIT 5 Retirement: American Dream or Dilemma? Will Baby Boomers Phase into Retirement? Live for Today, Save for Tomorrow Do-It-Yourself Financial Freedom Top 25 Social Security Questions UNIT 6 The Experience of Dying A Longitudinal Analysis of Social Engagement in Late-Life Widowhood End-of-Life Concerns and Care Preferences: Congruence among Terminally Ill Elders and Their Family Caregivers The Myriad Strategies for Seeking Control in the Dying Process Six Steps to Help Seniors Make the CPR/DNR Decision “Affordable” Death in the United States: An Action Plan Based on Lessons Learned from the Nursing Economic$ Special Issue Palliative Care: A Paradigm of Care Responsive to the Demands for Health Care Reform in America Palliative Care: Impact on Quality and Cost UNIT 7 Living Environment in Later Life Design and Technologies for Healthy Aging A Little Help Can Go a Long Way: “Aging in Place” Requires Good Luck, Support Network Happy Together City Governments and Aging in Place: Community Design, Transportation, and Housing Innovation Adoption The Real Social Network UNIT 8 Social Policies, Programs, and Services for Older Americans End-of-Life Care in the United States: Current Reality and Future Promise: A Policy Review Let’s Restore the Middle Class Social Security: Fears vs. Facts: What Social Security Critics Keep Getting Wrong Social Security Heading for Insolvency Even Faster: Trust Funds Could Run Dry in about 2 Decades Medicare May Soon Take New Shape
Time for a Tune-Up Protect Social Security Retooling Medicare?
Health Education Evaluation and Measurement International Edition
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond; Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2007 / 96 pages ISBN: 9780073126654 ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included] Available: February 2006 CONTENTS Preface Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Sampled Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Variables Appendix Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
37
HEALTH
38
Health Education Research Methods
*9780078028564* HEALTH EDUCATION
NEW
Elementary and Middle School Applications, 8th Edition Susan K Telljohann, University of Toledo, Cynthia W Symons, Kent State University Kent, Beth Pateman, University of Hawaii-Manoa and Denise M Seabert, Ball State University
2016 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078028564 Available: February 2015 Health Education is a methods book that introduces pre-service elementary and middle school teachers to health programming. The practical approach emphasizes the skills necessary to teach health while providing background information on key health topics. Valuable activities in each chapter are aligned with National Health Education Standards and include sample assessment strategies. The new edition has been updated to include the newest national recommendations and statistics. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
A new section emphasizes the importance of parents and school staff working together to improve the health of children and adolescents
•
The section on bullying has been completely updated to explore the spectrum of aggression and what distinguishes cyber-bullying
•
A new Teachers’ Toolbox details “Solutions for Six Common Challenges to Sustaining Parent Engagement”
•
A new section detailing the Comprehensive School Physical Activity Programs
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Coordinated School Health Chapter 2 Comprehensive School Health Education Chapter 3 Standards-Based Planning, Teaching, and Assessment in Health Education Chapter 4 Building and Managing the Safe and Positive Learning Education Chapter 5 Promoting Mental and Emotional Health Chapter 6 Promoting Healthy Eating Chapter 7 Promoting Physical Activity Chapter 8 Promoting Safety and Preventing Unintentional Injury Chapter 9 Promoting Personal Health and Wellness Chapter 10 Preventing Intentional Injuries and Violence Chapter 11 Promoting a Tobacco-Free Lifestyle Chapter 12 Promoting an Alcohol- and Other Drug-Free Lifestyle Chapter 13 Promoting Sexual Health Chapter 14 Managing Loss, Death, and Grief
CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
5th Edition
Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia and Larry D Hensley, University of Northern Iowa
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078022555 Available: May 2012 www.mhhe.com/baumgartner5e
Conducting & Reading Research in Kinesiology is designed for the first course in research techniques. Students who will be doing research and students who will be consumers of the research of others are the targeted users of Conducting & Reading Research in Kinesiology. The new edition offers real-world examples of research, with particular attention to research in kinesiology. CONTENTS Part I The Research Process 1 The Nature and Purpose of Research 2 The Research Problem 3 Searching the Literature 4 Developing the Research Plan 5 Ethical Concerns in Research 6 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures 7 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports Part II Types of Research 8 Experimental Research 9 Descriptive Research 10 Qualitative Research 11 Meta-Analysis 12 Additional Research Approaches Part III Data Analysis 13 Descriptive Data Analysis 14 Inferential Data Analysis 15 Measurement in Research Part IV The Research Report 16 Developing the Research Proposal 17 Writing the Research Report
International Edition
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond; Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2007 / 96 pages ISBN: 9780073126654 ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included] Available: February 2006 CONTENTS Preface Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Sampled Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Variables Appendix Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
HEALTH Human Sexuality
HUMAN SEXUALITY
Self, Society and Culture
Gilbert Herdt, San Francisco State University and Nicole Polen, National University
2014 / 624 pages ISBN: 9780073532165 Available: January 2013 www.mhhe.com/herdths1e Human Sexuality: Self, Society, and Culture is a fully integrated learning system which encourages students to think critically and supports students through their journey towards greater selfawareness. It is accompanied by Learnsmart, the groundbreaking online adaptive learning diagnostic tool that provides an individualized learning environment to help students identify what they know, and more importantly, what they don’t know—helping them become active participants as they learn to appreciate all aspects of human sexuality. With its positive, thought-provoking appraisal of the human sexual experience, Human Sexuality: Self, Society, and Culture emphasizes the need to think critically about the contexts that shape sexuality—as well as highlights the role of sexuality in our community, culture, and society. Gil Herdt and Nicole Polen create an environment where students can feel free to explore their self-awareness while inspiring a lifelong appreciation for their sexual well-being. Human Sexuality: Self, Society, and Culture gives students the tools they need to embrace the entire human sexual experience with an emphasis on current and engaging research and strong coverage of diversity. CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Study of Human Sexuality Chapter 2: Contexts of Sexuality: Culture, History and Religion Chapter 3: Sexuality, Media and the Internet Chapter 4: Sexual Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 5: Sexual Pleasure, Arousal, and Response Chapter 6: Taking Care of the Sexual Body Chapter 7: Contraception Chapter 8: Reproduction: Conception, Pregnancy, and Childbirth Chapter 9: Gender and Identity: Process, Roles, and Culture Chapter 10: Sexual Orientation Chapter 11: Sexuality in Childhood and Adolescence Chapter 12: Sexuality in Adulthood and Later Life Chapter 13: Attraction, Love, and Communication Chapter 14: Sexual Coercion and Resiliency Sexual Coercion Chapter 15: Extreme Sexuality and Paraphilias
Human Sexuality – Readers
*9781259346132*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HUMAN SEXUALITIES
35th Edition
Elizabeth Schroeder
2016 / 288 pages ISBN: 9781259346132 Available: May 2015 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Hutchison: Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 35/e ExpressBook for an easy, prebuilt teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Retained Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
39
HEALTH
40
*9781259171031*
NEW
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN GENDER
7th Edition
Jacqueline W White, University of NC-Greensboro
2016 / 256 pages ISBN: 9781259171031 Available: March 2015 NEW TO THIS EDITION •
•
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way. Enhanced Pedagogy! New to this edition: Topic Guide; Expanded Introduction; Learning Outcomes; plus a new section titled Exploring the Issue featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection questions, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources.
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN HUMAN SEXUALITY
13th Edition
William J Taverner, Fairleigh Dickinson University
2014 / 222 pages ISBN: 9780078139581 Available: August 2013 www.mhhe.com/takingsides The Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create™ includes current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. This Collection contains a multitude of current and classic issues to enhance and customize your course. You can browse the entire Taking Sides Collection on Create, or you can search by topic, author, or keywords. Each Taking Sides issues is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources and Internet References. Go to McGraw-Hill Create™ at www. mcgrawhillcreate.com, click on the “Collections” tab, and select The Taking Sides Collection to browse the entire Collection. Select individual Taking Sides issues to enhance your course, or access and select the entire McKee/Taverner: Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 13/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Taking Sides volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details.
CONTENTS Unit 1: Unit Sex and Society Issue 1: Is Pornography Harmful? Issue 2: Should Condoms be Required in Pornographic Films? Issue 3: Do reality TV shows portray responsible messages about teen pregnancy? Issue 4: Should sexual problems be treated pharmaceutically? Issue 5: Should prostitution be legal? Issue 6: Is monogamy a more sustainable relationship style than polyamory? Issue 7: Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male Circumcision? Unit: 2 Gender and Sexual Orientation Issue 8: Are Puberty Blocking Drugs the Best Treatment Option for Transgender Children? Issue 9: Is Sexual Orientation Biologically Based? Issue 10: Should Same-Sex Marriage Be Legal? Issue 11: Is abortion moral? Issue 12: Should pharmacists have the right to refuse contraceptive prescriptions? Issue 13: Should Parents be Allowed to Select the Sex of their Baby? Issue 14: Has Sex Become Too Casual? Issue 15: Is Oral Sex Really Sex? Issue 16: Is Sexting a Form of Safer Sex? Unit 3: Unit Sex & Reproduction Issue 17: Is BDSM a Healthy Form of Sexual Expression? Issue 18: Can Sex Be Addictive?
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HUMAN SEXUALITIES 12/13
34th Edition
Bobby Hutchison, Modesto Jr College
2013 / 288 pages ISBN: 9780078051173 Available: February 2012 www.mhhe.com/annualeditions The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have a number of common organizational features designed to make them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.com/ annualeditions for more details. CONTENTS Preface Series Correlation Guide Topic Guide Internet References Unit 1: Social and Cultural Foundations 1. Breastfeeding Is Not Obscene 2. Rise of the Desperate House Husband
HEALTH 3. Gendercide 4. Death by Gender 5. Evulvalution: The Portrayal of women’s External Genitalia and Physique across Time and the Current Barbie Doll Ideals 6. Female Power 7. Estranged Spouses Increasingly Waiting out Downturn to Divorce 8. Sexual Behavior in the United States: Results from a National Probability Sample of Men and Women Ages 14–94 Unit 2: Biological Foundations Part A. Reproductive Capacities 9. Starting the Good Life in the Womb 10. Women in Developing Countries 300 Times More Likely to Die in Childbirth 11. Effects of Prenatal Social Stress on Offspring Development: Pathology or Adaptation 12. A Man’s Shelf Life Part B. The Sexual Body, Attraction, Pleasure, and Desire 13. Pubic Hair Removal among Women in the United States: Prevalence, Methods, and Characteristics 14. Scents and Sensibility 15. The Orgasmic Mind 16. Women’s Vibrator Use in Sexual Partnerships: Results from a Nationally Representative Survey in the United States Unit 3: Sexualities, Education, and Development 17. At UC Santa Barbara, Sex as a Matter of Course 18. Exploring Sexuality Education Opportunities at In-Home SexToy Parties in the United States 19. Teenage Fatherhood and Involvement in Delinquent Behavior 20. Truth and Consequences at Pregnancy High 21. Religiosity and Teen Birth Rate in the United States 22. No Kids, No Grief: The Case against Having Kids 23. Role Reversal 24. An Affair to Remember Unit 4: Intimacies and Relationships 25. The Expectations Trap 26. Making Relationships Work: A Conversation with Psychologist 27. Where Is Marriage Going? 28. Contributing to the Debate over Same-Sex Marriage 29. The Polygamists 30. Kinky Sex Makes for Happy People Unit 5: Gender and Sexual Diversity Unit Overview 31. Women’s Rights as Human Rights: The Promotion of Human Rights as a Counter-Culture 32. The End of Men 33. Gender Bender 34. Goodbye to Girlhood 35. (Rethinking) Gender 36. Progress and Politics in the Intersex Rights Movement: Feminist Theory in Action 37. Finding the Switch 38. Children of Lesbian and Gay Parents Unit 6: Sexual Health and Well-Being Part A. Problems and Interventions 39. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions 40. Health Behaviors, Prostate Cancer, and Masculinities: A Life Course Perspective 41. Body Dissatisfaction in Adolescent Females and Males: Risk and Resilience Part B. Sexually Transmitted Infections and HIV Disease 42. Condom Use Rates in a National Probability Sample of Males and Females Ages 14 to 94 in the United States 43. Hooking Up and Sexual Risk Taking among College Students: A Health Belief Model Perspective 44. Rationing Antiretroviral Therapy in Africa—Treating Too Few,
Too Late 45. HIV Plan B 46. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why Unit 7: Sexualities and Social Issues 47. Flower Grandma’s Secret 48. Porn Panic! 49. Does Proximity to Schools Tempt Former Sex Offenders? 50. The Face of Domestic Violence 51. Options for Reporting Sexual Violence: Developments over the Past Decade 52. Domestic Abuse Myths 53. Male Rape Myths: The Role of Gender, Violence, and Sexism 54. Effects of Sexual Assaults on Men: Physical, Mental, and Sexual Consequences
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN GENDER
6th Edition
Jacqueline W White, University of NC-Greensboro
2013 / 528 pages ISBN: 9780078050305 Available: March 2012 www.mhhe.com/takingsides Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources. Taking Sides readers also offer a Topic Guide and an annotated listing of Internet References for further consideration of the issues. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.mhhe.com/ takingsides for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1 Definitions and Cultural Boundaries: A Moving Target Issue 1. Is Anatomy Destiny? Issue 2. Are Women and Men More Similar Than Different? Issue 3. Is Sexual Orientation Innate? Unit 2 From Ozzie and Harriet to My Two Dads: Gender in Childhood Issue 4. Should Same-Sex Marriage Be Legal? Issue 5. Does Parents’ Sexual Orientation Affect Their Children’s Psychological Outcomes? Issue 6. Are Fathers Necessary for Children’s Well-Being? Issue 7. Should Parents Be Allowed to Choose the Sex of Their Children? Unit 3 Does Gender Disrupt Relationships? The Dark Side of Getting Along Issue 8. Are Gendered Patterns of Communication Related to Power Differentials? Issue 9. Do Nice Guys Finish Last? Issue 10. Gender Symmetry: Do Women and Men Commit Equal Levels of Violence Against Intimate Partners? Issue 11. Does Pornography Reduce the Incidence of Rape? Unit 4 Is It a Man’s World? Math, Science, and the Cyber-World Issue 12. Do Men Outperform Women in Mathematics? Issue 13. Is Gender Related to the Use of Computers? Issue 14. Is Cyberbullying Related to Gender? Unit 5 From 9 to 5: Gender in the World of Work Issue 15. Is the Gender Wage Gap Justified?
41
42
HEALTH Issue 16. Has the Economic Recession Been Harder on Women’s Employment Than Men’s Employment? Issue 17. Do Social Policies Improve Gender Inequalities in the Workplace? Issue 18. Are Barriers to Women’s Success as Leaders Due to Societal Obstacles? Unit 6 Gender and Sexuality: Double Standards? Issue 19. Is There Something Wrong with the Content of Comprehensive Sex Education Curricula? Issue 20. Is “Gender Identity Disorder” an Appropriate Psychiatric Diagnosis? Issue 21. Should Transgender Women Be Considered “Real” Women?
AIDS Education
AIDS UPDATE 2014
23th Edition
Gerald Stine, University of North Florida
2014 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073527680 Available: December 2013 www.mhhe.com/specialtopics AIDS UPDATE 2014 presents a balanced review of current research and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS UPDATE 2014 places this discussion within a biological, medical, and social framework. Unique to this textbook is the historical presentation of HIV/AIDS in terms of dates, times, and locations, as well as the meaning of those events in scientific, political, and social terms. CONTENTS Introduction: Histories of Global Pandemics, AIDS, Its Place in History, Overview of HIV/AIDS, International AIDS Conferences, and Means of Remembering—the AIDS Quilt, Candlelight Memorial, and World AIDS Day 1 AIDS: Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause 2 What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS Virus 3 Biological Characteristics of HIV 4 Anti-HIV Therapy 5 The Immunology of HIV Disease/AIDS 6 Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV Disease/AIDS 7 A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease, Progression to AIDS, and Hope 8 Epidemiology and Transmission of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus 9 Preventing the Transmission of HIV 10 Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths among Select Groups in the United States and in Other Countries 11 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Cases among Women and Children 12 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS among Young Adults, Ages 13 to 24 13 Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus 14 AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior Answers to Review Questions Glossary References Index
Personal Health
*9780078028670*
NEW
CORE CONCEPTS IN HEALTH,
Brief Loose-Leaf Edition, 14th Edition
Paul Insel and Walton Roth of Stanford University
2016 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078028670 (Loose Leaf Edition - for Adoption only) Available: January 2015 The most trusted text in personal health for more than 30 years, Connect Core Concepts in Health integrates innovative learning technologies and the latest science-based information to create a complete instructional system for students and teachers. With up-to-date coverage in every chapter, Connect Core Concepts in Health helps students master the science of health as a basis for healthy life choices. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
The Connect Plus Suite effectively engages students in the course so they are better prepared for class, more active in discussion, and achieve better results. Its innovative and adaptive technology addresses a wide variety of student and instructor needs with a rich database of assignable and assessable activities, each attached to a learning objective.
•
Connect Personal Health, part of the Connect Plus Suite, is tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives. Connect Personal Health is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. Connect Personal Health includes an integrated multimedia e-book, the LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, video activities, and online health assessments to enable students to practice and apply key skills and concepts. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments, and produce reports for one or many course sections.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, SmartBook™ is the first and only adaptive reading and learning experience, that changes the way students read. It creates a personalized, interactive reading environment like no other by highlighting important concepts, while helping students identify their strengths and weaknesses. This ensures that he or she is focused on the content needed to close specific knowledge gaps, while it simultaneously promotes long-term learning.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, LearnSmart is an adaptive learning program designed to help students learn faster, study smarter, and retain more knowledge for greater success. Millions of students have answered billions of questions in LearnSmart, making it the most widely used study tool that’s proven to strengthen memory recall, retain student attendance, and boost grades.
•
liveWell: liveWell is an innovative, online program designed to help college students enhance their well-being by exercising regularly, eating healthily, and managing stress effectively. liveWell offers individualized guidance that includes strategies and tips for making positive behavior
HEALTH their courses and students to provide a more personalized teaching and learning experience.
changes this semester – changes students can take with them well beyond this course. CONTENTS 1. Taking Charge of Your Health 2. Stress: the Constant Challenge 3. Psychological Health 4. Intimate Relationships and Communication 5. Sexuality, Pregnancy, and Childbirth 6. Contraception and Abortion 7. Drug Abuse and Addiction 8. Alcohol and Tobacco 9. Nutrition Basics 10. Exercise for Health and Fitness 11. Weight Management 12. Cardiovascular Disease and Cancer 13. Immunity and Infection 14. Environmental Health 15. Conventional and Complementary Medicine 16. Personal Safety 17. The Challenge of Aging
*9781259285646*
•
SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience designed to change the way students read and learn—it adds value to every minute a student spends studying Connect Core Concepts in Health. SmartBook creates a personalized reading experience by highlighting the most impactful concepts a student needs to learn at that moment in time. As a student engages with SmartBook, the reading experience continuously adapts by highlighting content based on what the student knows and doesn’t know. This ensures that the focus is on the content he or she needs to learn, while simultaneously promoting long-term retention of material. Use SmartBook’s real-time reports to quickly identify the concepts that require more attention from individual students–or the entire class. The end result? Students are more engaged with course content, can better prioritize their time, and come to class ready to participate.
•
LearnSmart LearnSmart is an adaptive learning program designed to help students learn faster, study smarter, and retain more knowledge for greater success. Distinguishing what students know from what they don’t, and focusing on concepts they are most likely to forget, LearnSmart continuously adapts to each student’s needs by building an individual learning path. Millions of students have answered over a billion questions in LearnSmart since 2009, making it the most widely used and intelligent adaptive study tool that’s proven to strengthen memory recall, keep students in class, and boost grades.
•
liveWell: Available with the 14th edition of Connect Core Concepts in Health, liveWell is an innovative online, multimedia program designed to help college students improve their exercise, eating, and stress management habits. liveWell, created by Dr. James Prochaska, is a two-part, self-administered program that includes the following: 1) an online, personalized assessment of current health-related behaviors and readiness to make meaningful behavior change, and 2) a Personal Activity Center (home page) containing activities, such as exercise videos and stress management tools, matched to each individual’s behavior change goals and readiness to change. The program leverages state of the science best practices to tailor behavior change messages and activities to promote student well-being and behavior change.
NEW
CORE CONCEPTS IN HEALTH, BIG
14th Edition
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
2016 / 736 pages ISBN: 9781259285646 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: January 2015 www.mhhe.com/insel13e The most trusted text in personal health for more than 30 years, Connect Core Concepts in Health integrates innovative learning technologies and the latest science-based information to create a complete instructional system for students and teachers. With up-to-date coverage in every chapter, Connect Core Concepts in Health helps students master the science of health as a basis for healthy life choices. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Connect Personal Health: Tied to core student learning outcomes and objectives, Connect Personal Health is a webbased assignment and assessment platform that promotes active learning and provides tools that enable instructors to teach the course more efficiently and effectively. Connect Personal Health includes an integrated multimedia e-book, the LearnSmart adaptive assessment program, video activities, and online health assessments to enable students to practice and apply key skills and concepts. Using Connect, instructors can easily assign pre-loaded activities, create and edit assignments, produce video lectures, upload their own articles or videos, cascade assignments, and produce reports for one or many course sections.
•
Connect Insight™: New to Connect is “ Connect Insight™, ” the first and only analytics tool of its kind. ““ Connect Insight™, ” is a series of visual data displays—each framed by an intuitive question—to provide at-a-glance information for instructors regarding how a class is doing. Instructors can easily view student performance matched with student activity, and the real-time analytics allows instructors to take action early to keep struggling students from falling behind. Instructors can leverage aggregated information about
CONTENTS 1. Taking Charge of Your Health 2. Stress: the Constant Challenge 3. Psychological Health 4. Intimate Relationships and Communication 5. Sex and Your Body 6. Contraception 7. Abortion 8. Pregnancy and Childbirth 9. Drug Abuse and Addiction 10. Alcohol Use and Alcoholism 11. Tobacco Use 12. Nutrition Basics 13. Exercise for Health and Wellness 14. Weight Management 15. Cardiovascular Health 16. Cancer 17. Immunity and Infection 18. Sexually Transmitted Diseases 19. Environmental Health 20. Conventional and Complementary Medicine 21. Personal Safety
43
HEALTH
44
the legality of revenge porn websites, online dating, fitness apps, benefits of interval training, sugar intake and health, obesity prevalence and treatments, drinking problems among college students, emerging drugs of abuse, sportsrelated concussions, antibiotic resistance, climate change, date rape, legal status of marijuana, paid family medical leave, and the Affordable Care Act.
22. Aging: A Vital Process 23. Dying and Death
*9780078028595*
NEW
YOUR HEALTH TODAY
Choices in a Changing Society, 5th Edition Michael L Teague, University of Iowa-Iowa City, Sara L C Mackenzie, University of Washington and David M Rosenthal, Columbia University
2015 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780078028595 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: October 2014 It’s not just Personal! Your Health Today teaches personal health from a truly inclusive and socially responsible perspective. While each of us has a unique set of individual characteristics that shape our health, other environmental factors have an impact on our well being too. Your Health Today incorporates the individual, interpersonal, and broader social factors that affect our health, acting as a guide for healthy living in college and beyond. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
The Connect Plus Suite effectively engages students in the course so they are better prepared for class, more active in discussion, and achieve better results. Its innovative and adaptive technology addresses a wide variety of student and instructor needs with a rich database of assignable and assessable activities, each attached to a learning objective.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, Insight™ puts real-time analytics in your hands so you can take action early and keep struggling students from falling behind. Designed for your tablet or desktop computer, Insight is a series of visual data displays providing at-a-glance information regarding how your section, students and assignments are doing.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, SmartBook™ is the first and only adaptive reading and learning experience, that changes the way students read. It creates a personalized, interactive reading environment like no other by highlighting important concepts, while helping students identify their strengths and weaknesses. This ensures that he or she is focused on the content needed to close specific knowledge gaps, while it simultaneously promotes long-term learning.
•
As part of the Connect Plus Suite, LearnSmart is an adaptive learning program designed to help students learn faster, study smarter, and retain more knowledge for greater success. Millions of students have answered billions of questions in LearnSmart, making it the most widely used study tool that’s proven to strengthen memory recall, retain student attendance, and boost grades.
•
liveWell is an innovative, online program designed to help college students enhance their well-being by exercising regularly, eating healthily, and managing stress effectively. liveWell offers individualized guidance that includes strategies and tips for making positive behavior changes this semester – changes students can take with them well beyond this course.
•
The fifth edition of Your Health Today has been updated throughout with new developments, examples, and statistics. New and updated topics in the fifth edition include e-cigarettes, social media and health-related apps, potential health and environmental impacts of cell phone use, sexting,
•
Connect for Your Health Today gives students access to a wealth of online interactive activities and assignments, Personal Health Portfolio activities that they can complete and submit, and practice quizzes with immediate feedback. Connect provides a highly interactive learning environment designed to help students connect to the resources they need to achieve success in the course. With the Connect e-book, students can access Your Health Today anywhere, anytime. And, they have access to an additional two chapters, “Complementary and Alternative Medicine” and “Environmental Issues.” Through the Connect e-book, they can also manage notes, highlights, and bookmarks in one place for simple, comprehensive review.
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Self, Family, and Community Chapter 2: Mental Health and Stress Chapter 3: Social Connections Chapter 4: Sleep Chapter 5: Nutrition Chapter 6: Fitness Chapter 7: Body Weight and Body Composition Chapter 8: Body Image Chapter 9: Alcohol and Tobacco Chapter 10: Drugs Chapter 11: Sexual Health Chapter 12: Reproductive Choices Chapter 13: Infectious Diseases Chapter 14: Cardiovascular Disease, Diabetes, and Chronic Lung Diseases Chapter 15: Cancer Chapter 16: Injury and Violence Personal Health Portfolio Supplemental eBook chapters Chapter 17: Complementary and Alternative Medicine Chapter 18: Environmental Issues
FOCUS ON HEALTH
11th Edition
Dale B Hahn, Wayne A Payne and Ellen B, Lucas of Ball State University
2013 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073529738 (Loose Leaf Edition) Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/hahn11e Focus on Health offers an exciting and practical approach to the teaching of the traditional content areas of personal health. Its two key themes - the six dimensions of health and the five developmental tasks - help students apply the text’s content to their own lives, by improving their decision-making skills. The strength of the Focus on Health narrative includes its appeal to both traditional and non-traditional students, particularly the special attention it pays to students over age 25 who have returned to college. In addition, among its many health assessment activities, Focus on Health includes one of the most comprehensive health assessments found in any personal health textbook - a great tool for establishing a health baseline for students. The companion Online Learning Center (website) offers a wealth of pedagogical
HEALTH and assessment features, including quizzes, Internet activities, downloadable MP3s, and more. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Shaping Your Health Part One: The Mind Chapter 2: Achieving Psychological Health Chapter 3: Managing Stress Part Two: The Body Chapter 4: Becoming Physically Fit Chapter 5: Understanding Nutrition and Your Diet Chapter 6: Maintaining a Healthy Weight Part Three: Preventing Drug Abuse and Dependence Chapter 7: Making Decisions About Drug and Alcohol Use Chapter 8: Rejecting Tobacco Use Part Four: Preventing Diseases Chapter 9: Reducing Your Risk of Cardiovascular Disease Chapter 10: Living with Cancer and Chronic Conditions Chapter 11: Preventing Infectious Diseases Part Five: Sexuality and Reproduction Chapter 12: Understanding Sexuality Chapter 13: Managing Your Fertility Part Six: Consumer and Safety Issues Chapter 14: Becoming an Informed Health Care Consumer Chapter 15: Protecting Your Safety Chapter 16: The Environment and Your Health Part Seven: Completing Life’s Journey Chapter 17: Accepting Dying and Death Glossary Photo Credits Index
Part Two: The Body Chapter 4: Becoming Physically Fit Chapter 5: Understanding Nutrition and Your Diet Chapter 6: Maintaining a Healthy Weight Part Three: Preventing Drug Abuse and Dependence Chapter 7: Making Decisions About Drug Use Chapter 8: Taking Control of Alcohol Use Chapter 9: Rejecting Tobacco Use Part Four: Preventing Diseases Chapter 10: Enhancing Your Cardiovascular Health Chapter 11: Living with Cancer Chapter 12: Managing Chronic Conditions Chapter 13: Preventing Infectious Diseases Part Five: Sexuality and Reproduction Chapter 14: Exploring the Origins of Sexuality Chapter 15: Understanding Sexual Behavior and Relationships Chapter 16: Managing Your Fertility Chapter 17: Becoming a Parent Part Six: Consumer and Safety Issues Chapter 18: Becoming an Informed Health Care Consumer Chapter 19: Protecting Your Safety Chapter 20: The Environment and Your Health Part Seven: Completing Life’s Journey Chapter 21: Accepting Dying and Death Glossary Photo Credits Index
iHEALTH WITH CONNECT PLUS ACCESS CARD 2nd Edition
UNDERSTANDING YOUR HEALTH
Phillip Sparling, Georgia Institute of Tech and Kerry Redican, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Wayne A Payne, Dale B Hahn and Ellen B Lucas of Ball State University
2013 / 672 pages
2013 / 560 pages ISBN: 9780077589141 Available: January 2012
ISBN: 9780073529752
www.mhhe.com/ihealth2e
(Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: January 2012
iHealth is an integrated print-digital learning system designed to meet the needs of today’s students and instructors. It has two components: a Brief text, and an online system that is integrated completely with Blackboard. The brief text provides a framework for teaching key health concepts, and the online component allows for easy, automatically-graded assessment, and simple course management. We offer over 50 assignable articles from magazines and journals to supplement the print component that you can assign online, allowing you to choose which topics and themes you would like to emphasize and giving you the freedom to make the course your own.
12th Edition
www.mhhe.com/payne12e Understanding Your Health offers an exciting and practical approach to the teaching of the traditional content areas of personal health. Its two key themes - the six dimensions of health and the five developmental tasks - help students apply the text’s content to their own lives, by improving their decision-making skills. The strength of the Understanding Your Health narrative includes its appeal to both traditional and non-traditional students, particularly the special attention it pays to students over age 25 who have returned to college. In addition, among its many health assessment activities, Understanding Your Health includes one of the most comprehensive health assessments found in any personal health textbook - a great tool for establishing a health baseline for students. The companion Online Learning Center (website) offers a wealth of pedagogical and assessment features, including quizzes, Internet activities, downloadable MP3s, and more. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Shaping Your Health Part One: The Mind Chapter 2: Achieving Psychological Health Chapter 3: Managing Stress
CONTENTS Part I--Personal Health: Revisiting the Basics Chapter 1 Foundations of Personal Health Part II--Health Behaviors: Living a Healthier Life Chapter 2 Choose a Healthy Diet Chapter 3 Develop a Fitness Program Chapter 4 Understand Drugs Use, Misuse, and Abuse Chapter 5 Respect Sexuality Chapter 6 Manage Stress Part III--Health Risks and Consequences: Understanding Medical Conditions Chapter 7 Mental Health and Disorders Chapter 8 Heart Disease and Stroke
45
HEALTH
46
book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
Chapter 9 Cancers Chapter 10 Diabetes Chapter 11 Infections Part IV--Health Care Choices: Navigating the Health Care System Chapter 12 U.S. Health Care System: Fundamentals Chapter 13 Personal Health Care: Decision Making Resources
*9781259168048*
Online Articles Author Biosketches
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: NUTRITION
Photo Credits Index
26th Edition
Janet M Colson, Middle Tenn State University
2015 / 288 pages ISBN: 9781259168048 Available: February 2014
Personal Health – Readers
*9781259359583*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: NUTRITION
27th Edition
Janet M Colson, Middle Tenn State University
2016 / 96 pages ISBN: 9781259359583 Available: February 2015 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Colson: Annual Editions: Nutrition, 27/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details.
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Colson: Annual Editions: Nutrition, 26/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
•
Correlation Guide:
NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Retained Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
•
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create
www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/AE_ Nutrition_26e.pdf This convenient guide matches the articles in Annual
HEALTH Editions: Nutrition, 26/e with the corresponding chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Nutrition textbooks by Wardlaw/Smith, and Schiff. CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Nutrition Trends Have a Bite, It’s Natural Behind the Brand: McDonald’s Go On: Eat Your Heart Out Fresh Fruit, Hold the Insulin The New Healthy Nutrigenomics: Not Ready for Prime Time Cause + Effect Can Social Media Produce Wellness Results? Tea’s Good for the Heart: Studies Show a Few Cups a Day Keep Heart Disease at Bay FDA to Investigate Added Caffeine The Extraordinary Science of Addictive Junk Food UNIT 2: Childhood and Adolescent Nutrition The State of Family Nutrition and Physical Activity: Are We Making Progress? The Impact of Teachers and Families on Young Children’s Eating Behaviors Do Organics Promote Children’s Health? Ultimate Food Fight Erupts as Feds Recook School Lunch Rules Junk Food-Free Vending Machines Go to School The School Lunch Wars Feeding the Kiddie: A Brief History of the Children’s Menu The Use of Caffeine in Energy Drinks UNIT 3: Nutrients Vitamin K2: A Little-Known Nutrient Can Make a Big Difference in Heart and Bone Health Paranoia about Fats Is Driven by Junk Science Antioxidants: More Is Not Always Better Friend or Foe? Nutrition for Optimum Athletic Performance: The Right Fuel Can Be the Difference UNIT 4: Diet and Disease We Will Be What We Eat Insulin Resistance Sugar Belly: How Much Is Too Much Sugar? A Diabetes Cliffhanger Nutrition and Immunity: Balancing Diet and Immune Function How to Save Your Brain Soothe the Fire in Your Belly When the Liver Gets Fatty Some of My Best Friends Are Germs UNIT 5: Obesity and Weight Control How to Fix the Obesity Crisis Obesity Rates in U.S. Appear to Be Finally Leveling Off The Hungry Brain The Subtle Knife Eating Disorders in an Obesogenic Environment My Anorexic 9-Year-Old Prescription Medications for the Treatment of Obesity What’s Behind New Findings That It’s Healthy to Be Overweight? UNIT 6: Health Claims The Scoop on Chocolate: Is Chocolate Really Healthy? Beyond the Buzz: Is What You’ve Heard True . . . or Just New? Brain Boosters: Some Nutritional Supplements Provide Real Food for Thought Is the Popular Paleo Diet a Bunch of Baloney? UNIT 7: Food Safety and Technology
The Future of Food: Five Frontiers Genetic Engineering for Good Engineering the Future of Food Food Fight, Brendan Borrell The Organic Foods Debate: Are They Healthier Than Conventional? Food That Lasts Forever Inside the Meat Lab Antibiotic Resistance: Wasting a Precious Life Saver Arsenic in Your Juice Food Fears: Which Ones Should You Worry About? UNIT 8: Hunger, Nutrition, and Sustainability The Food Crisis and the Deregulation of Agriculture Behind the Label: How Fair Are Organic and Fairtrade Bananas? Rising Prices on the Menu: Higher Food Prices May Be Here to Stay Food Stamps for Good Food Address Health Disparities in American Indians
*9781259243158*
NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: HEALTH
36th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2015 / 208 pages ISBN: 9781259243158 Available: October 2014 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Annual Editions: Health, 36/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/ createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www.
47
HEALTH
48
mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way. •
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change 1. Crimes of the Heart 2. The Perils of Higher Education 3. Solve Your Energy Crisis: A Guide to Finding—and Fixing—the Cause of Your Fatigue UNIT 2: Stress and Mental Health 4. Sound Mind, Sound Student Body 5. Social Withdrawal and Violence—Newtown, Connecticut 6. Go Forth in Anger 7. Internet Addiction UNIT 3: Nutritional Health 8. Fat Facts and Fat Fiction 9. Yes, Healthful Fast Food Is Possible. But Edible? 10. Wonderful Wheat: Why This Ancient Staple Is Still Good for You UNIT 4: Exercise and Weight Management 11. Eat Like a Greek 12. Dieting on a Budget UNIT 5: Drugs and Health 13. The Hungry Brain 14. Pot Goes Legit: What the End of Prohibition Looks Like in Colorado 15. Rethinking Drug Policy Assumptions 16. Sparking Controversy 17. Drowned in a Stream of Prescriptions 18. So Long, Lance. Next, 21st-Century Doping 19. Philip Seymour Hoffman Death: a Cautionary Tale about Branded Heroin? UNIT 6: Sexuality and Relationships 20. The Mixed-Bag Buddy [and Other Friendship Conundrums] 21. Masters of Their Domain 22. The Marriage Paradox: Loves, Lies, and the Power of Self Deception 23. There’s No Evidence Online Dating Is Threatening Commitment or Marriage 24. Refusing Vaccination Puts Others at Risk 25. The High Cost of “Hooking Up” 26. The Secret Life of Dirt: At the Finnish-Russian Border 27. The Broken Vaccine UNIT 7: Health Care and the Health Care System 28. Deviated: A Memoir 29. How Government Killed the Medical Profession 30. Problems with Modern Medicine: Too Much Emphasis on Disease, Not Enough on Managing Risk 31. Still Unsafe: Why the American Medical Establishment Cannot Reduce Medical Errors UNIT 8: Consumer Health 32. Consumers Should Drive Medicine 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma 34. How Not to Die 35. Antibiotics and the Meat We Eat 36. Cybermedicine: What You Need to Know UNIT 9: Contemporary Health Hazards 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
38. Is PTSD Contagious? 39. Suicide, Guns, and Public Policy 40. The New Sex Cancer 41. Drilling into the Unknown 42. Giving ADHD a Rest: with Diagnosis Rates Exploding Wildly, Is the Disorder a Mental Health Crisis—or a Cultural One? 43. Hey! Parents, Leave Those Kids Alone
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN HEALTH AND SOCIETY
11th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2014 / 251 pages ISBN: 9780078139567 Available: September 2013 www.mhhe.com/takingsides The Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create™ includes current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. This Collection contains a multitude of current and classic issues to enhance and customize your course. You can browse the entire Taking Sides Collection on Create, or you can search by topic, author, or keywords. Each Taking Sides issues is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources and Internet References. Go to McGraw-Hill Create™ at www. mcgrawhillcreate.com, click on the “Collections” tab, and select The Taking Sides Collection to browse the entire Collection. Select individual Taking Sides issues to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 11/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Taking Sides volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1: The Health Care Industry Issue 1: Does the Affordable Health Care Act Violate Religious Freedom by Requiring Employers’ Health Insurance Plans to Cover Birth Control? Issue 2: Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US? Issue 3: Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to Consumers? Unit 3: Health and Society Issue 4: Are We Winning the War on Cancer? Issue 5: Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes? Issue 6: Is the Use of “Smart” Pills for Cognitive Enhancement Dangerous? Issue 7: Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted? Unit 4: Mind-Body Relationship Issue 8: Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease? Issue 9: Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health? Unit 5: Sexuality and Gender Issues Issue 10: Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain from All Alcoholic Beverages? Issue 11: Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience? Issue 12: Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be Compulsory? Issue 12: Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset of Eating Disorders?
HEALTH Issue 13: Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male Circumcision? Unit 6: Public Health Issues Issue 14: Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism? Issue 15: Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer? Issue 16: Will Hydraulic Fracturing (Fracking) Negatively Affect Human Health and the Environment? Issue 17: Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies? Issue 18: Are Restriction on Sugar and Sugary Beverages Justified? Unit 7: Consumer Health Issue 19: Is Weight Loss Maintenance Possible? Issue 20: Are Energy Drinks with Alcohol Dangerous Enough to Ban?
Statistics for Health Education International Edition
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond; Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2007 / 96 pages ISBN: 9780073126654 ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included] Available: February 2006 CONTENTS Preface Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Sampled Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Variables Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Variables Appendix Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Stress Management
COMPREHENSIVE STRESS MANAGEMENT
13th Edition
Jerrold Greenberg, University of Maryland-College Park
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073529721 ISBN: 9780077804831 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: September 2012 www.mhhe.com/greenberg13e Comprehensive Stress Management empowers students to learn what stress is, evaluate their level of stress, and apply to their own lives the tools and skills to manage that stress. The book examines a variety of topics relevant to college students such as intrapersonal and interpersonal stressors, physiological reactions to stress, spirituality and stress, occupational stress, and family stress. Lab Assessments at the conclusion of each chapter help students relate what they have learned to their personal lives by encouraging them to identify specific attitudes, behaviors, and coping skills as well as target areas for improvement. The 13th edition incorporates many changes and updates while still retaining the content and features valued by instructors and students over the previous editions. CONTENTS Part 1 Scientific Foundations Chapter 1 What Is Stress? Chapter 2 Stress Psychophysiology Chapter 3 Stress and Illness/Disease Chapter 4 Stress and the College Student Part 2 General Applications: Life-Situation and Perception Interventions Chapter 5 Intervention Chapter 6 Life-Situation Interventions: Intrapersonal Chapter 7 Life-Situation Interventions: Interpersonal Chapter 8 Perception Interventions Chapter 9 Spirituality and Stress Part 3 General Applications: Relaxation Techniques Chapter 10 Meditation Chapter 11 Autogenic Training, Imagery, and Progressive Relaxation Chapter 12 Other Relaxation Techniques Part 4 General Applications: Physiological Arousal and Behavior Change Interventions Chapter 13 Physiological Arousal Interventions Chapter 14 Strategies for Decreasing Stressful Behaviors Chapter 15 Diversity and Stress Part 5 Specific Applications Chapter 16 Occupational Stress Chapter 17 Family Stress
49
50
HEALTH Women’s Health
CONTEMPORARY WOMEN’S HEALTH
Issues for Today and the Future, 5th Edition
Cheryl A Kolander, University of Louisville; Danny Ramsey Ballard, Texas A & M University and Cynthia Kay Chandler, University of North Texas
2014 / 496 pages ISBN: 9780078028540 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/kolander5e Contemporary Women’s Health emphasizes health promotion and the impact of multicultural and diversity issues on women’s health. The text is written from a woman-centered perspective and offers thorough discussions on a broad range of female-centric topics including feminism and the women’s health movement, global issues in women’s health, and health concerns specific to diverse populations. It is appropriate for both nontraditional and traditional students in a variety of course settings including health education, general education, medical education, and women’s studies courses that emphasize a holistic approach to health. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Women’s Health Chapter 2: Becoming a Wise Consumer Chapter 3: Developing a Healthy Lifestyle Chapter 4: Mental and Emotional Wellness Chapter 5: Managing the Stress of Life Chapter 6: Sexual and Relational Wellness Chapter 7: Preventing Abuse against Women Chapter 8: Exploring Women’s Sexuality Chapter 9: Designing Your Reproductive Plan Chapter 10: Eating Well Chapter 11: Keeping Fit Chapter 12: Using Alcohol Responsibly Chapter 13: Making Wise Decisions about Tobacco,Caffeine and Drugs Chapter 14: Preventing and Controlling Infectious Diseases Chapter 15: Preventing and Controlling Chronic Health Conditions Chapter 16: Reducing Your Risk of Cancer
Elementary & Secondary School Health Methods
COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION
8th Edition
Linda Meeks and Philip Heit of Ohio State University (Emeritius) and Randy M Page, Brigham Young University-Provo
2013 / 992 pages ISBN: 9780078028519 Available: March 2012
www.mhhe.com/meeks8e The most widely used college health education text and teacher resource book, Comprehensive School Health Education provides everything needed to teach health in grades in grades K-12. This text prepares teachers to design and implement a curriculum that integrates the 2007 National Health Education Standards (NHES), the six categories of risk behavior identified by the CDC, and the ten content areas of school health. Included are Totally Awesome Teaching Strategies™, reproducible Teaching Masters, and a Curriculum Guide, all keyed to the NHES at age-appropriate grade levels. With more than 120 teaching strategies to use as lesson plans, Comprehensive School Health Education offers teachers and future teachers a dynamic and empowering approach to teaching health skills and promoting lifelong healthy behaviors in their students. CONTENTS Section 1: Comprehensive School Health Education Chapter 1: A Nation at Risk: The Need for Comprehensive School Health Education Chapter 2: School Health Services and Healthful School Environment: Promoting and Protecting Health and Safety Chapter 3: The Comprehensive School Health Education Curriculum: A Blueprint for Implementing the National Health Education Standards Chapter 4: Instructional Strategies and Technologies: Motivating Students to Learn Section 2: Health Content Chapter 5: Mental and Emotional Health Chapter 6: Family and Social Health Chapter 7: Growth and Development Chapter 8: Nutrition Chapter 9: Personal Health and Physical Activity Chapter 10: Alcohol, Tobacco, and Other Drugs Chapter 11: Communicable and Chronic Diseases Chapter 12: Consumer and Community Health Chapter 13: Environmental Health Chapter 14: Injury Prevention and Safety Section 3: Totally Awesome Teaching Strategies Chapter 15: Using the Totally Awesome Teaching Strategies Section 4: The Meeks Heit K-12 Health Education Curriculum Guide: A Model for Implementing the National Health Education Standards Chapter 16: Using the Meeks Heit K-12 Health Education Curriculum Guide Appendixes A: National Health Education Standards: Teaching Masters B: The Teacher’s Encyclopedic Guide for Health Concerns of School-Age Youth...from A-Z C: Health Resources Glossary Index
HEALTH Mental Health
*9780077861810*
Chapter 14--Psychoneuroimmunology And Immune-Related Disorders
NEW
International Edition
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY
9th Edition
Part Six--Toward The Future Chapter 15--Health Psychology: Challenges For The Future Glossary References Credits Name Index Subject Index
Shelley E Taylor, University of California-Los Angeles
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780077861810 ISBN:9789814577472 [IE] Available: February 2014 www.mhhe.com/taylorhealth9e Since the first edition was published in 1986, this textbook has helped thousands of college students learn how to maintain their health and guard against illness. The goal of the book has always been to make research accessible in a way that integrates theory with practical applications so that people can lead healthier lives. The importance of social relationships, health behaviors, and comanagement of health and illness are themes that are woven throughout the text. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Includes a new lengthy section on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM).
•
Highlights the costs of war, especially health risks faced by veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan.
•
Focus on resilience, its sources and consequences.
•
The Affordable Care Act is described, as are its implications for health care in the United States.
•
Discusses the potential role of technology including smartphones in the management of health habits and acute and chronic illness.
•
Increasing emphasis on diversity including cross-cultural examples.
CONTENTS About The Author Contents Preface Part One--Introduction To Health Psychology Chapter 1--What Is Health Psychology? Chapter 2--The Systems Of The Body Part Two--Health Behavior And Primary Prevention Chapter 3--Health Behaviors Chapter 4--Health-Promoting Behaviors Chapter 5--Health-Compromising Behaviors
Health Issues – Readers
*9781259243158* ANNUAL EDITIONS: HEALTH
36th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2015 / 208 pages ISBN: 9781259243158 Available: October 2014 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Annual Editions: Health, 36/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/ createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
Part Three--Stress And Coping Chapter 6--Stress Chapter 7 – Coping, Resilience, And Social Support Part Four – Seeking And Using Health Care Services Chapter 8--Using Health Services Chapter 9 – Patients, Providers, And Treatments Chapter 10--The Management Of Pain And Discomfort Part Five--Management Of Chronic And Terminal Illness Chapter 11--Management Of Chronic Illness Chapter 12--Psychological Issues In Advancing And Terminal Illness Chapter 13--Heart Disease, Hypertension, Stroke, And Type Ii Diabetes
NEW
51
52
HEALTH CONTENTS Preface Correlation Guide Topic Guide UNIT 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change 1. Crimes of the Heart 2. The Perils of Higher Education 3. Solve Your Energy Crisis: A Guide to Finding—and Fixing—the Cause of Your Fatigue UNIT 2: Stress and Mental Health 4. Sound Mind, Sound Student Body 5. Social Withdrawal and Violence—Newtown, Connecticut 6. Go Forth in Anger 7. Internet Addiction UNIT 3: Nutritional Health 8. Fat Facts and Fat Fiction 9. Yes, Healthful Fast Food Is Possible. But Edible? 10. Wonderful Wheat: Why This Ancient Staple Is Still Good for You UNIT 4: Exercise and Weight Management 11. Eat Like a Greek 12. Dieting on a Budget UNIT 5: Drugs and Health 13. The Hungry Brain 14. Pot Goes Legit: What the End of Prohibition Looks Like in Colorado 15. Rethinking Drug Policy Assumptions 16. Sparking Controversy 17. Drowned in a Stream of Prescriptions 18. So Long, Lance. Next, 21st-Century Doping 19. Philip Seymour Hoffman Death: a Cautionary Tale about Branded Heroin? UNIT 6: Sexuality and Relationships 20. The Mixed-Bag Buddy [and Other Friendship Conundrums] 21. Masters of Their Domain 22. The Marriage Paradox: Loves, Lies, and the Power of Self Deception 23. There’s No Evidence Online Dating Is Threatening Commitment or Marriage 24. Refusing Vaccination Puts Others at Risk 25. The High Cost of “Hooking Up” 26. The Secret Life of Dirt: At the Finnish-Russian Border 27. The Broken Vaccine UNIT 7: Health Care and the Health Care System 28. Deviated: A Memoir 29. How Government Killed the Medical Profession 30. Problems with Modern Medicine: Too Much Emphasis on Disease, Not Enough on Managing Risk 31. Still Unsafe: Why the American Medical Establishment Cannot Reduce Medical Errors UNIT 8: Consumer Health 32. Consumers Should Drive Medicine 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma 34. How Not to Die 35. Antibiotics and the Meat We Eat 36. Cybermedicine: What You Need to Know UNIT 9: Contemporary Health Hazards 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy 38. Is PTSD Contagious? 39. Suicide, Guns, and Public Policy 40. The New Sex Cancer 41. Drilling into the Unknown 42. Giving ADHD a Rest: with Diagnosis Rates Exploding Wildly, Is the Disorder a Mental Health Crisis—or a Cultural One? 43. Hey! Parents, Leave Those Kids Alone
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN HEALTH AND SOCIETY
11th Edition
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2014 / 251 pages ISBN: 9780078139567 Available: September 2013 www.mhhe.com/takingsides The Taking Sides Collection on McGraw-Hill Create™ includes current controversial issues in a debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop critical thinking skills. This Collection contains a multitude of current and classic issues to enhance and customize your course. You can browse the entire Taking Sides Collection on Create, or you can search by topic, author, or keywords. Each Taking Sides issues is thoughtfully framed with Learning Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources and Internet References. Go to McGraw-Hill Create™ at www. mcgrawhillcreate.com, click on the “Collections” tab, and select The Taking Sides Collection to browse the entire Collection. Select individual Taking Sides issues to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Daniel: Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 11/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Taking Sides volume. Using Taking Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www. mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. CONTENTS Unit 1: The Health Care Industry Issue 1: Does the Affordable Health Care Act Violate Religious Freedom by Requiring Employers’ Health Insurance Plans to Cover Birth Control? Issue 2: Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US? Issue 3: Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to Consumers? Unit 3: Health and Society Issue 4: Are We Winning the War on Cancer? Issue 5: Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes? Issue 6: Is the Use of “Smart” Pills for Cognitive Enhancement Dangerous? Issue 7: Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted? Unit 4: Mind-Body Relationship Issue 8: Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease? Issue 9: Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health? Unit 5: Sexuality and Gender Issues Issue 10: Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain from All Alcoholic Beverages? Issue 11: Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience? Issue 12: Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be Compulsory? Issue 12: Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset of Eating Disorders? Issue 13: Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male Circumcision? Unit 6: Public Health Issues Issue 14: Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism? Issue 15: Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer? Issue 16: Will Hydraulic Fracturing (Fracking) Negatively Affect Human Health and the Environment? Issue 17: Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies?
HEALTH Adolescent Health
Issue 18: Are Restriction on Sugar and Sugary Beverages Justified? Unit 7: Consumer Health Issue 19: Is Weight Loss Maintenance Possible? Issue 20: Are Energy Drinks with Alcohol Dangerous Enough to Ban?
CPR
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
4th Edition
NSC PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR & AED
3rd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 160 pages ISBN: 9780073519982 Available: August 2011 Whether it’s a simple cut or bruise or a life-threatening emergency,no one wants to see a child hurt. We have adapted all of the topics from our NSC® First Aid, CPR & AED course to meet the special needs of infants and children in our pediatric first aid course.
National Safety Council NSC
This course meets 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines.
2012 / 64 pages ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook) Available: July 2011
What you will learn •
Taking action in an emergency
•
Basic life support
•
Bleeding and wound care
Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until professional help arrives is critical to saving lives.
•
Shock, burns and poisoning
•
Sudden illness
This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace.
•
Cold and heat emergencies
•
Children with disabilities
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency
•
What you will learn
•
Recognize an emergency
•
Act appropriately
•
Sustain life until professional help arrives
CONTENTS Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Basic Life Support Lesson 5 Recovery Position Lesson 6 Choking Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care Lesson 9 Shock Lesson 10 Burns Lesson 11 Serious Injuries Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Lesson 13 Sudden Illness Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions Lesson 15 Poisoning Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
FEATURES •
Course Materials
•
Instructor Resource Kit
•
Instructor Manual and CD
•
Instructor DVD with VSI training
•
Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom
•
Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents
•
Student Workbook
•
Full-color photographs, illustrations and skill demonstrations
•
Course DVD
•
Nationally recognized course completion cards
53
HEALTH
54
Drug Education
*9781259350801*
*9781259223198*
ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY AND BEHAVIOR 14/15
NEW
29th Edition
ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY AND BEHAVIOR
Mary H Maguire, California State University and Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College
30th Edition
2015 / 256 pages ISBN: 9781259223198 Available: March 2014
Mary H Maguire, California State University and Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College
2016 / 128 pages ISBN: 9781259350801 Available: February 2015 The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Maguire/Garoupa: Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior, 30/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Retained Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
NEW
www.mhhe.com/createcentral The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. Each Annual Editions volume has a number of features designed to make them especially valuable for classroom use: an annotated Table of Contents, a Topic Guide, an annotated listing of supporting websites, Learning Outcomes and a brief overview for each unit, and Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. Go to the McGraw-Hill Create™ Annual Editions Article Collection at www.mcgrawhillcreate.com/annualeditions to browse the entire collection. Select individual Annual Editions articles to enhance your course, or access and select the entire Maguire/Garoupa: Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior, 29/e ExpressBook for an easy, pre-built teaching resource by clicking here. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing material is available for each Annual Editions volume. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit the Create Central Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/createcentral for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
McGraw-Hill Create™, our NEW Custom Textbook option – Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email in about one hour. Go to www. mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register. Experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your students your way.
•
Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
CONTENTS UNIT 1: Living with Drugs History of Alcohol and Drinking around the World How Latin America Is Reinventing the War on Drugs Oxycontin Maker Closely Guards Its List of Suspect Doctors Tackling Top Teen Problem—Prescription Drugs
HEALTH A Glut of Antidepressants Scientists Are High on Idea That Marijuana Reduces Memory Impairment UNIT 2 Understanding How Drugs Work—Use, Dependency, and Addiction Prescription Drug Diversion Medical Marijuana and the Mind: More Is Known about the Psychiatric Risks than the Benefits The Genetics of Alcohol and Other Drug Dependence Maternal Risk Factors for Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders: Not As Simple As It Might Seem Examination of Over-the-Counter Drug Misuse Among Youth Why Using Meds for ‘Neuroenhancement’ Is a Scary Thought UNIT 3 The Major Drugs of Use and Abuse Bath Salt’ Poisonings Rise as Legislative Ban Tied Up Inhalant Abuse The Science of Doping Monitoring the Future: National Results on Adolescent Drug Use, Overview of Key Findings 2011 Transcending the Medical Frontiers: Exploring the Future of Psychedelic Drug Research Energy Drink Abuse Worries Health Pros UNIT 4 Other Trends in Drug Use American College of Emergency Physicians ACEP: Synthetic Drug use on the rise nationwide; “Bath Salts” Among Them ‘Legal Highs’ Prevalence Makes Ban Policy ‘Ridiculous’ Alcoholism Isn’t What It Used To Be Diagnosis: Human Why I Changed My Mind on Weed UNIT 5 Measuring the Social Costs of Drugs Drugs ‘R’ Us OxyContin Abuse Spreads from Appalachia across United States Cannabis: Colorado’s Budding Industry When Booze Comes Off the Battlefield Did Cocaine Use by Bankers Cause the Global Financial Crisis? Secret U.S. Drug Agency Unit Passing Surveillance Information to Authorities UNIT 6 Creating and Sustaining Effective Drug Control Policy Do the United States and Mexico Really Want the Drug War To Succeed? Engaging Communities to Prevent Underage Drinking Do No Harm: Sensible Goals for International Drug Policy Turning the Tide on Drug Reform Legalize Drugs—all of Them! Moving the Needle Getting A Fix UNIT 7 Prevention, Treatment, and Education Old Habits Die Hard for Ageing Addicts Addiction Diagnoses May Rise Under Guideline Changes California Prisons Spend Big on Anti-psychotic Drugs Understanding Recovery Barriers: Youth Perceptions about Substance Use Relapse High-Risk Offenders Participating in Court-Supervised Substance Abuse Treatment: Characteristics, Treatment Received, and Factors Associated with Recidivism The Needle and the Damage Done: the Case for the Selfdestructing Syringe
55
ALLIED HEALTH
56
Advanced First Aid
ADVANCED FIRST AID, CPR AND AED TEXTBOOK
2nd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073519999 Available: August 2011 Immediate response to emergency situations is critical. Are your employees prepared? This 16- to 40-hour advanced first aid course will help them recognize and act in an emergency to sustain life. NSC® Advanced First Aid, CPR & AED is designed for the layperson as well as health care professionals. This instructorled classroom course is ideal for organizations requiring advanced first aid training or as a college-level course.
BLS/CPR For the Professional Rescuer
BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR HEALTHCARE AND PROFESSIONAL RESCUERS
2nd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 128 pages ISBN: 9780073519975 Available: August 2011
This course meets 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines.
This NSC® instructor-led classroom course meets CDC, OSHA and NFPA guidelines, as well as the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines. It focuses on immediate life-threatening situations; demonstrates quick, effective responses; and presents perspectives on how frequently these situations occur. It’s ideal for EMS professionals, firefighters, police, paramedics, lifeguards, athletic trainers, medical assistants and others.
COURSE CONTENT
COURSE CONTENT
•
NSC Basic Life Support for Health Care & Professional Rescuers
•
Professional rescuers’ role in emergencies
•
Assessing victims’ conditions
•
How to control bleeding and manage shock
•
•
Caring for injuries and medical emergencies
•
Special situations, including behavioral emergencies, childbirth and remote-location first aid
Basic life support, including rescue breathing, cardiac emergencies,CPR airway obstruction and automated external defibrillation use
•
Special resuscitation situations
•
Advanced resuscitation
FEATURES •
Instructor Resource Kit
NEW TO THIS EDITION
•
Instructor Manual and CD with test bank
•
•
Course DVD
»» Instructor Manual and CD with test bank
•
Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom
»» Professional Rescuer CPR DVD
•
Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents
»» Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom
•
Student Textbook
•
Full-color illustrations, stepby-step photo sequences and skills presentations, plus statistics and checklists
•
Course DVD
»» Full-color, step-by-step photo sequences, illustrations and skills demonstrations
•
Nationally recognized course completion cards
»» Course DVD
Instructor Resource Kit
»» Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents •
Student Textbook
»» Nationally recognized course completion card
ALLIED HEALTH
Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting
*9780073513829*
NEW
MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW
Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5th Edition Jahangir Moini, Everest University
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073513829 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/moini5e Catching your success has never been easier, with the new 5th edition of MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW: PASSING THE CMA, RMA, and CCMA EXAMS, confidently master the competencies you need for certification with a user-friendly approach and a variety of practice exams. Now also available with McGraw-Hill’s revolutionary adaptive learning technology, LearnSmart! Study effectively, spending more time on topics you don’t know and less time on the topics you do! Succeed with LearnSmart...Join the learning revolution and achieve certified success! NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Learning Outcomes have been added to the beginning of every chapter
•
CCMA Competencies have been added to competency chart at the beginning of every chapter
•
Answer Keys have been removed from the textbook
•
Connect Plus features four new additional exams
•
Now available with LearnSmart!
CONTENTS PART 1: THEORY REVIEW SECTION 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Medical Terminology Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 4 Pathophysiology Chapter 5 Microbiology Chapter 6 General Psychology Chapter 7 Nutrition and Health Promotion Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics SECTION 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 9 Reception, Correspondence, Mail, Telephone Techniques, and Supplies Chapter 10 Appointments, Scheduling, Medical Records, Filing, Policies, and Procedures Chapter 11 Communication in the Medical Office Chapter 12 Keyboarding and Computer Applications Chapter 13 Financial Management Chapter 14 Medical Insurance Chapter 15 Medical Coding SECTION 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 16 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis Chapter 17 Preparing the Patient Chapter 18 Vital Signs and Measurement Chapter 19 Pharmacology Chapter 20 Administration of Medication Chapter 21 Electrocardiography Chapter 22 Diagnostic Imaging
Chapter 23 Physical Therapy Chapter 24 Medical Emergencies and First Aid Chapter 25 Clinical Laboratory PART 2: SELF-EVALUATION TESTS Test 1 Test 2 Credits Index
Community and Public Health
UNDERSTANDING HEALTH POLICY
6th Edition
Thomas Bodenheimer and Kevin Grumbach
2012 / 231 pages ISBN: 9780071770521 Available: February 2012 The most trusted and comprehensive guide to healthcare available, Understanding Health Policy provides everything students and professionals need to build a solid foundation on the field’s most critical issues. Expert practitioners in both the public and private healthcare sectors, the authors cover the entire scope of our healthcare system—from the concepts behind policy decisions to concrete examples of how they affect patients and professionals alike. Understanding Health Policy, 6e makes otherwise difficult concepts easy to understand—so you can make better decisions, improve outcomes, and enact positive change on a daily basis. CONTENTS 1. Introduction: The Paradox of Excess and Deprivation 2. Paying for Health Care 3. Access to Health Care 4. Reimbursing Health Care Providers 5. How Health Care is Organized 1: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Care 6. How Health Care is Organized II: Health Delivery Systems 7. The Health Care Workforce and the Education of Health Care Professionals 8. Painful Versus Painless Cost Control 9. Mechanisms for Controlling Costs 10. Quality of Health Care 11. Prevention of Illness 12. Long-Term Care 13. Medical Ethics and Rationing of Health Care 14. Healh Care in Four Nations 15. Healh Care Reform and National Health Insurance 16. Conflict and Change in America’s Health Care System 17. Conclusion: Tensions and Challenges 18. Questions and Discussion Topics
57
ALLIED HEALTH
58
Computers in the Medical Office
*9780078117596*
NEW
CASE STUDIES FOR USE WITH COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
9th Edition
Susan Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2016 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780078117596 Available: July 2015 This capstone simulation using Medisoft Patient Billing Software, Version 18, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive handson practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 18 using Computers in the Medical Office CONTENTS Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual Part 3 On the Job Part 4 Source Documents Glossary Index
*9780077836382*
NEW
COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
9th Edition
Susan Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2016 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780077836382 Available: July 2015 Do you want to learn about practice management and patient billing from the best? Susan Sanderson’s Computers in the Medical Office (CiMO), 9th Edition presents step-by-step instructions to complete essential medical billing tasks using Medisoft® Advanced Version 19. CiMO shows not only what to do with authentic, handson activities, but also why those activities are important. Learn the skills you need for your health professions career using multiple digital resources. Read and study the content more effectively— spending more time on topics you don’t know and less time on the topics you do—by using LearnSmart and SmartBook, McGrawHill’s revolutionary adaptive learning technology. Complete the Medisoft V19 exercises simulated in Connect Plus, McGraw-Hill’s online assignment and assessment solution NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Stay up-to-date with the latest changes in healthcare and their impact on practice management tasks.
•
Complete all of the activities from the book digitally in one place. All Medisoft V19 exercises in the text can be completed in Connect Plus, along with all End-of-Chapter questions, and simple interactives
•
Get engaged with the LearnSmart Advantage. Make use of LearnSmart, the market-leading adaptive study tool proven to strengthen memory recall, increase class retention, and boost grades. Succeed with SmartBook, the first, and only,
adaptive reading experience designed to transform the way students read CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Health Information Technology and Medical Billing Chapter 2: Introduction to Medisoft Chapter 3: Scheduling Chapter 4: Entering Patient Information Chapter 5: Working with Cases Chapter 6: Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments Chapter 7: Creating Claims Chapter 8: Posting Payments and Creating Patient Statements Chapter 9: Creating Reports Chapter 10: Collections in the Medical Office Chapter 11: Appointments and Registration Chapter 12: Cases, Transactions, and Claims Chapter 13: Reports and Collections Chapter 14: Putting It All Together
CASE STUDIES FOR USE WITH COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
8th Edition
Susan Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2013 ISBN: 9780077445331 Available: July 2012 This capstone simulation using Medisoft Patient Billing Software, Version 17, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive handson practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 17 using Computers in the Medical Office. CONTENTS Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual Part 3 On the Job Part 4 Source Documents Glossary Index
COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
8th Edition
Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprises
2013 / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073402130 Available: July 2012 www.mhhe.com/cimo8e Computers in the Medical Office 8e is the best-selling text for training students using full-featured and current Medisoft Version 17 Patient Billing software. McGraw-Hill publishes the most titles to train students on Medisoft software. Our publishing relationship with Medisoft has been ongoing for 15 years. Computers in the Medical Office 8e offers medical office training using current, realistic medical office cases while building transferable computerized medical billing and scheduling skills. Students who complete this course will learn the appropriate terminology and skills to use any patient billing software program with minimal additional training. As students progress through Medisoft, they
ALLIED HEALTH learn to gather patient information, schedule appointments and enter transactions. The practical, systematic approach is based on real-world medical office activities. Go with the best. Go with the tried and true. Go with the Medisoft titles that will give you and your students the training and support you need to be successful. Go with McGraw-Hill’s Computers in the Medical Office 8e.
Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections Part 5 Simulation
CONTENTS Part 1: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE Chapter 1: Introduction to Health Information Technology and Medical Billing Part 2: MEDISOFT ADVANCED TRAINING Chapter 2: Introduction to Medisoft Chapter 3: Scheduling Chapter 4: Entering Patient Information Chapter 5: Working with Cases Chapter 6: Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments Chapter 7: Creating Claims Chapter 8: Posting Payments and Creating Patient Statements Chapter 9: Creating Reports Chapter 10: Collections in the Medical Office 10.1 FOLLOWING UP ON INSURANCE CLAIMS Part 3: APPLYING YOUR SKILLS Chapter 11: Appointments and Registration Chapter 12: Cases, Transactions, and Claims Chapter 13: Reports and Collections Chapter 14: Putting It All Together Part 4: SOURCE DOCUMENTS Glossary Index
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND EHR
A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2012 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073374949 Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/pmehr Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical positions in a medical office.
CPR and AED
BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR HEALTHCARE AND PROFESSIONAL RESCUERS
2nd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 128 pages ISBN: 9780073519975 Available: August 2011 This NSC® instructor-led classroom course meets CDC, OSHA and NFPA guidelines, as well as the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines. It focuses on immediate life-threatening situations; demonstrates quick, effective responses; and presents perspectives on how frequently these situations occur. It’s ideal for EMS professionals, firefighters, police, paramedics, lifeguards, athletic trainers, medical assistants and others. COURSE CONTENT •
Professional rescuers’ role in emergencies
•
Assessing victims’ conditions
•
Basic life support, including rescue breathing, cardiac emergencies, CPR airway obstruction and automated external defibrillation use
•
Special resuscitation situations
•
Advanced resuscitation
NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Instructor Resource Kit »» Instructor Manual and CD with test bank »» Professional Rescuer CPR DVD »» Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom »» Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents
•
Student Textbook »» Full-color, step-by-step photo sequences, illustrations and skills demonstrations »» Course DVD »» Nationally recognized course completion card
CONTENTS Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement Chapter 10 Claims Management
CPR AND AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
4th Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 32 pages ISBN: 9780073519944 Available: August 2011 This 3.5 hour CPR and AED course prepares the student to respond to choking, breathing and cardiac emergencies—and how to use an automated external defibrillation unit in conjunction with CPR. This NSC® course meets the latest 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines using a combination of instructor, Video-Self-Instruction and hands-on training.
59
ALLIED HEALTH
60
What you will learn •
Taking action in an emergency
•
Assessing the victim
•
Provide basic life support, including airway management, breathing and circulation
•
Using an AED
CONTENTS Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Basic Life Support Lesson 5 Recovery Position Lesson 6 Choking Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Appendix: Quick Guide
Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Basic Life Support Lesson 5 Recovery Position Lesson 6 Choking Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care Lesson 9 Shock Lesson 10 Burns Lesson 11 Serious Injuries Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Lesson 13 Sudden Illness Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions Lesson 15 Poisoning Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
3rd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
*9780078020674*
2012 / 64 pages ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook) Available: July 2011
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY FOR HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency
4th Edition
Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until professional help arrives is critical to saving lives. This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace. What you will learn
NEW
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming Thomas Edward O’Brien, Central Florida Institute
2016 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078020674 Available: January 2015
•
Recognize an emergency
•
Act appropriately
•
Sustain life until professional help arrives
•
Features
•
Course content
•
Acting in an emergency
•
Preventing disease transmission
•
Checking the victim
Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel provides ECG skills training for health care students as well as health care personnel who are interested in mastering additional skills. The text includes the essential skills needed to perform an ECG, including anatomy of the heart, basic characteristics, equipment, appropriate intervention, and other technical applications, such as Holter monitoring and stress testing. Emphasis throughout the text is placed on troubleshooting.
•
Basic life support
•
Recovery position
FEATURES
•
Choking
•
Heart attack and chest pain
•
Bleeding and wound care
•
Shock
•
Burns
•
Serious injuries
•
Bone, joint and muscle injuries
•
Sudden illness
•
Allergic reactions
•
Poisoning
•
Cold and heat emergencies
•
Rescuing and moving victims
CONTENTS NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Workbook Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
•
12-Leand Interpretation in a simple step-by-step format. The how-to on ischemia, injury & infarction, axis deviation, left ventricular hypertrophy, bundle branch block, and action potential.
•
Coverage detailing attaching a patient to a Cardiac Monitor. This skill reinforces the 3 limbs referenced in Einthoven’s Triangle and gives the Lead II view referenced for Rhythm Interpretation.
•
Quick reference cards at the end of the text to include the 5-step Process and dysrhythmia categories, plus common 12-Lead connection locations and more!
•
Connect Plus for Allied Health Connect Plus Allied Health makes online assignments even more convenient for your students. Connect Plus Allied Health provides students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook- an online edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook- to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever, and whenever they choose.
ALLIED HEALTH CONTENTS Chapter 1:Role of the Electrocardiographer Chapter 2: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 3: The Electrocardiograph Chapter 4: Performing an ECG Chapter 5: Rhythm Strip Interpretation and Sinus Rhythms Chapter 6: Atrial Dysrhythmias Chapter 7: Junctional Dysrhythmias Chapter 8: Heart Block Dysrhythmias Chapter 9: Rhythms Originating from the Ventricles Chapter 10: Pacemaker Rhythms and Bundle Branch Block Chapter 11: Exercise Electrocardiography Chapter 12: Ambulatory Monitoring Chapter 13: Clinical Management of the Cardiac Patient Chapter 14: Basic 12-Lead ECG Interpretation App A Cardiovascular Medications App B Standard and Isolation Precautions App C Medical Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols App D Anatomical Terms Glossary
CONTENTS Chapter 1: An Overview Of Primesuite’s Practice Management And Electronic Health Record Software Chapter 2: Health Data Structure, Collection And Standards Chapter 3: Content Of The Health Record – Administrative Data Chapter 4: Content Of The Health Record – The Past Medical, Surgical, Family, And Social History Chapter 5: Content Of The Health Record – The Care Provider’s Responsibility Chapter 6: Financial Management: Insurance And Billing Functions Chapter 7: Privacy, Security, Confidentiality And Legal Issues Chapter 8: Management Of Information And Communication Chapter 9: Decision And Compliance Support: Utilizing The Database Chapter 10: Looking Ahead – The Future Of Health Information And Informatics
ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS
3rd Edition
Electronic Medical Records
*9780077834845*
NEW
INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS
A Worktext for Greenway Medical Technologies’ PrimeSUITE, 2nd Edition
M. Beth Shanholtzer, Lord Fairfax Community College
2015 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780077834845 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/shanholtzer2e This hands-on course is offered as an online integrated EHR and practice management program through McGraw-Hill’s Connect Plus. Connect Plus uses the latest technology to better connect professors to their students, and students to the information and customized resources they need to master a subject. It includes a variety of digital learning tools that enable professors to easily customize courses and allow students to learn and master content and succeed in the course. Here’s what you can expect from the Worktext: •
An introduction to Greenway Medical Technologies’ PrimeSUITE, an ONC-ATCB-Certified online EHR and practice management interoperable solution. The book covers the key topics for EHR including Meaningful Use Stage 2 and ICD-10, with simulated PrimeSUITE exercises in Connect Plus as the vehicle to demonstrate those topics. Attention is paid to providing the “why” behind each task so that the reader can accumulate transferable skills.
•
Updated content that will be appealing to HIM programs, HIT programs, MIBC programs and more. All exercises are designated with PM, EHR, HIM tags, or some combination of those three. The second edition has additional simulated PrimeSUITE exercises, including Applying Your Skills exercises.
Byron Hamilton and Leesa Hamilton of Med-Soft National Training Institute
2013 / 408 pages ISBN: 9780073402147 Available: July 2012 www.mhhe.com/HamiltonEHR3e Hamilton, Electronic Health Records, 3e is the top choice for training students using live and up-to-date SpringCharts EHR software. Electronic Health Records 3e builds transferable medical documentation skills with a variety of exercises that walk students through different facets of using an EHR in the medical office. As students progress through SpringCharts, they learn to gather patient information, schedule appointments, record examination information, process lab tests, select codes, and more. Students who complete this course will learn the appropriate terminology and skills to use any EHR software program with minimal additional training. The practical, systematic approach is based on real-world medical office activities. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Electronic Health Record Chapter 2 Standards and Features of Electronic Health Records Chapter 3 Introduction and Setup Chapter 4 The Clinic Administration Chapter 5 The Patient Chart Chapter 6 The Office Visit Chapter 7 Clinical Tools Chapter 8 Creating Templates Chapter 9 Tests, Procedures, and Codes Chapter 10 Productivity Center and Utilities Chapter 11 Applying Your Knowledge Chapter 12 EHR Practicum
61
62
ALLIED HEALTH NURSING DOCUMENTATION USING EHR Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training Institute and Mary G Harper
2012 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780077450892 (with Springcharts Access Card) Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/nursingehr This is the student version for ordering purposes. The comp edition does not include the SpringCharts Access Card, since instructors will be downloading from the Instructor OLC. CONTENTS Level I Section One: Introducing Electronic Health Records Chapter 1 An Introduction to Electronic Health Records Chapter 2 Nursing Documentation Overview Section Two: SpringCharts Advanced Training Chapter 3 Essential Documentaion 000 Chapter 4 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 1 Level II Chapter 5 Fundamental Documentation 000 Chapter 6 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 2 Chapter 7 Ambulatory Healthcare Chapter 8 Ambulatory Healthcare Exercises Level III Chapter 9 Routine Documentation Section Three: EHR Capstone Chapter 10 Patient Education Chapter 11 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 3 Level IV Chapter 12 Advanced EHR Functionality Chapter 13 Applying Your Knowledge Chapter 14 Learning Assessment Appendix A Sample Documents Appendix B Source Documents Appendix C Concept Checkup Answer Key
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND EHR
A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2012 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073374949 Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/pmehr Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical positions in a medical office. CONTENTS Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical
Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement Chapter 10 Claims Management Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections Part 5 Simulation
First Aid
FIRST AID STUDENT WORKBOOK
3rd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 64 pages ISBN: 9780073519968 This instructor-led classroom course teaches employees how to recognize everyday emergencies and care for an injury or illness until professional help arrives. NSC® First Aid is taught using a combination of instructor,“Watch-Then-Practice” and hands-on training. This course meets 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines. •
What you will learn
•
Bleeding control
•
Injuries
•
Wound care
•
Burns
•
Poisoning
•
Choking
•
Sudden illness
CONTENTS Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Recovery Position Lesson 5 Choking Lesson 6 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Lesson 7 Bleeding and Wound Care Lesson 8 Shock Lesson 9 Burns Lesson 10 Serious Injuries Lesson 11 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Lesson 12 Sudden Illness Lesson 13 Allergic Reactions Lesson 14 Poisoning Lesson 15 Cold and Heat Emergencies Lesson 16 Rescuing and Moving Victims
ALLIED HEALTH Math for Health Professions
MATH AND DOSAGE CALCULATIONS FOR HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS WITH STUDENT CARE
4th Edition
Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming; James Whaley, Baker College; Susan Sienkiewicz and Jennifer Palmunen of Community College of Rhode Island—Lincoln
2012 / 720 pages ISBN: 9780077460389 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/mathanddosage4e McGraw-Hill has a clear digital advantage in math & dosage calculations with ALEKS Prep, to prepare students with a strong math foundation, and Connect Plus, which includes math, terminology, dosage calculations, interactive exercises and an eBook- a complete course solution. 3D Animations covering pathophysiology and pharmacology as well as a newly filmed Medication Administration Video series are also in Connect Plus with pre-, during- and post-assessment. The 4th edition of Booth has a redesigned table of contents, adding a new chapter of safe medication administration, and breaking larger chapters into smaller, more manageable chapters.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS FOR NURSES Larry Stephens, University of Nebraska
2003 ISBN: 9780071400220 A Professional Reference Title A review of basic arithmetic precedes clear explanations of how nurses need to apply mathematics in modern clinical practice. This study guide teaches an especially easy approach to solving the proportion problems key to converting medication orders and passing nursing licensing exams. The profusion of problems with detailed solutions, and hundreds more with answers, gives students ample opportunities to test their skills as they learn them--leading to quicker mastery.
Medical Assisting - Administrative and Clinical
*9780078020674*
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY FOR HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS
CONTENTS Unit One: Chapter 1: Fractions Chapter 2: Decimals Chapter 3: Relationships of Quantities: Percents, Ratios, and Proportions Unit Two: Chapter 4: Metric System Chapter 5: Other Systems of Measurement Chapter 6: Converting Units Chapter 7: Temperature and Time Unit Three: Chapter 8: Equipment for Dosage Measurement Chapter 9: Interpreting Medication Orders Chapter 10: Interpreting Medication L9780077656072abels and Package Inserts Chapter 11: Safe Medication Administration Unit Four: Chapter 12: Methods of Dosage Calculations Chapter 13: Oral Dosages Chapter 14: Parenteral Dosages and Other Medication Administration Forms Chapter 15: Intravenous Calculations Unit Five: Chapter 16: Preparation of Noninjectable Solutions Chapter 17: Calculations for Special Populations Chapter 18: High-Alert Medications Chapter 19: Critical Care IV Calculations Appendix A: Comprehensive Evaluation Appendix B: Answer Key Glossary Credits Index Reference Cards
NEW
4th Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming and Thomas Edward O’Brien, Central Florida Institute
2016 / 448 pages ISBN: 9780078020674 Available: January 2015 Electrocardiography for Health Care Personnel provides ECG skills training for health care students as well as health care personnel who are interested in mastering additional skills. The text includes the essential skills needed to perform an ECG, including anatomy of the heart, basic characteristics, equipment, appropriate intervention, and other technical applications, such as Holter monitoring and stress testing. Emphasis throughout the text is placed on troubleshooting. FEATURES •
12-Leand Interpretation in a simple step-by-step format. The how-to on ischemia, injury & infarction, axis deviation, left ventricular hypertrophy, bundle branch block, and action potential.
•
Coverage detailing attaching a patient to a Cardiac Monitor. This skill reinforces the 3 limbs referenced in Einthoven’s Triangle and gives the Lead II view referenced for Rhythm Interpretation.
•
Quick reference cards at the end of the text to include the 5-step Process and dysrhythmia categories, plus common 12-Lead connection locations and more!
•
Connect Plus for Allied Health Connect Plus Allied Health makes online assignments even more convenient for your students. Connect Plus Allied Health provides students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook- an online edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook- to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever, and whenever they choose.
63
ALLIED HEALTH
64
CONTENTS Chapter 1:Role of the Electrocardiographer Chapter 2: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 3: The Electrocardiograph Chapter 4: Performing an ECG Chapter 5: Rhythm Strip Interpretation and Sinus Rhythms Chapter 6: Atrial Dysrhythmias Chapter 7: Junctional Dysrhythmias Chapter 8: Heart Block Dysrhythmias Chapter 9: Rhythms Originating from the Ventricles Chapter 10: Pacemaker Rhythms and Bundle Branch Block Chapter 11: Exercise Electrocardiography Chapter 12: Ambulatory Monitoring Chapter 13: Clinical Management of the Cardiac Patient Chapter 14: Basic 12-Lead ECG Interpretation App A Cardiovascular Medications App B Standard and Isolation Precautions App C Medical Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols App D Anatomical Terms Glossary
*9780077862039*
Chapter 4 Office Communications: Phone, Scheduling, and Mail Chapter 5 Managing Health Information Chapter 6 Office Management Part 3 Practice Financials Chapter 7 Insurance and Coding Chapter 8 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections Chapter 9 Practice Finances Part 4 Preparing for Employment Chapter 10 Preparing for Employment in the Medical Office
*9780073513751* ADMINISTERING MEDICATIONS
8th Edition Donna Gauwitz
2015 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073513751 Available: January 2014
NEW
MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES
8th Edition
Nenna L Bayes, Karonne Becklin and Bonnie J Crist
2015 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780077862039 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/bayes8e Thoroughly revised and updated, Medical Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and describes the tasks of a medical office assistant’s career; teaches records management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and describes procedures for preparing patients’ charts and bills. Practice management, electronic health records, and finances are also addressed. Multiday simulations provide real-world experience with physician dictation. Managerial skills are also included. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
NEW Simulated Medisoft v17 Exercises Medisoft v17 practice management exercises are now simulated in Connect Plus, McGraw-Hill’s online assessment and assignment product. No software installation required.
•
Chapter 3 on Communication has been split into two chapters (“Verbal & Nonverbal” and “Phone, Mail, and Scheduling”) to accommodate more detailed information.
•
Coding chapter has been updated to include most current ICD-10-CM codes. (ICD-9 information will be available on the Online Learning Center.
•
Several Projects have been added or updated to incorporate more student practice and exposure to a wider variety of skills and tasks.
CONTENTS Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant’s Career Chapter 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant Chapter 2 Medical Ethics, Law, and Compliance Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities Chapter 3 Office Communications: An Overview of Written and Verbal Communication
NEW
www.mhhe.com/gauwitz8e Administering Medications: Pharmacology for Healthcare Professionals is designed to teach the safe administration of medications to healthcare students. The organization of the chapters primarily by body systems allow students and instructors to build a knowledge base that starts with the fundamentals of medication administration and progresses through the drugs frequently used to treat most commonly found disease of the associated body system. The text’s many features help break down the various aspects of drug administration, allowing the student to gain a full understanding of when and how to administer medications. FEATURES •
50 most frequently prescribed drugs are boldfaced in the Representative Drug table at the end of most chapters.
•
The Patient Education boxes
•
The Legal and Ethical Issues boxes
CONTENTS About the Author Preface Chapter 1 Orientation to Medications Chapter 2 Principles of Drug Action Chapter 3 Measurement and Dosage Calculations Chapter 4 Administering Parenteral Medications Chapter 5 Medication Therapy Chapter 6 Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs Chapter 7 Antibiotics and Antifungals Chapter 8 Drugs for the Eye and Ear Chapter 9 Drugs for the Skin Chapter 10 Drugs for the Cardiovascular System Chapter 11 Drugs for the Respiratory System Chapter 12 Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System Chapter 13 Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance Chapter 14 Drugs for the Reproductive System Chapter 15 Drugs for the Endocrine System Chapter 16 Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System Chapter 17 Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory Systems Chapter 18 Psychotropic Drugs Chapter 19 Antineoplastic Drugs Chapter 20 Drugs for the Pediatric Patient Chapter 21 Drugs for the Geriatric Patient Appendix A: Abbreviations Appendix B: Checklist Practice Procedures Glossary Credits Index
ALLIED HEALTH
*9780073513829*
NEW
MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW
Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5th Edition Jahangir Moini, Everest University
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073513829 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/moini5e Catching your success has never been easier, with the new 5th edition of MEDICAL ASSISTING REVIEW: PASSING THE CMA, RMA, and CCMA EXAMS, confidently master the competencies you need for certification with a user-friendly approach and a variety of practice exams. Now also available with McGraw-Hill’s revolutionary adaptive learning technology, LearnSmart! Study effectively, spending more time on topics you don’t know and less time on the topics you do! Succeed with LearnSmart...Join the learning revolution and achieve certified success! NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Learning Outcomes have been added to the beginning of every chapter
•
CCMA Competencies have been added to competency chart at the beginning of every chapter
•
Answer Keys have been removed from the textbook
•
Connect Plus features four new additional exams
•
Now available with LearnSmart!
CONTENTS PART 1: Theory Review SECTION 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2 Medical Terminology Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 4 Pathophysiology Chapter 5 Microbiology Chapter 6 General Psychology Chapter 7 Nutrition and Health Promotion Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics SECTION 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 9 Reception, Correspondence, Mail, Telephone Techniques, and Supplies Chapter 10 Appointments, Scheduling, Medical Records, Filing, Policies, and Procedures Chapter 11 Communication in the Medical Office Chapter 12 Keyboarding and Computer Applications Chapter 13 Financial Management Chapter 14 Medical Insurance Chapter 15 Medical Coding SECTION 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge Chapter 16 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis Chapter 17 Preparing the Patient Chapter 18 Vital Signs and Measurement Chapter 19 Pharmacology Chapter 20 Administration of Medication Chapter 21 Electrocardiography Chapter 22 Diagnostic Imaging Chapter 23 Physical Therapy Chapter 24 Medical Emergencies and First Aid Chapter 25 Clinical Laboratory
PART 2: Self-Evaluation Tests Test 1 Test 2 Credits Index
ACTIVSIM: MEDICAL ASSISTING 2.0
2nd Edition
Allied Health McGraw-Hill Higher Education and MHHE Corporation
2014 ISBN: 9780077862015 Available: March 2013 McGraw-Hill’s ACTIVSim 2.0 for Medical Assisting is a web-based dynamic Clinical Simulator. The adaptive nature of the tool allows each student to practice communication, documentation of care, and procedures in a safe environment—with detailed feedback on their performance and special reporting to instructors. Multiple Patient Simulators introduce students to non-acute medical assisting patient case scenarios, procedure simulators and quick e-learning exercises. Varied Clinical Skill Simulators focus on the procedures of the skills. ACTIVSim 2.0 provides an excellent opportunity for students to practice their communication and patient interviewing skills prior to their externships and working in a doctor’s office. This tool now offers new patient simulations, a whole new look with 3D patient avatars, and user-friendly navigation! CONTENTS Patient Case Simulators: Chest Pain Type 2 Diabetes Skin Condition Gynecological Patient Hypertension Pediatric patient Asthma—New Cancer—New Depression—New Clinical Skills Simulators: Spirometry Capillary Puncture Venipuncture Urinalysis Immunology Obtain Throat Culture Chemistry Sterilize/Autoclave Blood Pressure Electrocardiography (ECG) Hand washing Infection control Biohazardous Materials Measure Temperature Pulse Respiration
65
66
ALLIED HEALTH CLINICAL PROCEDURES FOR MEDICAL ASSISTING
5th Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming; Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Comm College and Terri D Wyman
2014 / 1040 pages ISBN: 9780077657123 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/BoothMA5e CONTENTS Procedures A Closer Look Acknowledgements Guided Tour Unit ONE: Medical Assisting as a Career Chapter 1: Introduction to Medical Assisting Chapter 2: Healthcare and the Healthcare team Chapter 3: Professionalism and Success Chapter 4: Interpersonal Communication Chapter 5: Legal and Ethical Issues Unit TWO: Safety and the Environment Chapter 6: Basic Safety and Infection Control Chapter 9: Examination and Treatment Areas Unit Three: Communication Chapter 12: Electronic Health Records Chapter 13: Telephone Techniques Chapter 14: Patient Education Unit FIVE: Applied Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 22: Organizational of the Body Chapter 23: The Integumentary System Chapter 24: The Skeletal System Chapter 25: The Muscular System Chapter 26: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 27: The Blood Chapter 28: The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 29: The Respiratory System Chapter 30: The Nervous System Chapter 31: The Urinary System Chapter 32: The Reproductive Systems Chapter 33: The Digestive System Chapter 34: The Endocrine System Chapter 35: Special Senses UNIT SIX: CLINICAL PRACTICES Chapter 36: Patient Interview and History Chapter 37: Vital Signs and Measurements Chapter 38: Assisting with a General Physical Examination Chapter 39: Assisting in Reproductie and Urinary Specialties Chapter 40: Assisting in Pediatrics Chapter 41: Assisting in Geriatrics Chapter 42: Assisting in Other Medical Specialties Chapter 43: Assisting with Eye and Ear Care Chapter 44: Assisting with Minor Surgery UNIT SEVEN: ASSISTING WITH DIAGNOSTICS Chapter 45: Orientation to the Lab Chapter 46: Microbiology and Disease Chapter 47: Processing and Testing Urine and Stool Specimens Chapter 48: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens Chapter 49: Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing Chapter 50: Diagnostic Imaging UNIT EIGHT: ASSISTING IN THERAPEUTICS Chapter 51: Principles of Pharmacology Chapter 52: Dosage Calculations Chapter 53: Medication Administration
Chapter 54: Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation Chapter 55: Nutrition and Health UNIT NINE: MEDICAL ASSISTING PRACTICE Chapter 57: Emergency Preparedness Chapter 58: Preparing for the World of Work APPENDIXES Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In Commonly-Used Medical Terms Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix III:Diseases and Disorders Appendix IV: The Electronic Health Record Glossary Credits Index
MEDICAL ASSISTING
Administrative and Clinical Procedures, 5th Edition Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming; Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Comm College and Terri D Wyman
2014 / 1504 pages ISBN: 9780073402321 ISBN: 9780077767907 (Loose Leaf Edition - For Adoption only) Available: January 2013 www.mhhe.com/BoothMA5e A Medical Assistant juggles many tasks and duties while on the job, and with Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures, you will learn all the skills needed to be a successful Medical Assistant! Now in its fifth edition, Medical Assisting: A PatientCentered Approach to Administrative and Clinical Competencies has been revamped to provide up-to-date comprehensive material for the medical assistant student focuses on preparing them to understand and master the Medical Assistant role. Acquainting the student with all aspects of the medical assisting profession, so they are ready to step out into the world of Medical Assisting. With newly added exercises, activities, and simulations, the fifth edition of Medical Assisting: A Patient- Centered Approach to Administrative and Clinical Competencies offers a robust learning experience! CONTENTS PART ONE: Introduction to Medical Assisting SECTION 1: Foundations and Principles Chapter 1: The Profession of Medical Assisting Chapter 2: Types of Medical Practice Chapter 3: Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including HIPAA Chapter 4: Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers PART TWO: Administrative Medical Assisting SECTION 1: Office Work Chapter 5: Using and Maintaining Office Equipment Chapter 6: Using Computers in the Office Chapter 7: Managing Correspondence and Mail Chapter 8: Managing Office Supplies Chapter 9: Maintaining Patient Records Chapter 10: Managing the Office Medical Records SECTION 2: Interacting with Patients Chapter 11: Telephone Techniques Chapter 12: Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s Schedule Chapter 13: Patient Reception
ALLIED HEALTH Chapter 14: Patient Education SECTION 3: Financial Responsibilities Chapter 15: Health Insurance Billing Procedures Chapter 16: Medical Coding Chapter 17: Patient Billing and Collections Chapter 18: Accounting for the Medical Office PART THREE: Clinical Medical Assisting SECTION 1: Anatomy & Physiology Chapter 19: Organization of the Body Chapter 20: The Integumentary System Chapter 21: The Skeletal System Chapter 22: The Muscular System Chapter 23: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 24: The Respiratory System Chapter 25: The Nervous System Chapter 26: The Urinary System Chapter 27: The Reproductive Systems Chapter 28: The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 29: The Digestive System Chapter 30: The Endocrine System Chapter 31: Special Senses SECTION 2: The Medical Office Environment Chapter 32: Principles of Asepsis Chapter 33: Infection Control Techniques Chapter 34: HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens Chapter 35: Preparing the Exam and Treatment Areas SECTION 3: Assisting with Patients Chapter 36: Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and Documentation Chapter 37: Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements Chapter 38: Assisting with a General Physical Examination SECTION 4: Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies Chapter 39: Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties Chapter 40: Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations Chapter 41: Assisting with Minor Surgery Chapter 42: Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation Chapter 43: Emergency Preparedness and First Aid Chapter 44: Complementary and Alternative Medicine SECTION 5: Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures Chapter 45: Laboratory Equipment and Safety Chapter 46: Introduction to Microbiology Chapter 47: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Urine Specimens Chapter 48: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens SECTION 6: Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment Chapter 49: Nutrition and Special Diets Chapter 50: Principles of Pharmacology Chapter 51: Drug Administration Chapter 52: Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing Chapter 53: X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology SECTION 7: Externship Chapter 54: Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a Position Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In CommonlyUsed Medical Terms Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Glossary
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR MEDICAL ASSISTING
5th Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming; Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Comm College and Terri D Wyman
2014 / 656 pages ISBN: 9780077656072 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/BoothMA5e CONTENTS Unit One: Medical Assisting as a Career Chapter 1: Introduction to Medical Assisting Chapter 2: Healthcare and the Healthcare team Chapter 3: Professionalism and Success Chapter 4: Interpersonal Communication Chapter 5: Legal and Ethical Issues Unit Two: Safety and the Environment Chapter 6: Basic Safety and Infection Control Chapter 7: Patient Reception Chapter 8: Office Equipment and Supplies Chapter 9: Examination and Treatment Areas Unit Three: Communication Chapter 10: Written and Electronic Documents Chapter 11: Medical Records and Documentation Chapter 12: Electronic Health Records Chapter 13: Telephone Techniques Chapter 14: Patient Education Unit Four: Administrative Procedures Chapter 15: Managing Medical Records Chapter 16: Schedule Management Chapter 17: Insurance and Billing Chapter 18: Diagnostic Coding Chapter 19: Procedure Coding Chapter 20: Patient Billing and Collections Chapter 21: Financial Management Unit Nine: Medical Assisting Practice Chapter 56: Practice Management Chapter 57: Emergency Preparedness Chapter 58: Preparing for the World of Work Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In Commonly-Used Medical Terms Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations Appendix III:Diseases and Disorders Appendix IV: The Electronic Health Record Glossary
67
68
ALLIED HEALTH ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND DISEASE FOR THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS
3rd Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia
2013 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073402222 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/boothapd3e Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and exercises for have also been included with this edition. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Concepts of the Human Body Chapter 2 Concepts of Chemistry Chapter 3 Concepts of Cells and Tissues Chapter 4 Concepts of Disease Chapter 5 Concepts of Microbiology Chapter 6 Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance Chapter 7 The Integumentary System Chapter 8 The Skeletal System Chapter 9 The Muscular System Chapter 10 Blood and Circulation Chapter 11 The Cardiovascular System Chapter 12 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems Chapter 13 The Respiratory System Chapter 14 The Nervous System Chapter 15 The Urinary System Chapter 16 The Male Reproductive System Chapter 17 The Female Reproductive System Chapter 18 Human Development Chapter 19 The Digestive System Chapter 20 Metabolic Function and Nutrition Chapter 21 The Endocrine System Chapter 22 Special Senses Appendix I Diseases and Disorders Appendix II Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used Medical Terms Appendix III Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Notations
4 The Skeletal System 5 The Muscular System 6 The Nervous System 7 The Nervous System—Senses 8 The Endocrine System 9 The Cardiovascular System—Blood 10 The Cardiovascular System—Heart and Vessels 11 The Lymphatic System 12 The Respiratory System 13 The Digestive System 14 The Excretory/Urinary System 15 The Male Reproductive System 16 The Female Reproductive System Appendixes A The Metric System B Nutrition Table C Spot Check Answers Glossary Index
ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING
A Workbook Readiness Approach
Helen Houser, Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute and Sandra Moaney-Wright
2012 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780077628413 (with Student DVD) Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/houseradminmedassist Students entering today’s medical office as employees must be ready to work. Administrative Medical Assisting by Houser prepares students to be workforce ready—prepared to work, understand and project professional behavior, and perform both technical and soft skills. Students will understand the most up-todate information, such as EHRs, Red Flag Rule, conversion from ICD-9-CM to ICD-10-CM, and be workforce ready. Using a onecolumn design with a larger typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier to read and comprehend. Houser also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing day-to-day activities required in the medical office. •
Workforce Readiness! Houser prepares students to enter the workforce as quality professionals. Features throughout the text include EHR Readiness, Practice Readiness, Professional Readiness, and Exam Readiness. A professional behavior rubric is available for instructors to assess students’ professionalism, including attire, etiquette, and ethics. Houser not only focuses on passing the exam, but being a quality and valued employee.
•
Readability and Engagement! Using a one-column design with a larger typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier for students to read and comprehend. The text includes numerous illustrations and photos to reinforce chapter content. Houser also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing day-to-day activities required in the medical office.
•
Electronic Health Records Activities! Included within Connect Plus and linked to specific chapters in the text are 33 EHR activities. Students need to have electronic documentation skills in order to get a job. Instructors and Medical Assisting Programs need to train their students to be prepared after certification
•
Totally Up-to-Date Content! Houser includes the most up-todate information in health care. It includes such hot topics as Electronic Health Records, the Red Flag Rule (avoiding identity theft), transitioning from ICD-9-CM coding to ICD-
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Foundations for the Health Professions Deborah Roiger, St Cloud Technical College
2013 / 688 pages ISBN: 9780073402123 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/roigerap A Balanced Approach to Anatomy and Physiology with the most robust digital resource in Connect Plus and a full-color Workbook. CONTENTS 1 The Basics 2 Levels of Organization of the Human Body 3 The Integumentary System
ALLIED HEALTH 10-CM coding, and valuable information on professional behavior. There is an entire chapter on asepsis. •
Working with the Health Care Team Boxes: introduction of various health care team roles and their interface with the administrative medical assistant
•
Major emphasis on professional behaviors in each chapter and a behavioral assessment rubric for instructors and students.
•
An entire chapter on the ICD-10
•
Appointment to Payment chapter, helps students to understand their many functions as an administrative medical assistant and how they “fit” in the integration and flow of the medical office.
•
Student Success Story: unit openers based on true experiences of graduates and their advice to current administrative medical assisting students
CONTENTS Unit I Foundations and Principles of Administrative Medical Assisting 1 Chapter 1 Medical Assisting as a Career 3 Chapter 2 Professional Behaviors 20 Chapter 3 The Health Care Team 34 Chapter 4 Professional Communication 59 Chapter 5 Patient Education 62 Unit II The Medical Office 71 Chapter 6 Law and Ethics in the Medical Office 73 Chapter 7 The Medical Office Environment 83 Chapter 8 Asepsis for Administrative Areas 89 Chapter 9 Administrative Technologies 91 Unit III Administrative Practices 95 Chapter 10 Patient Flow 99 Chapter 11 Telecommunications in the Health Care Setting 110 Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments 112 Chapter 13 Written Communications 115 Unit IV Medical Records 121 Chapter 14 Medical Records Management 123 Chapter 15 The Health Record 132 Chapter 16 Reports and Prescriptions 139 Unit V Financial Practices 145 Chapter 17 Insurance and Billing 147 Chapter 18 Medical Coding 156 Chapter 20 CPT/HCPCS 159 Chapter 21 Accounting Practices 189 Unit VI Practice Management 201 Chapter 22 The Role of the Practice Manager 217 Chapter 23 Human Resources 233 Unit VII Risk Management 221 Chapter 24 Quality Assurance 223 Chapter 25 Emergency Readiness 233 Unit VIII Workforce Readiness 235 Chapter 26 The Externship 237 Chapter 27 Employment Search 245
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND EHR
A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2012 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073374949 Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/pmehr
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical positions in a medical office. CONTENTS Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement Chapter 10 Claims Management Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections Part 5 Simulation
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MEDICAL CHARTING James Keogh
2013 / 208 pages ISBN: 9780071736541 Available: July 2012 A Schaum’s Title More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum’s to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum’s is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. This Schaum’s Outline gives you: •
300 review questions with answers
•
Comprehensive review of specialized topics such as patient rights, charting narcotics, medication administration workflow, and electronic prescriptions
•
Support for all the major textbooks for medical charting courses
CONTENTS 1. Charting basics 2. Legal Aspects of Charting 3. Charting and the Nursing Process 4. Care Plans 5. Charting for Acute Care 6. Charting for Home Care and Long Term Care 7. Computerized Charting 8. Transmitting and Securing Electronic Charts 9. Storage and Retrieving Electronic Charts 10. Computerize Charting and Controls
69
ALLIED HEALTH
70
Medical Billing and Coding
Shelley Safian, Herzing College
Chapter 17: Diseases of the Urinary System (N00-N99) Chapter 18: Coding Obstetrics and Gynecology (O00-O99) Chapter 19: Coding Congenital and Pediatric Conditions (P00-P96)(Q00-Q99) Chapter 20: Coding Injuries, Poisonings and Certain Other Consequences of External Causes [Including Burns] (S00-T88) Chapter 21: Factors Influencing Health Status and Contact With Health Services (Z00-Z99) Chapter 22: Hospital (Inpatient) Diagnosis Coding Chapter 23: Complete Diagnostic Coding Review
2016 / 704 pages ISBN: 9780078020704 Available: July 2015
*9780077862152*
*9780078020704*
NEW
THE COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS CODING BOOK
3rd Edition
MEDICAL CODING WORKBOOK FOR PHYSICIAN PRACTICES AND FACILITIES 2014-2015 EDITION
The Complete Diagnosis Coding Solution introduces students to the coding process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter writing style to sit side-by-side with the student and help them through learning to code. This book speaks directly to students with respect and helps them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an important new skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are included generously throughout the book to connect the reader with real life scenarios and to help them relate to the issues at hand NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Increased coverage of Anatomy & Physiology, as well as pharmacology, gives students the knowledge they need for ICD-10-CM coding
•
Several new chapters have been added to ensure detailed coverage of each body system.
•
Expanded coverage of ICD-10-CM guidelines help to prepare students for implementation of ICD-10 in October 2015
•
Chapter Reviews include brand new exercises, including Case Studies, to help students practice the skills they learn in each chapter
•
Connect Plus! McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future. Connect contains easy-to-use course management tools that allow instructors to spend less time administering and more time teaching. With Connect, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online. Students can practice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Diagnostic Coding Chapter 2: Introduction to the ICD-10-CM Chapter 3: General Guidelines and Notations Chapter 4: Coding Infectious Diseases (A00-B99) Chapter 5: Coding Neoplasms (C00-D49) Chapter 6: Coding Diseases of the Blood and Blood-Forming Organs and Certain Disorders Involving the Immune Mechanism (D50-D89) Chapter 7: Coding Conditions of the Endocrine and Metabolic Systems (E00-E89) Chapter 8: Mental and Behavioral Disorders (F01-F99) Chapter 9: Diseases of the Nervous System (G00-G99) Chapter 10: Diseases of the Eye and Adnexa (H00-H59) Chapter 11: Diseases of the Ear and Mastoid Process (H60-H95) Chapter 12: Coding Circulatory Conditions (I00-I99) Chapter 13: Coding Respiratory Conditions (J00-J99) Chapter 14: Coding Diseases of the Digestive System (K00-K94) Chapter 15: Coding Diseases of the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissues (L00-L99) Chapter 16: Coding Musculoskeletal Conditions (M00-M99)
NEW
7th Edition
Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc
2015 / 240 pages ISBN: 9780077862152 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/codingwkbk7e Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities, 2014-2015 Edition builds coding expertise by providing thorough practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and linkage. This supplementary workbook offers extensive opportunities for students to practice ICD-10-CM and ICD-10PCS(diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS (procedures) coding using the standard code reference manuals. Unique coding linkage coverage reviews and practices reporting diagnosis and procedures codes correctly together for compliant coding. The exercises build from one-line diagnostic/procedural statements to case studies. The Workbook also contains three comprehensive examinations covering ICD-10-CM,ICD-10-PCS, CPT/HCPCS, and Code Linkage topics. Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities, 2014-2015 Edition is designed to help users master the information needed to pass the coding certification exams and become employable. The precise and tightly focused nature of the workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students’ levels of coding proficiency. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and CPT codes.
•
Adoption of Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices & Facilities 2014-2015 allows for 21 days free access to CodeItRight Online, an experience with an Internet-based code assignment service.
CONTENTS Part 1 ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM Part 2 CPT and HCPCS Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient Services Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main Text Sections
ALLIED HEALTH MEDICAL CODING CERTIFICATION EXAM PREPARATION
A Comprehensive Guide
Cynthia Stewart, AAPC and Cynthia Ward, Medtech college
2014 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780077862053 Available: February 2013 www.mhhe.com/stewartcodingprep Medical Coding Certification Exam Preparation is the resource your students need to prepare for the CPC and other coding certification exams. It provides a comprehensive review of topics students need to know for these exams, including coverage of anatomy, medical terminology, pathophysiology, as well as concepts, guidelines, and rules of medical coding. Authors Cynthia Stewart and Cynthia Ward bring a fresh approach to exam prep based on their teaching experience and helping students prepare for certification exams. They provide the necessary tools to understand how to break each case down and translate services, procedures, and diagnoses into the most appropriate codes for reimbursement. CONTENTS Unit One: Fundamental Coding Guidelines Chapter One: The Certified Professional Coder Chapter Two: Foundations of ICD-9-CM Chapter Three: Foundations of ICD-10-CM Chapter Four: ICD Chapter-Specific Guidelines Chapter Five: Foundations of CPT Unit 1 Exam Unit Two: Coding for Evaluation and Management (E/M), Anesthesia, and Surgery Section Chapter Six: Evaluation and Management Chapter Seven: Anesthesia Chapter Eight: Surgery Section Unit 2 Exam Unit Three: Coding for Surgical Procedures on Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Respiratory, and Cardiovascular/Lymphatic Systems Chapter Nine: Surgery Section: Integumentary System Chapter Ten: Surgery Section: Musculoskeletal System Chapter Eleven: Surgery Section: Respiratory System Chapter Twelve: Surgery Section: Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems Unit 3 Exam Unit Four: Coding for Surgical Procedures on Digestive, Urinary, Male and Female Reproductive Systems, Maternity Care, Nervous System, and Eyes, Ears, and Endocrine System Chapter Thirteen: Surgery Section: Digestive System Chapter Fourteen: Surgery Section: Urinary System and Male Reproductive System Chapter Fifteen: Surgery Section: Female Reproductive System and Maternity Care and Delivery Chapter Sixteen: Surgery Section: Nervous System Chapter Seventeen: Surgery Section: Eyes, Ears, and Endocrine System Unit 4 Exam Unit Five: Coding for Radiology, Pathology/Laboratory, General Medicine, HCPCS Category II and III, and Practice Management Chapter Eighteen: Radiology Chapter Nineteen: Pathology/Laboratory Chapter Twenty: Medicine Chapter Twenty-One: HCPCS Level II: Category II and Category III Codes Chapter Twenty-Two: Practice Management Unit 5 Exam
Appendix A: Final Exam: ICD-9-CM Appendix B: Final Exam: ICD-10-CM Available at www. mcgrawhillcreate.com Glossary Credits Index
MEDICAL CODING FUNDAMENTALS Susan Goldsmith and Marc Leib
2013 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073374987 www.mhhe.com/goldsmith Medical Coding Fundamentals provides a fresh approach to medical coding that reflects the way real medical coders succeed in their jobs. An introductory chapter refreshes students on the basics of A&P and medical terminology. Authentic examples clearly illustrate key areas, from the basics of CPT, ICD and HCPCS through complex topics such as modifiers and E/M. In order to train students to become proficient, accurate coders who are wellprepared to take the steps towards coding c2ertification, exercises throughout each chapter and the entire final chapter provide plenty of coding practice, as well as critical thinking to prepare the next generation of coders. Don’t worry about ICD-10, either. Medical Coding Fundamentals tackles the transition head on, providing you with just the right blend of coverage. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Medical Terminology, Anatomy, And Physiology PART I: ICD-9-CM AND ICD-10-CM Chapter 2: Introduction To ICD-9-CM Chapter 3: ICD-9-CM Chapter-Specific Guidelines, Part I: Chapters 1-10 Coding Diseases and Disorders, Chapters 1-3 Chapter 1: Infectious and Parasitic Diseases (001-139) Chapter 2: Neoplasm (140-239) Chapter 3: Endocrine, Nutritional, and Metabolic Diseases and Immunity Disorders (240-279) Coding Diseases and Disorders, Chapters 4-6 Chapter 4: Diseases of Blood and Blood-forming Organs (280289) Chapter 5: Mental Disorders (290-319) Chapter 6: Diseases of Nervous System and Sense Organs (320389) Coding Diseases, Chapters 7-8 Chapter 7: Diseases of the Circulatory System (390-459) Chapter 8: Diseases of the Respiratory System (460-519) Coding Diseases, Chapters 9-10 Chapter 9: Diseases of the Digestive System (520-579) Chapter 10: Diseases of the Genitourinary System (580-629) Chapter 4: ICD-9-CM Chapter-Specific Guidelines, Part II: Chapters 11-19 Coding Conditions and Complications of Pregnancy, Chapter 11 Chapter 11: Pregnancy, Childbirth and the Puerperium (630-679) Coding Diseases, Chapters 12-13 Chapter 12: Diseases of Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue (680-709) Chapter 13: Diseases of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue (710-739) Coding Abnormalities and Unusual Conditions, Chapters 14-17 Chapter 14: Congenital Anomalies (740-750) Chapter 15: Certain Conditions Originating in the Perinatal Period (760-779) Chapter 16: Symptoms, Signs, and Ill-Defined Conditions (780799) Chapter 17: Injury and Poisoning (800-999)
71
72
ALLIED HEALTH V-Codes and E-Codes, Chapters 18-19 Chapter 18: Supplemental Classification of Factors Influencing Health Status and Contact With Health Services (V01-V91) Chapter 19: Supplemental Classification of External Causes of Injury and Poisoning (E000-E030, E800-E999) Chapter 5: Introduction To ICD-10-CM Part II: CPT and HCPCS Chapter 6: Introduction To CPT Chapter 7: Modifiers Chapter 8: Evaluation And Management Services, Part I: Structure And Guidance Chapter 9: Evaluation And Management Services, Part II: Code Selection Chapter 10: Anesthesia Services Chapter 11: Radiology Services Chapter 12: Surgical Procedures Chapter 13: Pathology And Laboratory Services Chapter 14: Medicine Services Chapter 15: HCPCS Part III: Practicum Chapter 16: Putting It All Together
12. Mental and Behavioral Disorders 13. Nervous System and Sense Organs 14. Circulatory System 15. Respiratory System 16. Digestive System 17. Genitourinary System 18. Pregnancy, Childbirth, and the Puerperium 19. Conditions Originating in the Newborn (Perinatal) Period 20. Congenital Malformations, Deformations, and Chromosomal Abnormalities 21. Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue 22. Musculoskeletal and Connective Tissue 23. Injury, Poisoning, and Certain Other Consequences of External Causes 24. External Causes of Injury, Poisoning, and Morbidity Part III: Introduction to Medical Procedure Coding 25. Procedural Coding System Formats and Conventions 26. ICD-9-CM Volume 3 Part IV: ICD-10-PCS Coding 27. ICD-10-PCS Structure, Format, and Table Conventions 28. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part I: Sections 0-4 29. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part II: Sections 5-9 30. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part III: Sections B-H
MEDICAL CODING
Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Leah Grebner, Midstate College and Angela Suarez, National College
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073402215 Available: February 2012 www.mhhe.com/grebner Don’t fear the transition to ICD-10. Understand it. Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS is a comprehensive walkthrough of the new ICD-10-CM and ICD-10PCS coding systems for coders in every part of healthcare. It covers the fundamentals of medical coding, billing, and documentation, essential to understanding the importance of code selection. Indepth chapters on body systems, signs and symptoms, injuries, and health status provide the full picture of diagnosis coding, preparing coders for ICD-10’s new guidelines, terminology, and sequencing. Chapters on the brand-new format of ICD-10-PCS have you covered for the evolution in hospital coding. Looking for even more practice? Don’t miss the Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10 Edition (Newby). It spotlights the basics of ICD-10 coding and provides many opportunities for practice and mastery. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to Medical Coding 1. History and Evolution of the International Classification of Diseases 2. Diagnosis Coding System Formats and Conventions 3. Data and Billing Basics 4. Elements of Medical Documentation 5. Translating Documentation to Codes Part II: ICD-10-CM 6. Signs, Symptoms, and Abnormal Clinical and Laboratory Findings 7. Factors Influencing Health Status and Contact with Health Service 8. Infectious and Parasitic Diseases 9. Neoplasms 10. Endocrine, Nutritional, and Metabolic Diseases 11. Blood and Blood Forming Organs Plus Certain Disorders Involving the Immune Mechanism
ETHICS IN MEDICAL CODING
Theory and Practice Brad Hart
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073374932 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/codingethics Ethics in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice addresses the challenging topics of ethics and compliance in medical coding, billing, and health information management. From choosing a diagnosis or procedure code to navigating payer requirements and installing an EHR system, this text’s down-to-earth style explains potential ethical dilemmas and offers practical methods for solving them. Case studies and exercises throughout each chapter provide opportunities to go beyond the theory. Chapters on compliance programs, health care reform, EHR, and ICD-10 ensure that you’ll be prepared to navigate the ethical challenges ahead. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Defining Coding: The Accurate Reporting of Medical Services PART 1: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ETHICS Chapter 2: Ethics and the Importance of Ethical Systems Chapter 3: Why Ethical Dilemmas Occur PART 2: ETHICS IN CODING Chapter 4: Coding, Ethics, and Third-Party Financing Chapter 5: Evaluation and Management Services Chapter 6: Surgical and Procedural Services Chapter 7: Diagnosis Codes Chapter 8: Coding Ethics and ICD-10 Chapter 9: Coding Ethics and the Revenue Cycle Chapter 10: Coding Ethics and Certification Entities Chapter 11: New Issues in Coding Ethics PART 3: APPLYING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES Chapter 12: Avoiding Ethical Problems Chapter 13: Resolving Ethical Problems When They Occur
ALLIED HEALTH MEDICAL CODING WORKBOOK FOR PHYSICIAN PRACTICES AND FACILITIES
Glossary Index
Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises Inc
COMPLETE PROCEDURE CODING BOOK
ICD-10 Edition
2013 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780073511047 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/codingwkbkICD10 Master the coding skills needed to pass coding certification exams with this precise and tightly focused workbook that provides practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and linkage. Building on the success of previous editions, Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10 Edition focuses on the transition to ICD-10-CM in an expanded Part 1, which includes a basic introduction to ICD-10 concepts and terminology. Gauge students’ coding proficiency with ease. Enhance any medical coding or medical insurance textbook with this highly praised solution! To learn more, visit http://www.mhhe. com/codingwkbkICD10. CONTENTS Part 1 ICD-10-CM Part 2 CPT and HCPCS Part 3 Auditing Linkage and Compliance Appendix A ICD-10-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient Services Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main Text Sections
THE COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS CODING BOOK
2nd Edition
Shelley Safian, Herzing College
2012 / 432 pages ISBN: 9780073374512 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/safian2e The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book introduces students to the coding process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter writing style to sit side-by-side with the student and help them through learning to code. This book speaks directly to students with respect and helps them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an important new skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are salted generously throughout the book to connect the reader with real life scenarios and to help them relate to the issues at hand. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Diagnostic Coding Chapter 2: Introduction to the ICD-9-CM Book and Its Codes Chapter 3: General Guidelines and Notations Chapter 4: Coding Cirdulatory Conditions Chapter 5: Coding Neoplasms Chapter 6: Coding Poisoning and Adverse Reactions Chapter 7: Coding Burns Chapter 8: Coding Orthopedics Chapter 9: Coding Obstetrics and Gynecology Chapter 10: Coding Congenital and Perinatal Conditions Chapter 11: Coding Infectious Diseases Chapter 12: Coding Diabetes Mellitus Chapter 13: Coding Respiratory Conditions Chapter 14: You Code It! Practice & Simulation Chapter 15: Coding Using ICD-10-CM--An Introduction
2nd Edition
Shelley Safian, Herzing College
2012 / 660 pages ISBN: 9780073374505 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/safian2e The Complete Procedure Coding Book introduces students to the coding process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter writing style to sit side-by-side with the student and bring them through learning to code. This book speaks directly to students with respect and helps them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an important new skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are salted generously throughout the book to connect the reader with real life scenarios and to help them relate to the issues at hand. CONTENTS PART 1. CPT Chapter 1. Legal and Ethical Issues Chapter 2. Introduction to Coding and CPT Chapter 3. Introduction to CPT Modifiers Chapter 4. Evaluation and Management Codes, Part 1: Key Components Chapter 5. Evaluation and Management Codes, Part 2: Preventive Medicine, Long-Term Care Services, Critical Care, and Modifiers Chapter 6. Anesthesia Coding Chapter 7. Surgery Coding, Part 1: The Global Surgical Package, Surgical Modifiers, and Surgery Guidelines–Integumentary System Chapter 8. Surgery Coding, Part 2: Surgery Guidelines– Musculoskeletal, Respiratory, Cardiovascular, Digestive, Urinary, Genital, Nervous, Visual, and Auditory Systems Chapter 9. Radiology Coding Chapter 10. Pathology and Laboratory Coding Chapter 11. Medicine Coding Chapter 12. Category II and Category III Coding PART 2. HCPCS LEVEL II Chapter 13. HCPCS Level II Coding: Introduction and Guidelines Chapter 14. Coding Medical Supplies, Durable Medical Equipment, Pharmaceutical, and Ambulance & Other Transportation Services Chapter 15. HCPCS Level II Modifiers PART 3. ICD-9-CM VOLUME 3 Chapter 16. ICD-9-CM Volume 3 Procedure Codes PART 4. PRACTICUM Chapter 17. Procedure Coding Practicum Appendix A. Forms Appendix B. ICD-10-PCS Glossary Index
73
74
ALLIED HEALTH YOU CODE IT!
Medical Insurance
Abstracting Case Studies Practicum, 2nd Edition Shelley Safian, Herzing College
2012 / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073374529 Available: January 2011
*9780077862152*
MEDICAL CODING WORKBOOK FOR PHYSICIAN PRACTICES AND FACILITIES 2014-2015 EDITION
www.mhhe.com/safian2e You Code It! Abstracting Case Studies Practicum provides extensive coding practice for students to expand their training and experience. The case studies and patient records provide exercises and sample patient records for more than 25 specialties for focused coding practice. In addition, students can use this book for preparation to sit for a national certification exam or going to a job interview. This workbook provides extensive, hands-on practice for learning to code. The cases in this book are real patient charts (redacted) from physicians’ offices and hospitals in different parts of the country. It is a student-friendly workbook presenting case studies for the practice of abstracting health care professionals’ documentation and accurately translating the facts into the best, most accurate codes. CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1: How to Abstract Notes Chapter 2: Allergy and Immunology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 3: Cardiology and Cardiovascular Cases and Patient Records Chapter 4: Dentistry Cases and Patient Records Chapter 5: Dermatology and Burns Cases and Patient Records Chapter 6: Emergency Services Cases and Patient Records Chapter 7: Endocrinology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 8: Family Practice Cases and Patient Records Chapter 9: Gastroenterology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 10: Gerontology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 11: Neonatal and Pediatrics Cases and Patient Records Chapter 12: Neurology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 13: Obstetrics and Gynecology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 14: Oncology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 15: Ophthalmology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 16: Orthopedics Cases and Patient Records Chapter 17: Otolaryngology Cases and Patient Records Chapter 18: Pathology and Laboratory Cases and Patient Records Chapter 19: Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Cases and Patient Records Chapter 20: Podiatry Cases and Patient Records Chapter 21: Psychiatric Cases and Patient Records Chapter 22: Pulmonary and Respiratory Cases and Patient Records Chapter 23: Radiology and Nuclear Medicine Cases and Patient Records Chapter 24: Urology, Nephrology, and Men’s Health Cases and Patient Records Chapter 25: Alternative Medicine: Acupuncture, Chiropractics, and Physical Therapy Cases and Patient Records
NEW
7th Edition
Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc
2015 / 240 pages ISBN: 9780077862152 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/codingwkbk7e Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities, 2014-2015 Edition builds coding expertise by providing thorough practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and linkage. This supplementary workbook offers extensive opportunities for students to practice ICD-10-CM and ICD-10PCS(diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS (procedures) coding using the standard code reference manuals. Unique coding linkage coverage reviews and practices reporting diagnosis and procedures codes correctly together for compliant coding. The exercises build from one-line diagnostic/procedural statements to case studies. The Workbook also contains three comprehensive examinations covering ICD-10-CM,ICD-10-PCS, CPT/HCPCS, and Code Linkage topics. Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities, 2014-2015 Edition is designed to help users master the information needed to pass the coding certification exams and become employable. The precise and tightly focused nature of the workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students’ levels of coding proficiency. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and CPT codes.
•
Adoption of Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices & Facilities 2014-2015 allows for 21 days free access to CodeItRight Online, an experience with an Internet-based code assignment service.
CONTENTS Part 1 ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM Part 2 CPT and HCPCS Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient Services Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main Text Sections
ALLIED HEALTH Web sites, conduct a subject search as needed to help you answer the questions that follow each activity.
Medical Law & Ethics
*9780073513836*
•
FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF... This feature opens each chapter with a real-life experience related to the main topic of the chapter. Health care practitioners in various locations throughout the United States describe problems or situations they encounter relevant to the material discussed in the chapter.
•
CHECK YOUR PROGRESS: Presented throughout the chapter to allow students to test their comprehension on sections of the chapter as they progress through it.
•
COURT CASE: Each case summarizes a law suit that illustrates points made in the chapter. Students are encouraged to determine why the court made its particular ruling and to consider the relevance of the case to their health care specialty area. The legal citations at the end of each court case indicate where to find the complete text of a case. “Landmark” cases are those that established ongoing precedent.
•
VIDEOS:CH 1:Cousin of a medical professional asks for drug samples.CH 2:Medical assistant is tempted to look at her boyfriend’s boss’s file and disclose the contents.CH 3:Medical professional decides whether to skip wearing gloves to expedite treatment.CH 4:Medical professional lectures a young unmarried pregnant woman.CH 5:Certified nursing assistant is pressured by a teacher to re-insert a student’s catheter.CH 6:Phlebotomist discovers that she has drawn blood for the wrong test.CH 7:Non-English speaking patient comes into the clinic but does not allow anyone to examine or treat her.CH 8:RN’s wife discovers that a family member has been treated by him and wants to know the details.CH 9:Physician must decide whether to report the wounds of a possible abuse victim.CH 10:Lab tech discovers a series of skewed blood test results and must decide whether to report them.CH 11:Couple demands genetic testing of their unborn child.CH 12:PA asks a grieving mother to harvest her dead son’s organs for transplant.CH 13:Doctor tries to convince a patient to use a radical new treatment.
NEW
LAW & ETHICS FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS
7th Edition
Karen Judson and Carlene Harrison, Hodges University
2016 / 432 pages ISBN: 9780073513836 Available: January 2015 Law and Ethics for Health Professions explains how to navigate the numerous legal and ethical issues that health care professionals face every day. Topics are based upon real-world scenarios and dilemmas from a variety of health care practitioners. Through the presentation of Learning Outcomes, Key Terms, From the Perspective of, Ethics Issues, Chapter Reviews, Case Studies, Internet Activities, Court Cases, and Video Vignettes, students learn about legal and ethical problems and situations that health care professions currently face. In the seventh edition, chapters 3 and 8 have been substantially revised to reflect changes in today’s health care world. Students also use critical thinking skills to learn how to resolve real-life situations and theoretical scenarios and to decide how legal and ethical issues are relevant to the health care profession in which they will practice. Law & Ethics is available with McGraw-Hill Education’s revolutionary adaptive learning technology, LearnSmart and SmartBook! You can study smarter, spending your valuable time on topics you don’t know and less time on the topics you have already mastered. Join the learning revolution and achieve the success you deserve today! NEW TO THIS EDITION •
LEARNING OUTCOMES: The learning outcomes describe the basic knowledge that should be acquired by studying the Chapter.
•
KEY TERMS: This alphabetic list presents important vocabulary terms found in the Chapter. Students should be familiar with all key terms after reading each chapter. The terms are printed in boldface type throughout the chapter and definitions are presented in a special column next to the first presentation of a key term.
•
ETHICS ISSUES: This feature at the end of each chapter is based on interviews conducted with ethics counselors within the professional organizations for health care practitioners and interviews with bioethics experts. The discussion questions are derived from real-life experiences and ethical dilemmas and will help students clarify their personal ethical viewpoint concerning each situation.
•
CHAPTER REVIEW: Each chapter review includes Applying Your Knowledge questions that evaluate students’ understanding of important chapter concepts and reinforce the learning outcomes.
•
CASE STUDIES: Each case study is presented to help students practice critical thinking skills and use knowledge gained from the chapter to decide how to resolve the real-life situations or theoretical scenarios presented.
•
INTERNET ACTIVITIES: Each activity includes exercises that are designed to increase knowledge about topics related to the chapter material and to gain expertise in using the Internet as a research tool. Keep a resource notebook to record useful Web sites as they are found. To locate new
CONTENTS PART 1 THE FOUNDATIONS OF LAW AND ETHICS Chapter 1 Introduction to Law and Ethics Chapter 2 Making Ethical Decisions Chapter 3 The Health Care Team Chapter 4 Law, the Courts, and Contracts PART 2 LEGAL ISSUES FOR WORKING HEALTH PRACTITIONERS Chapter 5 Professional Liability and Medical Malpractice Chapter 6 Defenses to Liability Suits Chapter 7 Medical Records and Informed Consent Chapter 8 Privacy, Security, and Fraud PART 3 PROFESSIONAL, SOCIAL, AND INTERPERSONAL HEALTH CARE ISSUES Chapter 9 Physicians’ Public Duties and Responsibilities Chapter 10 Workplace Legalities Chapter 11 The Beginning of Life and Childhood Chapter 12 Death and Dying Chapter 13 Health Care Trends and Forecasts Apprendix 1 State Medical Boards Appendix 2 Health Care Professional Organizations Appendix 3 Associations for Major Diseases Glossary Photo Credits Court Cases in Alphabetical Order Index Court Cases by Subject Index
75
ALLIED HEALTH
76
Medical Office Procedures
*9780077862039*
ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL ASSISTING A WORKFORCE READINESS APPROACH NEW
MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES
8th Edition
Nenna L Bayes, Karonne Becklin and Bonnie J Crist
2015 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780077862039 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/bayes8e Thoroughly revised and updated, Medical Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and describes the tasks of a medical office assistant’s career; teaches records management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and describes procedures for preparing patients’ charts and bills. Practice management, electronic health records, and finances are also addressed. Multiday simulations provide real-world experience with physician dictation. Managerial skills are also included.
Helen Houser, Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming; Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute and Sandra Moaney-Wright
2012 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780077628413 (with Student DVD) Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/houseradminmedassist Students entering today’s medical office as employees must be ready to work. Administrative Medical Assisting by Houser prepares students to be workforce ready—prepared to work, understand and project professional behavior, and perform both technical and soft skills. Students will understand the most up-todate information, such as EHRs, Red Flag Rule, conversion from ICD-9-CM to ICD-10-CM, and be workforce ready. Using a onecolumn design with a larger typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier to read and comprehend. Houser also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing day-to-day activities required in the medical office. •
Workforce Readiness! Houser prepares students to enter the workforce as quality professionals. Features throughout the text include EHR Readiness, Practice Readiness, Professional Readiness, and Exam Readiness. A professional behavior rubric is available for instructors to assess students’ professionalism, including attire, etiquette, and ethics. Houser not only focuses on passing the exam, but being a quality and valued employee.
•
Readability and Engagement! Using a one-column design with a larger typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier for students to read and comprehend. The text includes numerous illustrations and photos to reinforce chapter content. Houser also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing day-to-day activities required in the medical office.
•
Electronic Health Records Activities! Included within Connect Plus and linked to specific chapters in the text are 33 EHR activities. Students need to have electronic documentation skills in order to get a job. Instructors and Medical Assisting Programs need to train their students to be prepared after certification
•
Totally Up-to-Date Content! Houser includes the most up-todate information in health care. It includes such hot topics as Electronic Health Records, the Red Flag Rule (avoiding identity theft), transitioning from ICD-9-CM coding to ICD10-CM coding, and valuable information on professional behavior. There is an entire chapter on asepsis.
•
Working with the Health Care Team Boxes: introduction of various health care team roles and their interface with the administrative medical assistant
•
Major emphasis on professional behaviors in each chapter and a behavioral assessment rubric for instructors and students.
•
An entire chapter on the ICD-10
•
Appointment to Payment chapter, helps students to understand their many functions as an administrative medical assistant and how they “fit” in the integration and flow of the medical office.
•
Student Success Story: unit openers based on true experiences of graduates and their advice to current administrative medical assisting students
NEW TO THIS EDITION •
NEW Simulated Medisoft v17 Exercises Medisoft v17 practice management exercises are now simulated in Connect Plus, McGraw-Hill’s online assessment and assignment product. No software installation required.
•
Chapter 3 on Communication has been split into two chapters (“Verbal & Nonverbal” and “Phone, Mail, and Scheduling”) to accommodate more detailed information.
•
Coding chapter has been updated to include most current ICD-10-CM codes. (ICD-9 information will be available on the Online Learning Center.
•
Several Projects have been added or updated to incorporate more student practice and exposure to a wider variety of skills and tasks.
CONTENTS Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant’s Career Chapter 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant Chapter 2 Medical Ethics, Law, and Compliance Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities Chapter 3 Office Communications: An Overview of Written and Verbal Communication Chapter 4 Office Communications: Phone, Scheduling, and Mail Chapter 5 Managing Health Information Chapter 6 Office Management Part 3 Practice Financials Chapter 7 Insurance and Coding Chapter 8 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections Chapter 9 Practice Finances Part 4 Preparing for Employment Chapter 10 Preparing for Employment in the Medical Office
CONTENTS Unit I Foundations and Principles of Administrative Medical
ALLIED HEALTH Assisting 1 Chapter 1 Medical Assisting as a Career 3 Chapter 2 Professional Behaviors 20 Chapter 3 The Health Care Team 34 Chapter 4 Professional Communication 59 Chapter 5 Patient Education 62 Unit II The Medical Office 71 Chapter 6 Law and Ethics in the Medical Office 73 Chapter 7 The Medical Office Environment 83 Chapter 8 Asepsis for Administrative Areas 89 Chapter 9 Administrative Technologies 91 Unit III Administrative Practices 95 Chapter 10 Patient Flow 99 Chapter 11 Telecommunications in the Health Care Setting 110 Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments 112 Chapter 13 Written Communications 115 Unit IV Medical Records 121 Chapter 14 Medical Records Management 123 Chapter 15 The Health Record 132 Chapter 16 Reports and Prescriptions 139 Unit V Financial Practices 145 Chapter 17 Insurance and Billing 147 Chapter 18 Medical Coding 156 Chapter 20 CPT/HCPCS 159 Chapter 21 Accounting Practices 189 Unit VI Practice Management 201 Chapter 22 The Role of the Practice Manager 217 Chapter 23 Human Resources 233 Unit VII Risk Management 221 Chapter 24 Quality Assurance 223 Chapter 25 Emergency Readiness 233 Unit VIII Workforce Readiness 235 Chapter 26 The Externship 237 Chapter 27 Employment Search 245
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND EHR
A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
2012 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073374949 Available: February 2011 www.mhhe.com/pmehr Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical positions in a medical office.
Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement Chapter 10 Claims Management Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections Part 5 Simulation
Medical Terminology
*9780073402314*
ACQUIRING MEDICAL LANGUAGE Steven Jones, Houston Baptist University; Andrew Cavanagh
2016 / 960 pages ISBN: 9780073402314 Available: January 2015 Most medical terminology texts present the roots on one page, body system on one page, and a list of related anatomical terms on the next. The result is students fail to make connections and end up approaching the course as a never-ending series of lists to be memorized. Acquiring Medical Language is language focused. It introduces students to roots with illustrations of body systems and surrounds that information with term blocks that include specific word roots, examples containing that root, and some interesting facts to make the information more memorable. This exposes students to all the relevant information (the root, its meaning, its use), so they see how it relates to the other roots in the context of the body system. Each chapter of AML also is structured around the S.O.A.P framework. S.O.A.P stands for the four general parts of a medical note: Subjective, Objective, Assessment and Plan. After introducing the student to the important roots and the medical terms relevant to the body system, the roots are presented using the SOAP note as an organizational framework. Terms are presented to students under the following learning objectives: S – Subjective – Patient History, Problems, Complaints O – Objective – Observation and Discovery A – Assessment – Diagnosis and Pathology P – Plan – Treatments and Therapies FEATURES •
Connect Plus! McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future. Connect contains easy-to-use course management tools that allow instructors to spend less time administering and more time teaching. With Connect, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online. Students can practice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule. Connect Plus for Acquiring Medical Language 7e features a wide variety of exercise types, including audio / pronunciation, multiple choice, matching, labeling, classification, sequencing, documentation, and more
•
LearnSmart and SmartBook! LearnSmart uses revolutionary adaptive technology to build a learning experience unique to each student’s individual needs. It starts by identifying the topics a student knows and does not know. As the student progresses, LearnSmart adapts and adjusts the content based on his or her individual strengths, weaknesses and
CONTENTS Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II
NEW
77
ALLIED HEALTH
78
confidence, ensuring that every minute spent studying with LearnSmart is the most efficient and productive study time possible. SmartBook is the first and only adaptive reading experience designed to change the way students read and learn. It creates a personalized reading experience by highlighting the most impactful concepts a student needs to learn at that moment in time. As a student engages with SmartBook, the reading experience continuously adapts by highlighting content based on what the student knows and doesn’t know. This ensures that the focus is on the content he or she needs to learn, while simultaneously promoting long-term retention of material •
Wide variety of end-of-section review exercises within each chapter give students plenty of opportunity to practice and apply the language skills they learn in each section
•
Tables within each chapter provide a streamlined and straightforward way for students to learn medical terminology, including pronunciation, definition, and word analysis of each term.
•
Robust line art and photos provide students with a visual context to reinforce the information presented in each chapter
CONTENTS 1.Introduction to Medical Language 2.Introduction to Health Records 3.Integumentary System – Dermatology 4.Musculoskeletal System – Orthopedics 5.Nervous System – Neurology 6.The Sensory System – Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology 7.Endocrine System – Endocrinology 8.Blood & Lymphatic Systems – Hematology & Immunology 9.Cardiovascular System – Cardiology 10.The Gastrointestinal System – Gastroenterology 11.Respiratory System – Pulmonology 12.Urinary System – Urology 13.Female Reproductive System – Gynecology, Obstetrics and Neonatology
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN HEALTH CARE
3rd Edition
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
2014 / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780073513720 Available: January 2013 www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage3e Medical Language for Modern Health Care, third Edition, uses a Contextual Learning approach to introduce medical terminology within a healthcare environment. Chapters are broken into lessons that present and define terminology through the context of A & P, pathology, as well as clinical and diagnostic procedures. The text is setup in a way that covers one topic at a time, offering contextual content, tables, and exercises all in one place. Word Analysis and Definition Tables provide a color-coded guide to word parts and combining forms, as well as definitions and pronunciations. Now featuring newly added chapters covering Geriatrics, Oncology, Radiology, and Pharmacology. With unfolding patient case studies and documentation, students are introduced to various roles in the healthcare environment, illustrating the real-life application of medical terminology CONTENTS Welcome/FM
1. Roots and Combining Forms 2. Suffixes and Prefixes 3. Word Analysis and Communication 4. The Body as a Whole 5. Digestive System 6. Urinary System 7. Male Reproductive System 8. Female Reproductive System 9. Nervous System 10. Cardiovascular System 11. Blood 12. Lymphatic and Immune System 13. Respiratory System 14. Musculoskeletal System 15. Integumentary System 16. Special Senses of the Eye and Ear 17. Endrocrine System 18. Mental Health 19. Geriatrics (NEW) 20. Cancer (Oncology) (NEW) 21. Radiology and Nuclear Medicine (NEW) 22. Pharmacology (NEW)
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
A Programmed Approach, 2nd Edition Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, Western Dakota Tech Institute
2013 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073402246 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/bw2e The second edition of Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach has been completely updated and redesigned, but the purpose of the text has not changed. The authors of this book, Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, have invested their time, research, and talents to help you succeed in learning medical terminology. Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is designed to direct your study of medical terminology by guiding you through an organized approach to step-by-step learning. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Learning Terminology Chapter 2: Word Roots Chapter 3: Prefixes Chapter 4: Suffixes Chapter 5: The Human Body Chapter 6: Skin and Body Membranes Chapter 7: The Musculoskeletal System Chapter 8: The Nervous System Chapter 9: Special Senses Chapter 10: The Endocrine System Chapter 11: Blood Chapter 12: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 13: The Lymphatic System Chapter 14: The Respiratory System Chapter 15: The Digestive System Chapter 16: The Urinary System Chapter 17: The Reproductive System Appendix A: Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B: Medical Errors and Abbreviations Appendix C: Laboratory Testing and Normal Reference Values Appendix D: English/Spanish Glossary Appendix E: Spanish/English Glossary Answer Key Credits Index
ALLIED HEALTH Medical Terminology Concepts
ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL LANGUAGE
2nd Edition
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
*9780073513799*
NEW
ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL LANGUAGE
3rd Edition
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
2016 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073513799 Available: June 2015 (Details unavailable at press time)
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
A Programmed Approach, 2nd Edition Paula Bostwick
2013 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073402246 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/bw2e The second edition of Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach has been completely updated and redesigned, but the purpose of the text has not changed. The authors of this book, Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, have invested their time, research, and talents to help you succeed in learning medical terminology. Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is designed to direct your study of medical terminology by guiding you through an organized approach to step-by-step learning. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Learning Terminology Chapter 2: Word Roots Chapter 3: Prefixes Chapter 4: Suffixes Chapter 5: The Human Body Chapter 6: Skin and Body Membranes Chapter 7: The Musculoskeletal System Chapter 8: The Nervous System Chapter 9: Special Senses Chapter 10: The Endocrine System Chapter 11: Blood Chapter 12: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 13: The Lymphatic System Chapter 14: The Respiratory System Chapter 15: The Digestive System Chapter 16: The Urinary System Chapter 17: The Reproductive System Appendix A: Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B: Medical Errors and Abbreviations Appendix C: Laboratory Testing and Normal Reference Values Appendix D: English/Spanish Glossary Appendix E: Spanish/English Glossary Answer Key Credits Index
2012 / 624 pages ISBN: 9780073374611 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/AllanEss2e Master medical terminology with every turn of the page! Essentials of Medical Language, 2e, presents new medical terminology to students in manageable quantities via short lessons and a 2-page spread format. This edition offers a completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more focused art and revised table of contents. Students will feel a new sense of engagement and motivation through Case Reports and a wide variety of exercises throughout the chapters. As a final improvement to this textbook, professors will discover a total revamp from top to bottom, providing them with text that is shorter and stronger, larger imaging, better chapter sequence, updated learning objectives, and more questions and exercises for students to practice. CONTENTS Chapter 1--The Anatomy of Word Construction: The Essential Elements of the Language of Medicine Chapter 2--The Body as a Whole: The Essentials of the Language of Anatomy Chapter 3--The Integumentary System: The Essentials of the Language of Dermatology Chapter 4--The Skeletal System: The Essentials of the Language of Orthopedics Chapter 5--Muscles and Tendons: The Essentials of the Languages of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation Chapter 6--Cardiovascular and Circulatory Systems: The Essentials of the Language of Cardiology Chapter 7--The Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems: The Essentials of the Languages of Hematology and Immunology Chapter 8--Respiratory System: The Essentials of the Language of Pulmonology Chapter 9--The Digestive System: The Essentials of the Language of Gastroenterology Chapter 10--The Nervous System and Mental Health: The Essentials of the Languages of Neurology and Psychiatry Chapter 11--Special Senses of the Eye and Ear: The Essentials of the Languages of Ophthalmology and Otology Chapter 12--The Endocrine System: The Essentials of the Language of Endocrinology Chapter 13--The Urinary System: The Essentials of the Language of Urology Chapter 14--The Male Reproductive System: The Essentials of the Language of the Male Reproductive System Chapter 15--The Female Reproductive System: The Essentials of the Language of Gynecology and Obstetrics Appendix A: Word Parts and Abbreviations Appendix B: Diagnostic and £ erapeutic Procedure Appendix C: Pharmacology Glossary Credits Index
79
80
ALLIED HEALTH Medical Terminology Comprehensive
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN HEALTH CARE
Medical Terminology Programmed Approach
3rd Edition
*9780073513799*
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL LANGUAGE
NEW
2014 / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780073513720 Available: January 2013
3rd Edition
www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage3e
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
Medical Language for Modern Health Care, third Edition, uses a Contextual Learning approach to introduce medical terminology within a healthcare environment. Chapters are broken into lessons that present and define terminology through the context of A & P, pathology, as well as clinical and diagnostic procedures. The text is setup in a way that covers one topic at a time, offering contextual content, tables, and exercises all in one place. Word Analysis and Definition Tables provide a color-coded guide to word parts and combining forms, as well as definitions and pronunciations. Now featuring newly added chapters covering Geriatrics, Oncology, Radiology, and Pharmacology. With unfolding patient case studies and documentation, students are introduced to various roles in the healthcare environment, illustrating the real-life application of medical terminology
2016 / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073513799 Available: June 2015
CONTENTS Welcome/FM 1. Roots and Combining Forms 2. Suffixes and Prefixes 3. Word Analysis and Communication 4. The Body as a Whole 5. Digestive System 6. Urinary System 7. Male Reproductive System 8. Female Reproductive System 9. Nervous System 10. Cardiovascular System 11. Blood 12. Lymphatic and Immune System 13. Respiratory System 14. Musculoskeletal System 15. Integumentary System 16. Special Senses of the Eye and Ear 17. Endrocrine System 18. Mental Health 19. Geriatrics (NEW) 20. Cancer (Oncology) (NEW) 21. Radiology and Nuclear Medicine (NEW) 22. Pharmacology (NEW)
The second edition of Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach has been completely updated and redesigned, but the purpose of the text has not changed. The authors of this book, Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, have invested their time, research, and talents to help you succeed in learning medical terminology. Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach is designed to direct your study of medical terminology by guiding you through an organized approach to step-by-step learning.
(Details unavailable at press time)
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
A Programmed Approach, 2nd Edition Paula Bostwick and Heidi Weber, Western Dakota Tech Institute
2013 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073402246 Available: January 2012 www.mhhe.com/bw2e
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Learning Terminology Chapter 2: Word Roots Chapter 3: Prefixes Chapter 4: Suffixes Chapter 5: The Human Body Chapter 6: Skin and Body Membranes Chapter 7: The Musculoskeletal System Chapter 8: The Nervous System Chapter 9: Special Senses Chapter 10: The Endocrine System Chapter 11: Blood Chapter 12: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 13: The Lymphatic System Chapter 14: The Respiratory System Chapter 15: The Digestive System Chapter 16: The Urinary System Chapter 17: The Reproductive System Appendix A: Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes Appendix B: Medical Errors and Abbreviations Appendix C: Laboratory Testing and Normal Reference Values Appendix D: English/Spanish Glossary Appendix E: Spanish/English Glossary Answer Key Credits Index
ALLIED HEALTH ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL LANGUAGE
2nd Edition
David Allan and Karen Lockyer
2012 / 624 pages ISBN: 9780073374611 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/AllanEss2e Master medical terminology with every turn of the page! Essentials of Medical Language, 2e, presents new medical terminology to students in manageable quantities via short lessons and a 2-page spread format. This edition offers a completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more focused art and revised table of contents. Students will feel a new sense of engagement and motivation through Case Reports and a wide variety of exercises throughout the chapters. As a final improvement to this textbook, professors will discover a total revamp from top to bottom, providing them with text that is shorter and stronger, larger imaging, better chapter sequence, updated learning objectives, and more questions and exercises for students to practice. CONTENTS Chapter 1--The Anatomy of Word Construction: The Essential Elements of the Language of Medicine Chapter 2--The Body as a Whole: The Essentials of the Language of Anatomy Chapter 3--The Integumentary System: The Essentials of the Language of Dermatology Chapter 4--The Skeletal System: The Essentials of the Language of Orthopedics Chapter 5--Muscles and Tendons: The Essentials of the Languages of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation Chapter 6--Cardiovascular and Circulatory Systems: The Essentials of the Language of Cardiology Chapter 7--The Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems: The Essentials of the Languages of Hematology and Immunology Chapter 8--Respiratory System: The Essentials of the Language of Pulmonology Chapter 9--The Digestive System: The Essentials of the Language of Gastroenterology Chapter 10--The Nervous System and Mental Health: The Essentials of the Languages of Neurology and Psychiatry Chapter 11--Special Senses of the Eye and Ear: The Essentials of the Languages of Ophthalmology and Otology Chapter 12--The Endocrine System: The Essentials of the Language of Endocrinology Chapter 13--The Urinary System: The Essentials of the Language of Urology Chapter 14--The Male Reproductive System: The Essentials of the Language of the Male Reproductive System Chapter 15--The Female Reproductive System: The Essentials of the Language of Gynecology and Obstetrics Appendix A: Word Parts and Abbreviations Appendix B: Diagnostic and £ erapeutic Procedure Appendix C: Pharmacology Glossary Credits Index
Fundamentals of Nursing
ACTIVSIM: NURSING CODE PRINT CARD 3-YEAR ACCESS Allied Health McGraw-Hill Higher Education MHHE Corporation
2012 ISBN: 9780073374741 Available: January 2011 ActivSim Nursing is a web-based patient simulator featuring 10 patient scenarios for practice within Fundamentals & Med-Surg courses. The patient cases, assigned individually or as groups, change each time a student enters the simulation and vary from student to student. ActivSim allows students to communicate with their patients, conduct a focused assessment, prioritize care, administer medications, evaluate interventions, and document findings. Students receive a detailed debriefing, instructors can access progress reports. The patients you’ll meet are suffering from COPD, CHR, Anemia, Renal Failure, Diabetes, Crohn’s Disease, Dementia, Stroke, a Hip Fracture, and a Post-Op Mastectomy. Access is available through the publishing date at www.activsim. com/nursingdemo2010. Just fill out your name & email address for free access. ACTIVSim Nursing in 5 minutes: http://tegr.it/y/2z9g Full demo (35 minutes): http://tegr.it/y/2e3b CONTENTS COPD a.Identify manifestations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) b.Identify interview questions for the COPD patient c.Conduct a focused assessment on the emphysemic patient d.Identify specific patient needs and prioritize outcome criteria e.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified outcomes f.Evaluate patient status following care g.Document all aspects of patient case Hip Fracture a.Identify interview questions for patients with hip fracture post operatively b.Conduct a focused assessment on the patient with hip fracture post operatively c.Identify specific patient needs and prioritize outcome criteria d.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified outcomes e.Evaluate patient status following care f.Document all aspects of patient care Dementia a.Identify signs & symptoms of dementia b.Identify interview questions for the dementia patient and caregivers c.Conduct a focused assessment on the patient with dementia i.Evaluate safety factors ii.Evaluate diagnostic & laboratory findings iii. Evaluate self care factors iv.Perform basic mental status assessment, organize results and observations d.Identify specific patient needs and prioritize outcome criteria e.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified outcomes f.Evaluate patient status following care g.Document all aspects of patient care Cronic Heart Failure a.Differentiate between the clinical manifestations of right and left sided heart failure b.Recognize signs of decreased cardiac output to include fatigue, SOB, adventitious breath sounds, peripheral edema and impaired urinary elimination c.Identify interview questions for the patient with CHF d.Conduct a focused assessment on the patient with CHF e.Check medications administration according to MAR f.Evaluate the effectiveness of treatment for a patient with excess fluid volume g.Document patient response to care Crohn’s Disease a.Perform an abdominal assessment including: i.Auscultation of bowel sounds ii.Palpation of abdomen for masses b.Obtain a thorough history of bowel elimination c.Assess abdominal pain d.Maintain NPO status and monitor IV therapy: i.Intake
81
82
ALLIED HEALTH and output ii.IV flow rate e.Perform nasogastric tube insertion: Instruct patient about need for NG and procedure prior to insertion f.Provide oral hygiene g.Document all aspects of patient care Diabetes a.Apply knowledge of disease process and long term effects of diabetes mellitus b.Recognize signs and symptoms of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia c.Obtain patient’s blood sugar using glucometer d.Determine insulin needs based on sliding scale insulin orders e.Identify type of insulin needed for sliding scale coverage f.Administer accurate amount of insulin in an appropriate subcutaneous site g.Document blood sugar and insulin administration on the Medication Administration Record h.Document focused assessment findings Post-Op Mastectomy, Breast Cander a.Assess post-operative incision site b.Provide drain care c.Provide pain management d.Provide emotional support e.Conduct a focused assessment of a post surgical patient f.Identify patient specific needs related to disease process g.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified outcomes h.Evaluate patient status following daily care i.Document all aspects of patient care Stroke a.Perform a complete assessment b.Recognize the signs & symptoms of a stroke c.Recognize the communication and mobility issues that occur due to a stroke depending on the area of the brain involved d.Care for patients with immobility issues and decrease effects on: i.Skin ii.Joints and muscles (contractures) iii.Cardiovascular system iv.Urinary tract v.Bowel elimination e.Assess need for assistance with ADLs f.Identify safety factors g.Identify risk factors Anemia a.Identify and check the symptoms of sickle cell anemia b.Complete a thorough pain assessment i.Administer analgesics ii.Incorporate complementary therapies c.Utilize empathetic therapeutic communication techniques d.Perform pulse oximetry measurement e.Administer oxygen f.Document all aspects of patient care Renal Failure a.Recognize stages of chronic kidney disease b.Educate the patient regarding food and fluid restrictions c.Correlate pathophysiology of disease to assessment findings d.Identify complications related to end stage renal disease (ESRD) or chronic renal failure (CRF)
NURSING DOCUMENTATION USING EHR Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training Institute and Mary G Harper
2012 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780077450892 (with Springcharts Access Card) Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/nursingehr This is the student version for ordering purposes. The comp edition does not include the SpringCharts Access Card, since instructors will be downloading from the Instructor OLC. CONTENTS Level I Section One: Introducing Electronic Health Records Chapter 1 An Introduction to Electronic Health Records Chapter 2 Nursing Documentation Overview Section Two: SpringCharts Advanced Training Chapter 3 Essential Documentaion 000 Chapter 4 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 1 Level II
Chapter 5 Fundamental Documentation 000 Chapter 6 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 2 Chapter 7 Ambulatory Healthcare Chapter 8 Ambulatory Healthcare Exercises Level III Chapter 9 Routine Documentation Section Three: EHR Capstone Chapter 10 Patient Education Chapter 11 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 3 Level IV Chapter 12 Advanced EHR Functionality Chapter 13 Applying Your Knowledge Chapter 14 Learning Assessment Appendix A Sample Documents Appendix B Source Documents Appendix C Concept Checkup Answer Key
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS FOR NURSES Larry Stephens, University of Nebraska
2003 ISBN: 9780071400220 A Professional Reference Title A review of basic arithmetic precedes clear explanations of how nurses need to apply mathematics in modern clinical practice. This study guide teaches an especially easy approach to solving the proportion problems key to converting medication orders and passing nursing licensing exams. The profusion of problems with detailed solutions, and hundreds more with answers, gives students ample opportunities to test their skills as they learn them--leading to quicker mastery.
Nursing
NURSING DOCUMENTATION USING EHR Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training Institute and Mary G Harper
2012 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780077450892 (with Springcharts Access Card) Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/nursingehr This is the student version for ordering purposes. The comp edition does not include the SpringCharts Access Card, since instructors will be downloading from the Instructor OLC. CONTENTS Level I Section One: Introducing Electronic Health Records Chapter 1 An Introduction to Electronic Health Records Chapter 2 Nursing Documentation Overview Section Two: SpringCharts Advanced Training Chapter 3 Essential Documentaion 000 Chapter 4 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 1 Level II Chapter 5 Fundamental Documentation 000 Chapter 6 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 2 Chapter 7 Ambulatory Healthcare Chapter 8 Ambulatory Healthcare Exercises Level III Chapter 9 Routine Documentation
ALLIED HEALTH Section Three: EHR Capstone Chapter 10 Patient Education Chapter 11 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 3 Level IV Chapter 12 Advanced EHR Functionality Chapter 13 Applying Your Knowledge Chapter 14 Learning Assessment Appendix A Sample Documents Appendix B Source Documents Appendix C Concept Checkup Answer Key
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF CRITICAL CARE NURSING James Keogh
2013 / 352 pages ISBN: 9780071789929 Available: May 2013 A Schaum’s Title More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum’s Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by a renowned expert in this field, Schaum’s Outline of Critical Care Nursing covers what you need to know for your course and, more important, your exams. Step-by-step, the author walks you through coming up with solutions to exercises in this topic. •
Relevant examples and extensive end-of-chapter exercises motivate you to understand new material and reinforce acquired skills
•
Detailed explanations and practice problems in the different areas of critical care nursing
•
Comprehensively reviews specialized topics such as gerontologic alterations, nutritional alterations, trauma, shock, and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome
•
Includes critical care nursing for special populations: pediatric patients in the adult critical care unit and high-risk obstetric patients
CONTENTS 1. Critical Care Basics 2. Holistic Care Issues 3. Neurologic System 4. Cardiovascular System 5. Respiratory System 6. Gastrointestinal System 7. Renal System 8. Endocrine System 9. Hematologic and Immune Systems 10. Multisystem Issues
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF EMERGENCY NURSING
through coming up with solutions to exercises in this topic. •
Relevant examples and extensive end-of-chapter exercises motivate you to understand new material and reinforce acquired skills
•
Detailed explanations and practice problems in the different areas of emergency nursing
•
Offers a comprehensive review of specialized topics such as multi-system trauma, environmental emergencies, communicable diseases, and disaster preparedness
•
Provides comprehensive explanations of the topics covered in cardiac intensive care
CONTENTS 1. Triage 2. Cardiovascular Emergency 3. Respiratory Emergency 4. Neurological Emergency 5. Gastrointestinal Emergency 6. Musculoskeletal Emergency 7. Genitourinary and Gynecologic Emergency 8. Maxillofacial Emergency 9. Environmental Emergency 10. Multisystem Emergency
Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED
NSC PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR & AED
3rd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 160 pages ISBN: 9780073519982 Available: August 2011 Take the right steps to protect young lives Whether it’s a simple cut or bruise or a life-threatening emergency,no one wants to see a child hurt. We have adapted all of the topics from our NSC® First Aid, CPR & AED course to meet the special needs of infants and children in our pediatric first aid course. This course meets 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines. What you will learn •
Taking action in an emergency
•
Basic life support
•
Bleeding and wound care
•
Shock, burns and poisoning
•
Sudden illness
•
Cold and heat emergencies
•
Children with disabilities
James Keogh
2013 / 336 pages ISBN: 9780071789806 Available: November 2012
FEATURES •
Course Materials
•
Instructor Resource Kit
A Schaum’s Title
»» Instructor Manual and CD
More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum’s Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by a renowned expert in this field, Schaum’s Outline of Emergency Nursing covers what you need to know for your course and, more important, your exams. Step-by-step, the author walks you
»» Instructor DVD with VSI training »» Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom »» Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents •
Student Workbook »» Full-color photographs, illustrations and skill
83
ALLIED HEALTH
84
demonstrations
15 Psychotomimetic Drugs of Abuse 16 Antiepileptic Drugs 17 Antiparkinson Drugs 18 General Anesthetics 19 Opioid (Narcotic) Analgesics 20 Nonnarcotic Analgesics Anti-inflammatory, and Antigout Drugs
»» Course DVD »» Nationally recognized course completion cards
Pharmacology for Health Professions
*9780073513812*
NEW
PHARMACOLOGY
An Introduction, 7th Edition Henry Hitner and Barbara T Nagle
2016 / 768 pages ISBN: 9780073513812 Available: July 2015 Pharmacology, 7e by Hitner/Nagle is incredibly readable, with short chapters that link theory to practice; content that is focused on the need-to-know information to not overload the reader; excellent tables and features such as Patient Administration and Monitoring Boxes; and the most up-to-date drug information. This new edition features revised Learning Outcomes for each chapter, with a more streamlined chapter structure to reflect those updates. Chapter reviews have been revisited to more closely mirror typical exam formats, and a variety of additional exercises are available on Connect Plus. The full suite of instructor materials is available. Hitner 7e has Connect Plus, including LearnSmart: Pharmacology, SmartBook, body system and pharmacology animations, dosage calculations exercises, and more. NEW TO THIS EDITION •
Updated Learning Outcomes tied to Bloom’s Taxonomy and tagged to the streamlined, appropriate headers in the text.
•
Instructor support material! Including: Teaching notes for each learning outcome, ABHES & CAAHEP standards tied to each chapter, 3 discussion topics per chapter tied to learning outcomes, written assignments, group assignments, & web assignments.
•
New PowerPoints with chapter photos, illustrations, tables and charts. Test Bank with all test items tagged to Bloom’s, ABHES, and CAAHEP.
•
Chapter reviews updated, revised to more closely mirror actual exam formats, and additional problem types available through Connect Plus.
CONTENTS Part I General Concepts 1 Introduction to Pharmacology 2 Biological Factors Affecting the Action of Drugs 3 Geriatric Pharmacology 4 Math Review and Dosage Calculations Part II Pharmacology of the Peripheral Nervous System 5 Autonomic Nervous System 6 Drugs Affecting the Sympathetic Nervous System 7 Drugs Affecting the Parasympathetic Nervous System 8 Drugs Affecting the Autonomic Ganglia 9 Skeletal Muscle Relaxants 10 Local Anesthetics Part III Pharmacology of the Central Nervous System 11 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 12 Sedative-Hypnotic Drugs and Alcohol 13 Antipsychotic and Antianxiety Drugs 14 Antidepressants, Psychomotor Stimulants, and Lithium
Part IV Pharmacology of the Heart 21 Cardiac Glycosides and the Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure 22 Antiarrhythmic Drugs 23 Antianginal Drugs Part V Pharmacology of the Vascular and Renal Systems 24 Diuretics 25 Antihypertensive Drugs 26 Anticoagulants and Coagulants 27 Nutrition and Therapy 28 Hypolipidemic Drugs 29 Antianemic Part VI Drugs that Affect the Respiratory System 30 Antiallergic and Antihistaminic Drugs 31 Bronchodilator Drugs and the Treatment of Asthma Part VII Pharmacology of the GI Tract 32 Therapy of Gastrointestinal Disorders: GERD, Ulcers, and Vomiting 33 Agents that Affect Intestinal Motility Part VIII Pharmacology of the Endocrine System 34 Introduction to the Endocrine System 35 Introduction to the Endocrine System & Adrenal Steroids 36 Gonadal Hormones and the Oral Contraceptives 37 Drugs Affecting the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands and Bone Degeneration 38 Pancreatic Hormones and Antidiabetic Drugs 39 Posterior Pituitary Hormones and Drugs Affecting Uterine Muscle Part IX Pharmacology of Infectious Diseases 40 Antibacterial Agents 42 Antifungal and Antiviral (AIDS) Drugs 43 Antiprotozoal and Anthelmintic Drugs 44 Antiseptics and Disinfectants Part X Antineoplastics and Drugs Affecting the Immune System 45 Antineoplastic Agents 46 Immunopharmacology
ALLIED HEALTH *9780073513751*
NEW
ADMINISTERING MEDICATIONS 8th Edition Donna Gauwitz
2015 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073513751 Available: January 2014 www.mhhe.com/gauwitz8e
MATH AND DOSAGE CALCULATIONS FOR HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONALS WITH STUDENT CARE
4th Edition
Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming; James Whaley, Baker College; Susan Sienkiewicz and Jennifer Palmunen of Community College of Rhode Island—Lincoln
2012 / 720 pages ISBN: 9780077460389 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/mathanddosage4e
Administering Medications: Pharmacology for Healthcare Professionals is designed to teach the safe administration of medications to healthcare students. The organization of the chapters primarily by body systems allow students and instructors to build a knowledge base that starts with the fundamentals of medication administration and progresses through the drugs frequently used to treat most commonly found disease of the associated body system. The text’s many features help break down the various aspects of drug administration, allowing the student to gain a full understanding of when and how to administer medications.
McGraw-Hill has a clear digital advantage in math & dosage calculations with ALEKS Prep, to prepare students with a strong math foundation, and Connect Plus, which includes math, terminology, dosage calculations, interactive exercises and an eBook- a complete course solution. 3D Animations covering pathophysiology and pharmacology as well as a newly filmed Medication Administration Video series are also in Connect Plus with pre-, during- and post-assessment. The 4th edition of Booth has a redesigned table of contents, adding a new chapter of safe medication administration, and breaking larger chapters into smaller, more manageable chapters.
FEATURES
CONTENTS Unit One: Chapter 1: Fractions Chapter 2: Decimals Chapter 3: Relationships of Quantities: Percents, Ratios, and Proportions Unit Two: Chapter 4: Metric System Chapter 5: Other Systems of Measurement Chapter 6: Converting Units Chapter 7: Temperature and Time Unit Three: Chapter 8: Equipment for Dosage Measurement Chapter 9: Interpreting Medication Orders Chapter 10: Interpreting Medication L9780077656072abels and Package Inserts Chapter 11: Safe Medication Administration Unit Four: Chapter 12: Methods of Dosage Calculations Chapter 13: Oral Dosages Chapter 14: Parenteral Dosages and Other Medication Administration Forms Chapter 15: Intravenous Calculations Unit Five: Chapter 16: Preparation of Noninjectable Solutions Chapter 17: Calculations for Special Populations Chapter 18: High-Alert Medications Chapter 19: Critical Care IV Calculations Appendix A: Comprehensive Evaluation Appendix B: Answer Key Glossary Credits Index Reference Cards
•
50 most frequently prescribed drugs are boldfaced in the Representative Drug table at the end of most chapters.
•
The Patient Education boxes
•
The Legal and Ethical Issues boxes
CONTENTS About the Author Preface Chapter 1 Orientation to Medications Chapter 2 Principles of Drug Action Chapter 3 Measurement and Dosage Calculations Chapter 4 Administering Parenteral Medications Chapter 5 Medication Therapy Chapter 6 Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs Chapter 7 Antibiotics and Antifungals Chapter 8 Drugs for the Eye and Ear Chapter 9 Drugs for the Skin Chapter 10 Drugs for the Cardiovascular System Chapter 11 Drugs for the Respiratory System Chapter 12 Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System Chapter 13 Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance Chapter 14 Drugs for the Reproductive System Chapter 15 Drugs for the Endocrine System Chapter 16 Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System Chapter 17 Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory Systems Chapter 18 Psychotropic Drugs Chapter 19 Antineoplastic Drugs Chapter 20 Drugs for the Pediatric Patient Chapter 21 Drugs for the Geriatric Patient Appendix A: Abbreviations Appendix B: Checklist Practice Procedures Glossary Credits Index
85
86
ALLIED HEALTH PHARMACOLOGY
An Introduction, 6th Edition Henry Hitner and Barbara T Nagle
2012 / 896 pages ISBN: 9780073520865 Available: January 2011 www.mhhe.com/hitner6e Pharmacology, 6e by Hitner/Nagle is incredibly readable, with short chapters that link theory to practice; content that is focused on the need-to-know information to not overload the reader; excellent tables and features such as Patient Administration and Monitoring Boxes. This new edition now has a 4-color design with all new photos and illustrations. Chapter reviews have been revisited to add additional problem types and an exercise progression from simple to complex. The full suite of instructor materials is available. Hitner 6e has Connect Plus, including LearnSmart: Pharmacology, body system and pharmacology animations, Top 250 Prescribed Drugs, Dosage Calculations Exercises, and more.
35 Introduction to the Endocrine System & Adrenal Steroids 36 Gonadal Hormones and the Oral Contraceptives 37 Drugs Affecting the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands and Bone Degeneration 38 Pancreatic Hormones and Antidiabetic Drugs 39 Posterior Pituitary Hormones and Drugs Affecting Uterine Muscle Part IX Pharmacology of Infectious Diseases 40 Antibacterial Agents 42 Antifungal and Antiviral (AIDS) Drugs 43 Antiprotozoal and Anthelmintic Drugs 44 Antiseptics and Disinfectants Part X Antineoplastics and Drugs Affecting the Immune System 45 Antineoplastic Agents 46 Immunopharmacology
Phlebotomy
CONTENTS Part I General Concepts 1 Introduction to Pharmacology 2 Biological Factors Affecting the Action of Drugs 3 Geriatric Pharmacology 4 Math Review and Dosage Calculations
*9780073513843*
PHLEBOTOMY: A COMPETENCY BASED APPROACH
Part II Pharmacology of the Peripheral Nervous System 5 Autonomic Nervous System 6 Drugs Affecting the Sympathetic Nervous System 7 Drugs Affecting the Parasympathetic Nervous System 8 Drugs Affecting the Autonomic Ganglia 9 Skeletal Muscle Relaxants 10 Local Anesthetics Part III Pharmacology of the Central Nervous System 11 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 12 Sedative-Hypnotic Drugs and Alcohol 13 Antipsychotic and Antianxiety Drugs 14 Antidepressants, Psychomotor Stimulants, and Lithium 15 Psychotomimetic Drugs of Abuse 16 Antiepileptic Drugs 17 Antiparkinson Drugs 18 General Anesthetics 19 Opioid (Narcotic) Analgesics 20 Nonnarcotic Analgesics Anti-inflammatory, and Antigout Drugs Part IV Pharmacology of the Heart 21 Cardiac Glycosides and the Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure 22 Antiarrhythmic Drugs 23 Antianginal Drugs Part V Pharmacology of the Vascular and Renal Systems 24 Diuretics 25 Antihypertensive Drugs 26 Anticoagulants and Coagulants 27 Nutrition and Therapy 28 Hypolipidemic Drugs 29 Antianemics Part VI Drugs that Affect the Respiratory System 30 Antiallergic and Antihistaminic Drugs 31 Bronchodilator Drugs and the Treatment of Asthma Part VII Pharmacology of the GI Tract 32 Therapy of Gastrointestinal Disorders: GERD, Ulcers, and Vomiting 33 Agents that Affect Intestinal Motility Part VIII Pharmacology of the Endocrine System 34 Introduction to the Endocrine System
NEW
4th Edition
Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming Lilian Mundt
2016 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073513843 Available: January 2015 Competency is within your reach with the new, fourth edition of Phlebotomy: A Competency-Based Approach. With Phlebotomy’s pedagogy-rich format and plentiful Competency Checks, easily grasp not only essential phlebotomy skills and competencies, but also the critical soft skills needed for a successful transition from classroom to lab. Phlebotomy is also now available with McGrawHill Education’s revolutionary adaptive learning technology, LearnSmart and SmartBook! You can study smarter, spending your valuable time on topics you don’t know and less time on the topics you have already mastered. Access these new adaptive study tools through a revised Connect Plus, McGraw-Hill Education’s online assignment and assessment platform. Hit your target with precision using LearnSmart, SmartBook, and Connect Plus… Join the learning revolution and achieve the success you deserve today! NEW TO THIS EDITION •
More than 20 brand-new Competency Checks are now included near appropriate content to draw attention to the steps of key procedures, encouraging student remediation.
•
Competency Checklists—now moved to the end of each chapter—also make practicing skills and preparing for certification and accreditation easy.
•
Chapter 8—formerly “Routine Blood Collection”—is now two chapters: Chapter 8, Venipuncture, and Chapter 9, Dermal/Capillary Puncture. These two new chapters clarify both the differences and similarities between venipuncture and dermal/capillary puncture.
•
Checkpoint Questions—previously multiple choice—are now short answer to further encourage critical thinking. There are now at least two Checkpoint Questions at the end of
ALLIED HEALTH each section. •
Connect and Connect Plus Phlebotomy have been revised to reflect updates in the chapters and feedback from customers. All of the end-of-section and end-of-chapter questions from the book, exam-readiness questions, skills videos, simple interactives, and more can be found in Connect, offering a variety of content that both students and instructors can use to enrich the learning experience.
•
Phlebotomy is now available with the LearnSmart Advantage, a series of adaptive learning products fueled by LearnSmart and SmartBook.
CONTENTS Preface CHAPTER 1 Phlebotomy and Healthcare CHAPTER 2 Infection Control and Safety CHAPTER 3 Introduction to Medical and Anatomical Terminology CHAPTER 4 Body Systems and Related Laboratory Tests CHAPTER 5 The Cardiovascular System CHAPTER 6 Patient and Specimen Requirements CHAPTER 7 Blood Collection Equipment CHAPTER 8 Venipuncture CHAPTER 9 Dermal/Capillary Puncture CHAPTER 10 Blood Specimen Handling CHAPTER 11 Special Phlebotomy Procedures CHAPTER 12 Quality Essentials CHAPTER 13 Waived Testing and Collection of Non-Blood Specimens CHAPTER 14 Practicing Professional Behavior Appendix A: Standard Precautions Appendix B: Transmission-Based Precautions Appendix C: Medical Terms: Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots Appendix D: Medical Abbreviations Appendix E: Medical Laboratory Tests Appendix F: Historically Relevant Phlebotomy Information Appendix G: ASCLS Code of Ethics and Pledge to the Profession
Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Basic Life Support Lesson 5 Recovery Position Lesson 6 Choking Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care Lesson 9 Shock Lesson 10 Burns Lesson 11 Serious Injuries Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Lesson 13 Sudden Illness Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions Lesson 15 Poisoning Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
Statistics for Health Education
BIOSTATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES Karuthan Chinna & Krishnakumari Nr Krish
2009 (June 2009) / 196 pages ISBN: 9789833850686 Available: June 2009 An Asian Publication This book is an ideal introduction to the study of statistics applied to the field of health sciences. It is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students in the field of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, nursing, allied health and other health-related fields with little or no background in statistics. FEATURES •
Statistical computation methods are showcased in clinical, medical and research applications
•
Relevant formulas are provided for every type of analysis
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
•
Computational mechanics are illustrated using scientific calculators and Excel spreadsheets
•
Statistical results are summarized in simple, easy to understand tables
National Safety Council NSC
•
2012 / 64 pages ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook) Available: July 2011
Writing of precise conclusions based on statistical evidence is emphasized
•
End of chapter practice exercises are provided
Standard FA, CPR and AED
3rd Edition
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until professional help arrives is critical to saving lives. This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace. What you will learn •
Recognize an emergency
•
Act appropriately
•
Sustain life until professional help arrives
CONTENTS NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Workbook Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
87
ALLIED HEALTH
88
Professional References
International Edition
USER’S GUIDE TO THE MEDICAL LITERATURE
MCGRAW-HILL’S 2016-2017 TOP 300 PHARMACY DRUG CARDS
Essentials of Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3rd Edition
Jill M Kolesar and Lee Vermeulen
Gordon Guyatt, Drummond Rennie, Maureen O Meade and Deborah J Cook
3rd Edition
A Professional Medical Title
2015 ISBN: 9780071794152 ISBN: 9781259255274 [IE] Available: January 2015
(Details unavialable at press time)
A Professional Medical Title
2016 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780071842334 Available: July 2015
International Edition
CLINICIANS POCKET DRUG REFERENCE 2015 6th Edition
Leonard Gomella, Thomas Jefferson University, Steven Haist, University of Kentucky-Med/Lexington and Aimee Adams
2015 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071840002 ISBN: 9781259252938 [IE] Available: January 2015 A Professional Medical Title
This compact guide condenses the most clinically relevant content of the landmark Users’ Guides to the Medical Literature to help you incorporate evidence-based medicine into your practice. You will learn the principles of evidence-based medicine, how your practice can benefit from the constant stream of new medical literature, and how to differentiate good medical evidence from that which is inadequate or misleading. This edition includes numerous updates, several new chapters, and a greater emphasis on the role of patient preferences and preappraised resources.
International Edition
USER’S GUIDES TO THE MEDICAL LITERATURE
Safely prescribe and administer more than 1,400 of the drugs most often used in clinical practice with this ultra-convenient pocket guide!
A Manual for Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3rd Edition
Updated annually!
2015 ISBN: 9780071790710 ISBN: 9781259252143 [IE] Available: January 2015
•
Organized alphabetically by generic drug name
•
Common uses, mechanisms of action, dosages (adult and pediatric), warnings/precautions, form supplied, and notes/ common side effects
•
Summaries of FDA “Black Box” precautions and contraindications
•
Includes a listing of the medications organized by drug classification
•
Covers natural and herbal agents
•
Updated to reflect new drugs, removal of drugs taken off the market, new formulations, and changes in approved use of existing medications
CONTENTS Medication Key Abbreviations Classification Generic and Selected Brand Drug Data Tables Index Tips for Safe Prescription Writing Emergency Cardiac Care Medications
Gordon Guyatt
A Professional Medical Title The leading guide to the principles and clinical applications of evidence-based medicine--updated with new examples and new chapters. •
Revised and updated to reflect the latest in medical research and evidence-based resources
•
Practical focus and organization to guide clinicians through the fundamentals of using the medical literature to the more advanced strategies and skills for use in patient care, using the key questions to assess any new research:
•
What are the results?
•
How serious is the risk of bias?
•
How do I apply the results to patient care?
•
Updated real-world examples drawn from the medical literature
•
New chapters that reflect the changing complexity of medical research and literature, including genetic association studies, systematic reviews and meta-analyses, network meta-analysis, noninferiority trials, quality improvement, and evidence-based medicine and the theory of knowledge
•
New emphasis on understanding the role of patient preferences and preappraised resources that provide updated evidence and evidence-based recommendations for practice
ALLIED HEALTH HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS DEMYSTIFIED Jim Keogh
2015 / 361 pages ISBN: 9780071820530 Available: August 2014 If you’re looking for a fun, fast review that boils healthcare informatics down to its most essential, must-know points, your search ends here! Healthcare Informatics Demystified is a complete yet concise overview of today’s healthcare information technology. This guide introduces you to topics such as computer physician order entry (CPOE), electronic medication administration records (eMARs), decision support systems, and more. You will learn how to maintain electronic medical records (EMRs), use telemedicine to coordinate healthcare management, and safeguard a patient’s privacy during treatment. Studying is easy and effective with key objectives, important terms, brief overviews, tables and diagrams, and NCLEX-style questions throughout the book. At the end is a comprehensive final exam that covers all the content found in Healthcare Informatics Demystified. This fast and easy guide features: •
Clear learning objectives and key terms to keep you on track
•
A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at work
•
Chapter review questions and final exam at the end of the book
•
Topics presented in a build-on-whatyou- learn approach
•
Glossary of key terms
Simple enough for a student but comprehensive enough for a professional, Healthcare Informatics DeMYSTiFieD is your shortcut to mastering the basics of today’s healthcare technology. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Nursing Informatics Chapter 2: Clinical Systems Analysis Chapter 3: Clinical Database Analysis Chapter 4: Clinical Data Reporting Chapter 5: Clinical Project Management Chapter 6: Clinical Informatics Team Management Chapter 7: Clinical Computer Networks Chapter 8: Clkinical Vendor Negotiations Chapter 9: Clinical Disaster Recovery Chapter 10: Clinical Systems Security Final Exam Glossary Index
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSTIC RADIOLOGY
scenarios are included to demonstrate how to reach a specific diagnosis. Introduction to Basic Radiology is divided into ten chapters. The first two chapters provide basic information on various diagnostic imaging techniques and control agents. Each of the following chapters discuss imaging of specific organ systems and begin with a description of the imaging modality of choice and illustrates the relevant features to help simplify the differential diagnosis. You will also find important chapters on pediatric radiology and women’s imaging. Unlike other introductory texts on the subject, this book treats diagnosis from a practical point of view. Rather than discuss various diseases and classify them from the pathologic standpoint, Introduction to Basic Radiology utilizes cases from the emergency room and physician’s offices and uses a practical approach to reach a diagnosis. The cases walk you through a radiology expert’s analysis of imaging patterns. These cases are presented progressively, with the expert’s thinking process described in detail. The cases highlight clinical presentation, clinical suspicion, modality of choice, radiologic technique, and pertinent imaging features of common disease processes. CONTENTS Introduction (Sets the foundation--Meat of the Book in terms of Text Content, not specific to a case) Head, Neck and Spine Cardiothoracis Abdomen and Pelvis Musculoskeletal System Women Imaging Pediatric Imaging Interventional Imaging
2015/2016 TOP NONPRESCRIPTION DRUG CARDS Jill M Kolesar and Lee Vermeulen
2015 / 224 pages ISBN: 9780071826877 Available: December 2014 A Professional Medical Title A fun, fast way to learn essential information about the most popular over-the-counter medications and herbal supplements commonly sold in U.S. pharmacies. Essential information about 100 of the most widely used overthe-counter medications and supplements available in the United States. Each full-color card includes an illustration, clinical pearls, and tables and text detailing: •
Dosage Forms
•
Common Self-Care Indications and Dosing
•
Drug Characteristics
2015 / 704 pages ISBN: 9780071801805 Available: August 2014
•
Safety Issues
•
Interactions
Introduction to Basic Radiology is written to provide nonradiologists with the level of knowledge necessary to order correct radiological examinations, improve image interpretation, and enhance their interpretation of various radiological manifestations. The book focuses on the clinical scenarios most often encountered in daily practice and discusses practical imaging techniques and protocols used to address common problems. Relevant case
•
Adverse Reactions
•
Triage Criteria
•
Self-Care Monitoring Parameters
•
Key Patient Counseling Points
Khaled Elsayes, MD Anderson Houston TX and Sandra Oldham, University of TX Medical School at Houston
89
ALLIED HEALTH
90
PHARMACY STUDENT SURVIVAL GUIDE
3rd Edition
Ruth Nemire, Nova Southeastern University, Karen Kier, Ohio Northern University and Michelle T Assa-Eley
2015 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780071828475 Available: July 2014 A Professional Medical Title Handbook that you will refer to throughout your entire pharmacy education! Pharmacy Student Survival Guide is a one-of-a-kind roadmap for excelling in pharmacy practice courses. A unique combination calculations, kinetics, drug information, medical terminology, and laboratory data book all in one, the Guide helps you organize case information, improve problem-solving skills, learn terminology, and impress faculty during rounds. Pharmacy Student Survival Guide is presented in three sections that span the entire pharmacy curriculum: •
Systems and Expectations covering etiquette, ethics, communication, monitoring patients, and the function of a medical team
•
Patient Care Tool Box covering medical terminology, pharmacokinetics, laboratory data, and physical assessment
•
Topics in Pharmacy Practice addressing the practice of community and institutional pharmacy, the pharmacists as drug information specialist, managed care, public health, and global pharmacy
Valuable for both introductory and advanced practice courses, Pharmacy Student Survival Guide is the one book every pharmacy student must own.
GUIDE TO THE ESSENTIALS IN EMERGENCY MEDICINE
2nd Edition
Shirley Ooi and Peter Manning
2015 ISBN: 9780071087889 Available: June 2014 An Asia Professional Medical Title The first edition of the Guide to the Essentials in Emergency Medicine, co-edited by two prominent emergency physicians, Associate Professors Shirley Ooi and Peter Manning, with a combined total of 64 years of Emergency Medicine practice between them, was first published in Singapore in 2004. This book focuses on the practical management of the most lifethreatening and common conditions encountered by emergency physicians. It is designed to offer a balanced viewpoint advocating the tenets of evidence-based medicine. This second edition preserves several of its predecessor’s hallmark features. •
Easy-to-read format: clinical descriptions are presented succinctly and problems are introduced with the same symptom-based approach in Section One.
•
Popular sections such as Caveats, covering the pitfalls likely to be encountered in medical practice, and Special Tips for GPs are retained.
CONTENTS PART 1 COMMON PRESENTATIONS IN ADULT PATIENTS Chapter 1 Altered mental state Chapter 2 Bleeding GIT Chapter 3 Bleeding, Vaginal, Abnormal Chapter 4 Blurring of vision Chapter 5 Breathlessness, acute Chapter 6 Diarrhoea and vomiting Chapter 7 Fever Chapter 8 Giddiness Chapter 9 Haemoptysis Chapter 10 Headache Chapter 11 Hyperventilation Chapter 12 Lower limb swelling Chapter 13 Pain, abdominal Chapter 14 Pain, chest, acute Chapter 15 Pain, joint, peripheral Chapter 16 Pain, low back Chapter 17 Pain, scrotal and penile Chapter 18 Palpitations Chapter 19 Poisoning, General Principles Chapter 20 Red eye Chapter 21 Seizure Chapter 22 Shock/hypoperfusion states Chapter 23 Stridor Chapter 24 Syncope Chapter 25 Trauma Multiple, Initial Management Chapter 26 Urinary retention, acute Chapter 27 Violent and psychotic patients PART 2 SPECIFIC CONDITIONS PART 2A: AIRWAY AND RESUSCITATION Chapter 28 Airway Management/Rapid Sequence Intubation Chapter 29 Allergic reactions/Anaphylaxis Chapter 30 Cardiac arrest algorithms Chapter 31 Cardiogenic Shock Chapter 32 Neurogenic shock Chapter 33 Sepsis/septic shock PART 2B: CARDIOVASCULAR EMERGENCIES Chapter 34 Aortic Emergencies Chapter 35 Bradydysrhythmias Chapter 36 Coronary syndromes, acute Chapter 37 Other Heart Conditions (Pericarditis, Myocarditis, Infective Endocarditis, Cardiomyophathy) Chapter 38 Heart failure, acute Chapter 39 Hypertensive Crises Chapter 40 Acute limb ischaemia Chapter 41 Pulmonary Embolism Chapter 42 Venous emergencies Chapter 43 Tachydysrhythmias PART 2C: RESPIRATORY EMERGENCIES Chapter 44 Asthma Chapter 45 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Chapter 46 Pneumonia, Community Acquired (CAP) Chapter 47 Pneumothorax Chapter 48 Respiratory Failure, Acute PART 2D: GASTROINTESTINAL EMERGENCIES Chapter 49 Acute Appendicitis Chapter 50 Hepatic encephalopathy, acute Chapter 51 Hepatobiliary Emergencies Chapter 52 Intestinal Obstruction Chapter 53 Ischaemic Bowel/Mesenteric Ischaemia Chapter 54 Pancreatitis, acute Chapter 55 Peptic Ulcer Disease/ Dyspepsia Chapter 56 Perianal Conditions PART 2E: ENDOCRINE/METABOLIC EMERGENCIES
ALLIED HEALTH Chapter 57 Acid Base Emergencies Chapter 58 Adrenal Insufficiency, acute Chapter 59 Fluid and Electrolyte Disorders Chapter 60 Diabetic Ketoacidosis (DKA) and Hyperosmolar Hyperglycaemic State (HHS) Chapter 61 Hypoglycaemia Chapter 62 Thyroid Emergencies -Thyroid Crisis and Myxoedema
PART 2Q: PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 107 ASSAULT (non-sexual)
PART 2F: RENAL AND GENITOURINARY EMERGENCIES Chapter 63 Renal Emergencies Chapter 64 Urinary Tract Infection Chapter 65 Urolithiasis
PART 2S: ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCIES Chapter 112 Burn, Major Chapter 113 Burns, Minor Chapter 114 Diving Emergencies Chapter 115 Electrical and Lightning Injuries Chapter 116 Hyperthermia Chapter 117 Submersion Injuries
PART 2G: NEUROLOGIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 66 Meningitis Chapter 67 Migraine and Cluster Headache Chapter 68 Stroke Chapter 69 Subarachnoid Haemorrhage (SAH) Chapter 70 Temporal Arteritis Chapter 71 Transient Ischaemic Attack PART 2H: INFECTIOUS DISEASES Chapter 72 Coping with Emerging Infectious Diseases of the 21st Cenury in the Emergency Department--A New Norm Chapter 73 Dengue Fever & Chikungunya Fever Chapter 74 Malaria Chapter 75 Needle Stick/Body Fluid Exposure Chapter 76 Tetanus and anti-tetanus prophylaxis PART 2I: HAEMATOLOGIC/ONCOLOGIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 77 Administration of Blood Products in the EMD Chapter 78 Oncology Emergencies Chapter 79 Overwarfarinisation PART 2J: DERMATOLOGIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 80 Dermatology in Emergency Care PART 2K: GERIATRIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 81 Geriatric Emergencies PART 2L: TOXICOLOGY Chapter 82 Alcohol Intoxication & Poisoning with other alcohols Chapter 83 Poisoning, Benzodiazepine Chapter 84 Poisoning, Carbon Monoxide Chapter 85 Poisoning, Cyclic Antidepressants Chapter 86 Poisoning, Digoxin Chapter 87 Poisoning, Organophosphates Chapter 88 Poisoning, Paracetamol Chapter 89 Poisoning, Salicylates PART 2M: TOXICOLOGY (INCLUDING BITES) Chapter 90 Bites, Mammalian and Human Chapter 91 Bites, Snake PART 2N: SURGICAL & ORTHOPAEDIC TRAUMA/INFECTIOUS EMERGENCIES Chapter 92 Crush Sydrome Chapter 93 Trauma, Abdominal Chapter 94 Trauma, Chest Chapter 95 Trauma, Head Chapter 96 Trauma and infections, Hand Chapter 97 Trauma, Lower Extremity Chapter 98 Trauma, Maxillofacial Chapter 99 Trauma , Paediatric (refer to Chapter 137) Chapter 100 Trauma, Pelvic Chapter 101 Trauma in Pregnancy Chapter 102 Trauma, Spinal Cord Chapter 103 Trauma, Upper Extremity Chapter 104 Wound Care & Management PART 2O: ENT EMERGENCIES Chapter 105 Common ENT Emergencies PART 2P: EYE EMERGENCIES Chapter 106 Blurring of vision and Red and Painful eye
PART 2R: OBSTETRIC AND GYNAECOLOGIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 108 Eclampsia Chapter 109 Ectopic Pregnancy Chapter 110 Emergency delivery of the newborn Chapter 111 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease (PID)
PART 2T: IMAGING Chapter 118 Emergency Ultrasound Chapter 119 Views of x-rays to order PART 2U: PHARMACOLOGY Chapter 120 Commonly Used Emergency Drugs in Adults Chapter 121 List of drugs to avoid in G6PD deficiency Chapter 122 Prescribing Pregnancy PART 2V: PAEDIATRIC EMERGENCIES Chapter 123 Child, Abdominal pain Chapter 124 Child with breathlessness Chapter 125 Child/baby, crying Chapter 126 Child with diarrhoea Chapter 127 Child with fever Chapter 128 Child, fitting Chapter 129 Child, Vomiting Chapter 130 Paediatric Asthma Chapter 131 Bronchiolitis Chapter 132 Febrile Fit Chapter 133 Fluid Replacement in Paediatrics Chapter 134 Newborn Resuscitation in the ED Chapter 135 Non-accidental Injury in Paediatrics Chapter 136 Paediatric Drugs and Equipment Chapter 137 Trauma, Paediatric PART 2W: MISCELLANEOUS USEFUL INFORMATION Chapter 138 Commonly Used Scoring Systems Chapter 139 Common Emergency Procedures Chapter 140 Pain Management Chapter 141 Procedural Sedation Chapter 142 Simple Statistics Chapter 143 Useful Formulae Appendix Colour images for Chapter
International Edition
ESSENTIALS OF NURSING INFORMATICS
6th Edition
Virginia K Saba, Georgetown University School of Nursing and Kathleen Ann McCormick
2015 / 848 pages ISBN: 9780071829557 ISBN: 9781259253973 [IE] Available: March 2015 A Professional Medical Title Written by leaders in nursing informatics, this comprehensive upto-date text helps you understand how informatics can enhance every aspect of the nursing profession. This edition of Nursing Informatics is highlighted by an outstanding team of international contributors and content that reflects the very latest concepts, technologies, policies, and required skills. Numerous case studies
91
92
ALLIED HEALTH take the book beyond theory and add real-world relevance to the material. Nursing Informatics is the best single resource for learning how technology can make the nursing experience as rewarding and successful as possible. CONTENTS I. Computers and Nursing 1 Overview of Computers and Nursing 2 Historical Perspectives of Nursing Informatics 3 Electronic Health Records from a Historical Perspective II. Computer Systems 4 Computer System Basics 5 Systems Life Cycle: Planning and Analysis 6 Implementation and Evaluation 7 Healthcare Project Management 8 Human Factors 9 Open Source and Free Software 10 Mobile Computing Platforms III. Informatics Theory 11 The Practice Specialty of Nursing Informatics 12 Advanced Terminological Approaches in Nursing 13 Nursing Minimum Data Set Systems 14 Overview of the Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: A National Nursing Standard Coded Terminology IV. Current Issues in Informatics 15 Health Data Standards Development, Harmonization and Interoperability 16 Nursing Informatics and Healthcare Policy 17 Trustworthy Systems for Safe and Private Health Care 18 Shaping Nursing Informatics through the Public Policy Process 19 Home Health: The Missing Ingredient in Healthcare Reform V. Continuum of Care Information Technology Systems 20 Computerized Provider Order Entry 21 Electronic Health Record Vendor Applications 22 The Role of Technology in the Medication-Use Process 23 Planning, Design and Implementation of Information Technology in Complex Healthcare Systems 24 The Integration of Complex Systems Theory into Six Sigma Methods of Performance Improvement; A Case Study 25 Workflow and Healthcare Process Management 26 Translation of Evidence into Nursing Practice 27 Evidence-Based Practice 28 Incorporating Evidence: Use of Computer-Based Clinical Decision Support Systems (CDSS) for Health Professionals 29 The Magnet Model 30 Internet Tools for Patient Care in Advanced Practice 31 IT for the Rural Healthcare Market 32 Ambulatory Care Information Systems 33 Overview of Post-Acute Services 34 Public Health Practice Applications 35 Informatics Solutions for Emergency Planning and Response VI. Educational Applications 36 Web 2.0 and Its Impact on Health Care Education and Practice 37 Initiation and Management of Accessible, Effective Online Learning 38 Innovations in e-Health 39 Consumer and Patient Use of Computers for Health 40 Nursing Curriculum Reform and Healthcare Information Technology 41 A Paradigm Shift in Simulation: Experiential Learning in Second Life 42 The TIGER Intiative VII. Research Applications 43 Computer Use in Nursing Research 44 Information Literacy and Computerized Information Resources
VIII. International Perspectives 45 Nursing Informatics in Canada 46 Nursing Informatics in Europe 47 Pacific Rim Perspectives 48 Asian Perspectives 49 Nursing Informatics in South America 50 Nursing Informatics in South Africa IX. The Future of Informatics 51 Future Directions Appendix A Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System Version 2.0
LANGE RADIOGRAPHY PREP PROGRAM REVIEW AND EXAMINATION PREPARATION
8th Edition
D A Saia, The Stamford Hospital
2015 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780071834582 Available: July 2015 Hailed by Doody’s Review Service as “the gold standard among instructors and students”, Radiography PREP delivers a concise summary of the entire radiography curriculum in a readable narrative. Written by an experienced program director, this is a true “must read” for certification or recertification. Readers will find more than 850 ARRT-style review questions (including a comprehensive 200-question practice exam), detailed answer explanations for correct and incorrect answers, more than 400 illustrations and radiographic images, and powerful learning aids such as summary boxes and a glossary. •
Market: 748 accredited radiography programs in the USA, with a total enrollment of 16,500 students
•
Updated to reflect the most recent ARRT Radiography Examination blueprint
•
Interestingly written narrative style makes it easier to understand and remember key concepts
CONTENTS I. Patient Care and Education 1. Legal and Ethical Aspects 2. Patient Communication and Safety 3. Infection Control 4. Patient Monitoring, Medical Emergencies, and Contrast Media II. Image Procedures 5. General Procedural Considerations 6. Image Procedures: Anatomy, Positioning, and Pathology III. Radiation Protection 7. Radiation Protection Considerations 8. Patient Protection 9. Personnel Protection 10. Radiation Exposure and Monitoring IV. Image Acquisition and Evaluation 11. Technical Factors and Image Quality 12. Image Processing and Quality Assurance 13. Image Evaluation: Electronic and Screen/Film V. Equipment Operation and Quality Control 14. Radiographic and Fluoroscopic Equipment 15. Standards of Performance and Equipment Evaluation 16. Practice Test
ALLIED HEALTH International Edition
SYMPTOM TO DIAGNOSIS
An Evidence Based Guide, 3e
Scott Stern, Adam Cifu and Diane Altkorn of University of Chicago
2015 / 592 pages ISBN: 9780071803441 ISBN: 9781259252532 [IE] Available: October 2014 Symptom to Diagnosis teaches you an evidence-based, step-bystep process for evaluating, diagnosing, and treating patients based on their clinical complaints. By applying this process, you will be able to recognize specific diseases and prescribe the most effective therapy. Each chapter addresses one common complaint and begins with a case and guidance on how to organize the differential diagnosis. As the case progresses, clinical reasoning is explained in detail. The differential diagnosis for that particular case is summarized in tables that highlight the clinical clues and important tests for the leading diagnostic hypothesis and alternative diagnostic hypotheses. As the chapter progresses, the pertinent diseases are reviewed. Just as in real life, the case unfolds in a stepwise fashion as tests are performed and diagnoses are confirmed or refuted. The third edition is enhanced by the addition of five new chapters--Bleeding Disorders, Dysuria, Hematuria, Hypotension, and Sore Throat--as well as a greater emphasis on how to master the process of working from patient level data (signs, symptoms, and laboratory tests). All chapters incorporate the latest research resulting in new and refined approaches to common symptoms encountered in clinical medicine. CONTENTS 1. The Diagnostic Process 2. Screening and Health Maintenance 3. Abdominal Pain 4. Acid-Base Abnormalities 5. Aids/HIV 6. Anemia 7. Back Pain 8. Bleeding disorders 9. Cancers, Common 10. Chest Pain 11. Cough, Fever, and Respiratory Infections 12. Delirium and Dementia 13. Diabetes 14. Diarrhea, Acute 15. Dizziness 16. Dyspnea 17. Dysuria 18. Edema 19. Fatigue 20. Gastrointestinal Bleeding 21. Headache 22. Hematuria 23. Hypercalcemia 24. Hypertension 25. Hyponatremia and Hypernatremia 26. Hypotension 27. Jaundice and Abnormal Liver Enzymes 28. Joint Pain 29. Renal Failure, Acute 30. Sore throat 31. Syncope 32. Unintentional Weight Loss 33. Weakness 34. Wheezing and Stridor
SIMON’S EMERGENCY ORTHOPEDICS
7th Edition
Scott Sherman, John Stroger Hospital of Cook County
2015 ISBN: 9780071819671 (with DVD) Available: September 2014 A Professional Medical Title Written by and for emergency physicians, Emergency Orthopedics is the leading reference for handling all types of musculoskeletal emergencies. This heavily illustrated, full-color book focuses on radiographic diagnosis, acute management, and discharge of the patient with a pulled muscle, torn ligament, fracture, or other skeletal trauma. The format represents the ideal integration of text and images, allowing clinicians to actually see what they reading about. The concise text tells readers everything they need to know about the mechanisms of action along with recommended imaging studies, treatment guidelines, and possible complications. •
Companion DVD includes video clips of procedures and additional radiologic images
•
Axioms throughout the text serve as rules by which the emergency physician should practice
CONTENTS Chapter 1: General Principles Chapter 2: Anesthesia and Analgesia Chapter 3: Rheumatologic Problems Chapter 4: Compartment Syndrome Chapter 5: Imaging Considerations Chapter 6: Pediatric Issues Chapter 7: Cervical Spine Injuries Chapter 8: Thoracic Spine Injuries Chapter 9: Lumbar Spine Injuries Chapter 10: Sacral Injuries Chapter 11: Hand Injuries Chapter 12: Wrist Injuries Chapter 13: Forearm Injuries Chapter 14: Elbow Injuries
UNDERSTANDING MEDICAL PROFESSIONALISM American Board of Internal Medicine Foundation, Wendy Levinson, Shiphra Ginsburg, Fred Hafferty and Catherine R Lucey
2014 / 288 pages ISBN: 9780071807432 A Professional Medical Title This latest addition to the acclaimed McGraw-Hill Medical Understanding series offers readers a clinical approach to a difficult-to-understand concept that is rapidly growing in importance in both education and practice. As with other books in the Understanding series, Understanding Medical Professionalism is concise and clinical, not theoretical. It will provide readers with a solid framework for understanding key issues and behaviors that influence professional behavior and results, and will address a range of key issues from communication skills to health quality to health information technology issues. •
Demonstrates the application of medical professionalism to everyday practice and patient care
•
Extensive use of case vignettes apply the principles of medical professionalism to everyday, real -world practice
CONTENTS Foreword #1. Holly Humphrey, MD
93
ALLIED HEALTH
94
Foreword #2. Christine Cassell, MD Preface Chapter 1: A Practical Approach to Professionalism Chapter 2: Resilience in Facing Professionalism Challenges Chapter 3: A Brief History of Medicine’s Modern-day Professionalism Movement Chapter 4: Fostering Patient-centered Care Chapter 5: Integrity and Accountability Chapter 6: Commitment to Excellence Chapter 7: Fair and Ethical Stewardship of Healthcare Resources Chapter 8: The Hidden Curriculum and Professionalism Chapter 9: Educating for Professionalism Chapter 10: Evaluating Professionalism Chapter 11: When Things go Wrong: The Challenge of Self Regulation Chapter 12: Organizational Professionalism
International Edition
GOODMAN AND GILMAN MANUAL OF PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
2nd Edition
Laurence Brunton and Randa Hilal-Dandan
2014 / 1216 pages ISBN: 9780071769174 ISBN: 9780071792882 [IE] Available: December 2013 A Professional Medical Title Goodman & Gilman’s The Manual of Pharmacology and Therapeutics offers concise, authoritative coverage of classspecific and disease-specific drugs, organized primarily by organ/ system. Derived from Goodman & Gilman’s Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Twelfth Edition and further updated, this streamlined text focuses on the principles of medical pharmacology and drug therapy and delivers coverage of all major drug classes. More than a pocket drug guide, this powerful resource covers: •
General Principles
•
Neuropharmacology
•
Modulation of Cardiovascular, Pulmonary, and Renal Function
•
Inflammation, Immunomodulation, and Hematopoiesis
•
Hormones and Hormone Antagonists
•
Drugs Affecting Gastrointestinal Function
•
Chemotherapy of Microbial Diseases
•
Chemotherapy of Neoplastic Diseases
•
Special Systems Pharmacology, including Environmental Toxicology
The text explains the physiology and pathophysiology of major organ systems and pathogens with respect to pharmacotherapy and the mechanisms of drug action. With a new full color design and numerous tables, charts, and illustrations that highlight, explain, and summarize important information, Goodman & Gilman’s Manual of Pharmacology and Therapeutics is essential wherever knowledge of drug actions and interactions is required. Nursing, pharmacy, and medical students will find the Manual to be a concise and authoritative textbook.
International Edition
PHARMACY TECHNICIAN EXAM CERTIFICATION AND REVIEW Jodi Dreiling, Kristy Malacos, Allison Cannon and Eric Schmidt
2014 / 464 pages ISBN: 9780071826891 ISBN: 9781259255243 [IE] Available: November 2014 A Professional Medical Title Pharmacy Technician Exam Review is a rigorous, all-in-one review for the Pharmacy Technician Certification Examination (PTCE). To be as relevant as possible, the content of this unique test preparation tool corresponds to the nine knowledge domains of the new PTCE exam blueprint, and the amount of coverage for each domain matches its importance on the exam. Each chapter covers one of the nine knowledge domains on the test, with the knowledge areas listed at the beginning of each chapter. The nine chapters consist of: •
Pharmacology for Technicians
•
Pharmacy Law and Regulations
•
Sterile and Non-Sterile Compounding
•
Medication Safety
•
Pharmacy Quality Assurance
•
Medication Order Entry and Fill Process
•
Pharmacy Inventory Management
•
Pharmacy Billing and Reimbursement
•
Pharmacy Information Systems Usage and Application
There is also a bonus chapter that reviews basic math to help you brush up on this essential topic. Every chapter includes valuable learning aids such as: •
A patient case to give the content real-world application
•
Key Terms to familiarize you with important words and terms
•
Tech Tips that highlight helpful facts
•
Quick Quizzes to test your knowledge throughout the chapter
•
A 50-question chapter-ending quiz
You will also find a companion CD that includes more than 2,000 questions. The CD gives you the ability to create tests that mimic the PTCE. Each test includes 90 questions that span all 9 knowledge domains. The questions are randomly selected for each test, so you will have an unlimited number of tests available to you.
International Edition
INTEGRATIVE MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Examination and Board Review Michael W King, Indiana University School of Medicine
2014 / 912 pages ISBN: 9780071786126 ISBN: 9781259251504 [IE] Available: July 2014 A Professional Medical Title Integrative Medical Biochemistry Examination and Board Review is a fast and effective way for you to prepare for regular course examinations in biochemistry and medical biochemistry, as well
ALLIED HEALTH as medical board exams and the USMLE Step 1. A unique feature of this review is the integration of medical biochemistry with physiology, pathophysiology, pathology, and anatomy, making it perfect for today’s rapidly changing medical school curriculum. Integrative Medical Biochemistry Examination and Board Review is logically divided into four sections: •
Section 1 covers the basics of the major building blocks of all cells and tissues
•
Section 2 discusses metabolic biochemistry with a strong emphasis on clinical correlations and clinical disorders related to these all important pathways
•
Section 2 reviews the Cellular and Molecular Biology topics associated with medical biochemistry, physiology, and pathology
•
Section 4 includes 10 chapters with high-yield integrative topics of value not only to medical students, but to all students of the discipline
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Protein Structure Function Chapter 2: Membranes and Membrane Transport Process Chapter 3: Vitamins and Minerals Chapter 4: Enzyme Kinetics Chapter 5: Glycolysis Chapter 6: Fructose Metabolism Chapter 7: Galactose Metabolism Chapter 8: Gluconeogenesis Chapter 9: Glycogen Chapter 10: Pentose Phosphate Pathway Chapter 11: Pyruvate dehydrogenase and the TCA cycle Chapter 12: Ethanol Metabolism Chapter 13: Lipogenesis: fatty acid and complex lipid synthesis Chapter 14: Lipolysis and fatty acid oxidation Chapter 15: Cholesterol Chapter 16: Bile acids Chapter 17: Lipoproteins Chapter 18: Amino Acids Chapter 19: Specialized Amino Acid Derivatives Chapter 20: Nucleic Acids Chapter 21: Mitochondrial Functions Chapter 22: Nitrogen Homeostasis Chapter 23: Iron and Heme Metabolism Chapter 24: Metabolic Integration Chapter 25: Digestion and Hypothalamic Control of Feeding Chapter 26: Obesity (fat and carbohydrate metabolism) Chapter 27: Diabetes (fat, carbohydrate, protein metabolism) Chapter 28: Cardiovascular disease (cholesterol, lipids, lipoproteins) Chapter 29: Hormones and Endocrine Functions Chapter 30: Hemostasis Chapter 31: DNA Chapter 32: RNA structure and synthesis Chapter 33: Protein synthesis Chapter 34: Glycoproteins Chapter 35: Signal transduction Chapter 36: Molecular Biology
International Edition
DEGOWIN’S DIAGNOSTIC EXAMINATION
10th Edition
Richard LeBlond and Donald Brown of University of Iowa Medicine and Manish Suneja, University of Iowa Hospital and Clinic
2014 / 896 pages ISBN: 9780071814478 ISBN: 9781259251474 [IE] Available: September 2014 A Professional Medical Title Much more than a text describing how to perform a history and physical examination, DeGowin’s Diagnostic Examination is unmatched in its ability to help you logically assess symptoms and physical signs to facilitate development of reasonable, testable diagnostic hypotheses. Part physical examination primer, part differential diagnosis guide, DeGowin’s: •
Describes how to obtain a complete history and perform a thorough physical examination
•
Links symptoms and signs with the pathophysiology of disease
•
Presents a symptom, sign, anatomy, and physiology-based approach to differential diagnosis
•
Facilitates efficient cost-effective diagnostic testing using focused differential diagnoses
Organized as a practical bedside guide to assist diagnosis, DeGowin’s is valuable as a quick reference at the point-of-care or as a text to study the principles and practice of history taking and physical examination. CONTENTS 1. Diagnosis 2. History Taking and the Medical Record 3. The Screening Physical Exam 4. Vital Signs, Anthropometric Data, and Pain 5. Non-Regional Systems and Diseases 6. The Skin and Nails 7. The Head and Neck 8. The Chest 9. The Abdomen, Perineum, Anus, Rectosigmoid 10. Urinary System 11. Female System 12. Male System 13. Spine, Pelvis, Extremities 14. Neurologic Exam 15. Mental Status, Social Evaluations 16. Preoperative Evaluation 17. Diagnostic Screening 18. Lab Tests
95
96
ALLIED HEALTH FUNDUS PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION Boon Ang Lim, Tock Han Lim, Chee Fang Chin, Nikolle Tan, Colin Tan, Vernon Yong and Liang Hwee Koh
2014 / 136 pages ISBN: 9780071313346 Available: March 2014 An Asia Professional Medical Title Fundus Photograph Interpretation is a manual that serves as a key reference for primary eye care practitioners in the detection and management of blinding eye conditions. This book focuses on eye diseases caused by diabetes and those due to an ageing population and will take primary eye care practitioners on a comprehensive journey: from image acquisition to interpretation to referral. More than 150 annotated clinical photographs can be found within these pages, richly illustrating the huge spectrum of ocular diseases that can be detected by this most fundamental of ophthalmic tools. These diseases show up as abnormalities that can be detected on the fundus photograph. This book enables eye care practitioners to be able distinguish between abnormal from normal fundi. CONTENTS Chapter One: Eye Screening – Looking Ahead Chapter Two: Fundus Photography: Techniques and Tips Chapter Three: The Normal Fundus Chapter Four: The Abnormal Fundus Chapter Five: Case Studies in Optometric Practice Chapter Six: Reporting Eye Screening Results
PHARMACOTHERAPY BEDSIDE GUIDE Christopher Martin, University of Texas, School of Pharmcy and Robert Talbert, University Tx Health Science Center
2014 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071761307 Available: May 2013 Developed for use at the point of care, Pharmacotherapy Bedside Guide helps you decide which pharmacotherapy to employ in specific clinical situations. Comprised exclusively of quick-hit tables and algorithms, this carryanywhere companion tells you what treatment the evidence suggests for each illness or disorder. It also details essential drug information, such as benefits, risks, adverse reactions, dosage, interactions with other drugs, and responses. Conveniently organized by specialty and disorder rather than drug, Pharmacotherapy Bedside Guide will prove invaluable when treating patients. CONTENTS Cardiovascular Pharmacotherapy a. Ischemic Heart Disease i. Stable angina ii. Acute coronary syndromes b. Heart Failure i. Acute and chronic c. Hypertension i. Chronic hypertension ii. Hypertensive urgency/emergency d. Hyperlipidemia e. Arrhythmias Critical Care Pharmacotherapy a. Shock syndromes b. ICU sedation Drug Induced Diseases
a. Hematologic i. Blood dycrasias b. Gastrointestinal i. Drug induced liver injury ii. Pancreatitis c. Neurologic/Psychiatric i. Neuropathies ii. Delirium d. Renal disease i. Acute and chronic renal failure e. Miscellaneous i. Fever Gastrointestinal Pharmacotherapy a. Nausea and vomiting b. Diarrhea and constipation c. Gastroesophageal reflux disease d. Cirrhosis e. Pancreatitis i. Acute and chronic f. Peptic ulcer disease Fluid and Electrolyte Pharmacotherapy a. Fluid management b. Sodium disorders c. Potassium disorders d. Calcium disorders e. Magnesium disorders f. Phosphorus disorders Endocrinologic Pharmacotherapy a. Diabetes mellitus b. Thyroid disorders c. HPA axis disorders Hematology and Anticoagulation a. Anticoagulation i. VTE prophylaxis and treatment ii. Atrial fibrillation iii. Stroke iv. Heparin induced thrombocytopenia b. Anemia Nephrology Pharmacotherapy a. Chronic kidney disease and associated complications Neurologic Pharmacotherapy a. Stroke b. Epilepsy c. Parkinson’s disease Nutrition a. Enteral nutrition b. Parenteral nutrition Pain Management Psychiatric Pharmacotherapy a. Alcohol withdrawal b. Depression Pulmonary Pharmacotherapy a. Asthma b. COPD c. Pulmonary hypertension Rheumatologic Pharmacotherapy a. Osteoporosis b. Arthritis Urology and Gynecology Pharmacotherapy a. Contraception b. Hormone replacement therapy c. Benign prostatic hypertrophy d. Urinary incontinence
ALLIED HEALTH PHARMACOTHERAPY
A Pathophysiologic Approach, 9th Edition Joseph DiPiro, Robert L Talbert of University of Texas, Gary Yee, University of Nebraska Sch of Med, Barbara Wells, University of Mississippi and Michael L Posey, Pharmacy Editorial and News Services, Athens, Georgia
2014 / 2848 pages ISBN: 9780071800532 Available: February 2014 A Professional Medical Title Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach is written to help you advance the quality of patient care through evidence-based medication therapy derived from sound pharmacotherapeutic principles. The scope of this trusted classic goes beyond drug indications and dosages to include the initial selection, proper administration, and monitoring of drugs. You will find everything you need to provide safe, effective drug therapy across the full range of therapeutic categories. This edition is enriched by more than 300 expert contributors, and every chapter has been revised and updated to reflect the latest evidence-based information and recommendations. Important features such as Key Concepts at the beginning of each chapter, Clinical Presentation tables that summarize disease signs and symptoms, and Clinical Controversies boxes that examine the complicated issues faced by students and clinicians in providing drug therapy make this text an essential learning tool for students, patient-focused pharmacists, and other health care providers. CONTENTS Foundation Issues Web 1. Health Literacy Web 2. Cultural Competency Web 3. Medication Safety Web 4. Evidence-Based Medicine Web 5. Pharmacokinetics Web 6. Pharmacogenetics Web 7. Pediatrics Web 8. Geriatrics Web 9. Pallative Care Web 10. Clinical Toxicology Web 11. Biological Terrorism Web 12. Chemical and Radiological Terrorism Diseases Web 13. Pulmonary function Testing Web 14. Drug-Induced Pulmonary Disease Web 15. Evaluation of the Gastrointestinal Tract Web 16. Drug-Induced Liver Disease Web 17. Quantification of Renal Function Web 18. Evauation of Neurological Illness Web 19. Evaluation of Psychiatric Illness Web 20. Function and Evaluation of the Immune System Web 21. Allergic and Pseudolallergic Drug Reactions Web 22. Disorders and Skin Cancer Web 23. Drug-Induced Hematologic Disorders Web 24. Pharmacotherapy Cardiovascular Disorders 1. Cardiovascular Testing 2. Cardipulmonary Arrest 3. Hypertension 4. Systolic and Diastolic Heart Failure 5. Acutely Decompensated heart Failure 6. Ischemic Heart Disease 7. Acute Coronary Syndromes 8. Arrhythmias 9. Venous Thromboembolism 10. Stoke
11. Hyperlipidemia 12. Peripheral Arterial Disease 13. Shock 14. Hupovolemic Shock Respiratory Disorders 15. Asthma 16. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 17. Pulmonary Artery Hypertension 18. Cystic Fibrosis Gastrointestinal Disorders 19. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease 20. Peptic Ulcer Disease 21. Inflammatory Bowel Disease 22. Nausea and Vomiting 23. Diarrhea, Constipation, and Irritable Bowel Syndroms 24. Portal Hypertension and cirrhosis 25. Pancreatitis 26. Viral Hepatitis 27. Celiac Disease Renal Disorders 28. Acute Renal Failure 29. Chronic Kidney Disease: Progression-Modifying Therapies 30. Hemodialysis and Peritoneal Dialysis 31. Drug-Induced Kidney Disease 32. Glomerulonephritis 33. Drug Therapy Individualization for Patients with Renal Insufficiency 34. Disorders of Sodium and water Momeostasis 35. Calcium and Phosphorus Homeostatis 36. Potassium and Magnesium Homeostasis 37. Acid-Base Disorders Neurologic Disorders 38. Alzheimer’s Disease 39. Multiple Sclerosis 40. Epilepsy 41. Status Epilepticus 42. Acute Managment of the Brain Injury Patient 43. Parkinson’s Disease 44. Pain Management and Palliative Care 45. Headache Disorders Psychiatric Disrorders 46. Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 47. Eating Disorders 48. Stimulants, and Hallucinogens 49. Caffeine 50. Schizophrenia 51. Depressive Disorders 52. Bipolar Disorder 53. Anxiety Disorders I. Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Panic, and Social Anxiety Disorders 54. Anxiety Disorders II. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Obcessive-Compulsive Disorder 55. Sleep Disorders 56. Developmental Disabilities Endocrinologic Disorders 57. Diabetes Mellitus 58. Thyroid Disorders 59. Adrenal Gland Disorders 60. Pituitary Gland Disorders Gynecologic and Obstetric Disorders 61. Pregnancy and Lactation 62. Contraception 63. Menstrual-Relanted Disorders 64. Endometriosis 65. Hormone Therapy in Women Urologic Disorders 66. Erectile Dysfunction
97
98
ALLIED HEALTH 67. Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia 68. Urinary Incontinence Immunologic Disorders 69. Systemic Lupus Erythematosus 70. Solid Organ Transplantation Rheumatologic Disorders 71. Osteoarthritis 72. Rheumatoid Arthritis 73. Osteoporosis and Osteomalacia 74. Gout and Hyperuricimia Ophthalmic and Otolaryngological Disorders 75. Glaucoma 76. Allergic Rhinitis Dermatologic Disorders 77. Acne Vulgaris 78. Psoriasis 79. Atopic Dermatitis Hematologic Disorders 80. Anemias 81. Coagulation Disorders 82. Sickle Cell Anemia Infectious Diseases 83. Antimicrobial Regimen Selection 84. Central Nervous System Infections 85. Lower Respiratory Tract Infections 86. Upper Respiratory Tract Infections 87. Influenza 88. Skin and Soft Tissue Infections 89. Infective Endocarditis 90. Tuberculosis 91. Gastrointestional Infections and Exterotoxigenic Poisonings 92. Intra-abdominal Infections 93. Parasitic Diseases 94. Urinary Tract Infections 95. Sexually Transmitted Diseases 96. Bone and Joint Infections 97. sepsis and Septic Shock 98. Superficial Fungal Infections 99. Invasive Fungal Infections 100. Infections in Immunocompromised Patients 101. Antimicrobial Prophylaxis in Surgery 102. Vaccines, Toxoids and Other Immunobiologics 103. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Oncologic Disorders 104. Cancer Treatment and Chemotherapy 105. Breast Cancer 106. Lung Cancer 107. Colorectal Cancer 108. Prostate Cancer 109. Lumphomas 110. Ovarian Cancer 111. Acute Leukemias 112. Chronic Leukemia 113. Multiple Myeloma 114. Myelodysplastic Syndromes 115. Renal Cell Carcionoma 116. Melanoma 117. Hematopoietic Stem Cell transplantation Nutritional Disorders 118. Assessment of Nutrition Status and Nutrition Requirements 119. Parenteral Nutrition 120. Enteral Nutrition 121. Obesity
DUTTON’S INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL THERAPY AND PATIENT SKILLS Mark Dutton
2014 / 752 pages ISBN: 9780071772433 Available: December 2013 A Professional Medical Title Introduction to Physical Therapy and Patient Skills is intended to provide a foundation upon which to build a career in the challenging yet rewarding field of physical therapy. Written by a practicing physical therapist, this comprehensive textbook provides the conceptual framework necessary to understand every aspect of physical therapy and eventually perform physical therapy intervention. Included in this conceptual framework are a historical perspective of the physical therapy profession, an introduction to healthcare policy, and a definition of evidenceinformed practice. In addition, various chapters describe how movement evolves, how that movement becomes skilled, and how movement dysfunction can occur or develop. Later chapters introduce you to the knowledge and practical skills necessary for the general practice of physical therapy and provide the groundwork for the development of specific areas of clinical expertise, including how to enhance a patient’s function in such tasks as bed mobility, transfers, and gait training. Throughout the appropriate chapters, emphasis is placed on both patient and clinician safety through the use of correct body mechanics, the application of assistive and safety devices, and effective infection control procedures. To facilitate learning, Introduction to Physical Therapy and Patient Skills includes a companion DVD that provides video coverage of more than 50 of the techniques discussed in the book. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Positioning (short-term and long-term) and Turning Chapter 2. Transfers and transfer training Chapter 3. Gait training with Assistive Devices, including weightbearing precautions Chapter 4. Wheelchair Design, Prescription and Use Chapter 5. Passive Range of Motion Exercises Chapter 6. Palpation Chapter 7. Goniometry Chapter 8. Manual Muscle Testing Chapter 9. The Upper and Lower Quarter Screening Examinations
International Edition
BASIC MATH FOR NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH Lynn Egler, Dorsey Business School and Kathryn A Booth
2014 / 160 pages ISBN: 9780071829076 ISBN: 9781259253690 [IE] Available: May 2014 A Professional Medical Title Basic Math for Nursing and Allied Health uses an easy-tounderstand building-block approach designed to teach you how to correlate basic math concepts with everyday activities and eventually master the more complex calculations and formulas used by nursing and allied health professionals. This unique text walks you through essential math topics from Arabic and Roman numerals, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, decimals, percentage, ratios and proportions, to conversion
ALLIED HEALTH factors between household and metric measurements. As you complete each chapter, your proficiency and confidence will increase, enabling you to build the foundation necessary for a career in nursing and allied health. Case studies used throughout the book not only demonstrate the mathematical concepts related to everyday activities and events such as following recipes, sale items/discounts, calculating costs, and adding correct totals, but also show you how to effectively use case studies to master the art of interpreting story problems. You will learn how to extract the correct information needed to properly set up and solve the mathematical equations associated with each case. Powerful learning aids help you understand and retain key concepts: •
“Recipes for Success” case study scenarios show how mathematical concepts and formulas can be applied to reallife situations
•
“Manual Math” tips and reminder boxes reinforce your confidence and knowledge
•
Key Terms provides definitions of must-know words and phrases
•
Chapter Openers and Chapter Summaries pinpoint mustknow take-aways of each chapter
•
Practice equations after each concept sharpen your math skills
•
End-of-Chapter practice tests help you decide whether you should progress to the next chapter
•
Comprehensive review and final exam pinpoint your strengths and areas for improvement
MASTERING PHARMACY TECHNICIAN MATH
A Certification Review
Lynn Egler, Dorsey Business School and Kathryn A Booth
2014 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071829687 Available: August 2014 This engaging text is designed to help students excel on the math portion of the Pharmacy Technician Certification Board exam. The book begins with a review of basic math concepts and progresses to more complex topics. Cases are included to give the math realworld application. Math certification board-type questions appear in every chapter and there is a comprehensive pre-test and a concluding final evaluation test. Correct answers are provided for each question, along with comprehensive answer explanations. Other learning aids include Key Terms, numerous tables, memory tips, and more. CONTENTS PRETEST –(covers basic math concepts chapters 1 & 2) CHAPTER 1--Numbering Systems and Mathematical Review CHAPTER 2--Working with Percents, Ratios and Proportions CHAPTER 3--Systems of Measurement and Weight CHAPTER 4--Drug Orders CHAPTER 5--Drug Labels, Package Inserts, and References CHAPTER 6--Dosage Calculations CHAPTER 7--Oral Medications and Parenteral Dosages CHAPTER 8--Intravenous Calculations CHAPTER 9--Special Preparations and Calculations CHAPTER 10--Pediatric and Geriatric Considerations CHAPTER 11--Operational Calculations Post Test (covers entire of text) Appendix A-Common Look/Alike and Sound/Alike Medications Appendix B-Answer Key-Review & Practice Problems Glossary
Credits Index Conversion Cards
International Edition
BEHAVIORAL MEDICINE
A Guide for Clinical Practice, 4th Edition Mitchell Feldman and John Christensen
2014 / 576 pages ISBN: 9780071767705 ISBN: 9781259255250 [IE] Available: August 2014 A Professional Medical Title The goal of Behavioral Medicine is to help practitioners and students understand the interplay between psychological, physical, social and cultural issues of patients. Within its pages you will find real-world coverage of behavioral and interactional issues that occur between provider and patient in everyday clinical practice. You will learn how to deliver bad news, how to conduct an effective patient interview, how to care for patients at the end of life, how to clinically manage common mental and behavioral issues in medical patients, the principles of medical professionalism, motivating behavior change, and much more. As the leading text on the subject, this trusted classic delivers the most definitive, practical overview of the behavioral, clinical, and social contexts of the physician-patient relationship. The book is case based to reinforce learning through real-world examples, focusing on issues that commonly arise in everyday medical practice and training. One of the significant elements of Behavioral Medicine is the recognition that the wellbeing of physicians and other health professionals is critically important to caring for patients. Enhanced by new and updated content throughout, Behavioral Medicine provides insight and information not available anywhere else for those who seek to provide comprehensive high-quality care for patients. And it does so in a way that acknowledges patients as people who have problems that often go far beyond the reach of traditional medical care.
2014-2015 TOP 300 PHARMACY DRUG CARDS 2nd Edition
Jill M Kolesar and Lee Vermeulen
2014 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780071818438 Available: November 2013 A Professional Medical Title Everything you need to know about the top 300 drugs Includes MP3 audio download with detailed discussion of each drug. Every card includes: •
Generic and common name
•
Class
•
Dosage Forms
•
Approved Dose and Indications
•
Off-Label Use
•
Contraindications
•
Adverse Reactions
99
ALLIED HEALTH
100
•
Drug Interactions
•
Monitoring Parameters
•
Medication Safety Issues and Black Box Warnings
•
Thirty NEW cards, including adult and pediatric immunizations
•
Strong focus on patient safety
International Edition
LABORATORY MEDICINE DIAGNOSIS OF DISEASE IN CLINICAL LABORATORY
2nd Edition
International Edition
DRUG INFORMATION
A Guide for Pharmacists, 5th Edition Patrick Malone, Creighton University-Omaha; Karen Kier and John Stanovich of Ohio Northern University and Meghan J Malone
2014 / 1216 pages ISBN: 9780071804349 ISBN: 9781259255557 [IE] Available: June 2014 Drug Information: A Guide for Pharmacists, Fifth Edition covers essential topics such as: •
Formulating effective responses and recommendations for information
2014 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780071805544 ISBN: 9781259255137 [IE] Available: August 2014
•
Evaluation of drug literature
•
The application of statistical analysis in the biomedical sciences
•
Drug evaluation monographs
A Professional Medical Title
•
Adverse drug reactions
Laboratory Medicine is an essential text for medical students and residents studying clinical pathology, medical technology students, and for practitioners working in a clinical setting. By selecting the appropriate tests and interpreting the results correctly, physicians using this book should be able to optimize patient outcomes and reduce the cost of achieving a diagnosis. This full-color guide features an easy-to-follow, consistent presentation for each disease discussed. Chapters begin with a brief description of the disorder followed by a discussion that includes tables detailing the laboratory evaluation of specific disorders, and coverage of diagnosis, baseline tests to exclude diagnostic possibilities, and clinical indications that warrant further screening and special testing.
•
Medication and patient safety
•
Investigational drugs
Michael Laposata
CONTENTS Concepts in Laboratory Medicine Methods Autoimmune Disorders Involving the Connective Tissue and Immunodificiency Diseases Histocompatibility Testing and Transplantation Infectious Diseases Toxicology Diseases of Infancy and Childhood Blood Vessels The Heart Diseases of Red Blood Cells Bleeding and Thrombotic Disorders Transfusion Medicine Diseases of White Blood Cells, Lymph Nodes, and Spleen The Respiratory System The Gastrointestinal Tract The Liver and Biliary Tract Pancreatic Disorders The Kidney Male Genital Tract Female Genital Tract Breast The Endocrine System
International Edition
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DISEASE
An Introduction to Clinical Medicine 7th Edition Stephen J McPhee and Gary D Hammer
2014 / 800 pages ISBN: 9780071806008 ISBN: 9781259251443 [IE] Available: March 2014 A Professional Medical Title Pathophysiology is the study of the changes of normal mechanical, physiological, and biochemical functions, caused by a disease or resulting from an abnormal syndrome. It is the study of how the body reacts with molecular, cellular, and systemic responses when mutations or organisms trigger illness. Without a thorough understanding of pathophysiologic processes, clinicians cannot accurately diagnose or design proper treatment. The goal of this book is to provide students with an introduction to clinical medicine through the study of diseases as manifestations of pathophysiology. Brief reviews of the relevant normal structure and function of each system in the body, followed by description of the underlying pathophysiologic mechanisms that underlie several common diseases related to that system are provided. The symptoms and signs of each disease state and an essential framework for treatment strategies are provided, giving students the information they need to master these clinical approaches. Throughout the chapters are “Checkpoints” with questions about the previous material presented, and each chapter concludes with pertinent Case Studies to apply the information presented in clinical scenarios. This edition will feature an enhanced ebook for student use, reflecting the growing usage of iPads and electronic books in medical schools. Students will be able to enlarge and examine anatomic and cellular drawings and photos, skip directly to figures and tables as they are referenced in the text, and jump from the case studies to the correct answers and rationales as they navigate the text. CONTENTS Introduction Genetic Disease
ALLIED HEALTH Disorders of the Immune System Infectious Diseases Neoplasia Blood Disorders Nervous System Disorders Diseases of the Skin Pulmonary Disease Cardiovascular Disorders: Heart Disease Cardiovascular Disorders: Vascular Disease Disorders of the Adrenal Medulla Gastrointestinal Disease Liver Disease Disorders of the Exocrine Pancreas Renal Disease Disorders of the Parathyroids & Calcium & Phosphorus Metabolism Disorders of the Endocrine Pancreas Disorders of the Hypothalamus & Pituitary Gland Thyroid Disease Disorders of the Adrenal Cortex Disorders of the Female Reproductive Tract Disorders of the Male Reproductive Tract Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases Case Study Answers
International Edition
ANATOMY COLORING BOOK FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONS David Morton and Kurt Albertine
2014 / 400 pages ISBN: 9780071714006 ISBN: 9781259253713 [IE] Available: May 2014 A Professional Medical Title If you’re looking for an interesting and innovative way to learn the various parts and systems of the human body, your search ends here! Anatomy Coloring Book for Health Professionals is a fresh, fun way for students to grasp the big picture of human anatomy through a regional approach (back, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and perineum, head and neck). Each two-page spread of Anatomy Coloring Book for Health Professionals is organized as follows: •
The left hand page contains a numerated structure list
•
The right hand page contains an illustration with each structure annotated by numbers that correlate with the numerated structure list.
Simply choose a color and shade in a term on the left and the correlated structure on the right. Repeat for each structure in the list. White space is provided to enable you to transfer anatomy and clinical information from your lecture notes to the appropriate illustration or term. After an illustration is fully colored and notes have been transferred you will have created your own personalized textbook specific to your anatomy course! You will find that coloring imprints on your mind the shape and location of each body part, making later visualization much easier. The connection between eye and hand when coloring anatomic structures will prove to be an active and effective way to learn human anatomy. CONTENTS Overview of the Human Body Cells and Tissues Integumentary System Skeletal System
Articulations Muscular System Nervous System Special Sense Organs Lymphatic System Circulatory System Respiratory System Digestive System Urinary System Endocrine System Reproductive System Human Development
PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT EXAM REVIEW, PEARLS OF WISDOM
5th Edition
Daniel Thibodeau and Scott Plantz
2014 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780071821360 A Professional Medical Title This powerful, result-oriented study guide delivers everything you need to improve knowledge, confidence, and recall. Featuring a rigorous quick-hit Q&A format consisting of short clinical questions with concise answers, this is truly your most effective weapon when preparing for the physician assistant certification and recertification exam. The unique question and single-answer format eliminates the guesswork associated with traditional multiple-choice Q&A reviews and reinforces only the answers you’ll need to know on exam day. With content following the NCCPA blueprint, emphasis is placed on distilling key facts and clinical pearls essential for exam success. This high-yield review for is the perfect compliment to larger texts and delivers an intense, streamlined review in the days and weeks before your exam. CONTENTS 1. Examination Preparation and Test-Taking Strategies 2. Cardiovascular 3. Pulmonary 4. Endocrine 5. Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat (EENT) 6. Gastrointestinal/Nutritional 7. Genitourinary 8. Reproductive 9. Musculoskeletal 10. Neurology 11. Psychiatry/Behavioral Science 12. Dermatology 13. Hematology 14. Infectious Disease 15. Pediatrics/Geriatrics 16. Surgery 17. Trauma 18. Pharmacology/Toxicology 19. Health Policy
101
102
ALLIED HEALTH JOHN HOPKINS TEXTBOOK OF CARDIOTHORACIC SURGERY
2nd Edition
David Yuh, Luca Vricella and William Baumgartner of The Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions
2014 / 1472 pages ISBN: 9780071663502 Available: April 2014 A Professional Medical Title An essential guide for daily clinical practice and a thorough review for the cardiothoracic boards, Johns Hopkins Textbook of Cardiothoracic Surgery is filled with authoritative guidance on surgical techniques and pre- and postoperative strategies for managing cardiothoracic disease. The content of this trusted classic reflects the rapidly changing field of cardiothoracic surgery. In addition to the basic curriculum required for certification, you will find coverage of advanced concepts, controversial issues, and new technologies. Johns Hopkins Textbook of Cardiothoracic Surgery provides an in-depth look at the full-spectrum of disorders and their surgical and medical management options, including congenital, acquired, and neoplastic diseases. Supporting this detailed coverage is an easy-to-navigate design and step-by-step explanations of the most complex operations. CONTENTS Part I. GENERAL THORACIC SURGERY Chapter X: Pulmonary Physiology, Function Tests, and Bronchopscopic Techniques Chapter X: Pulmonary Metasteses Chapter X: Esophageal Physiology, Function Tests, and Endoscopic Techniques Chapter X Diaphragmatic Disorders Chapter 1: Surgery and Pulmonary Physiology Chapter 2: Mediastinal Disease Chapter 3: Thoracic Infections Chapter 4: Chest Wall Tumors Chapter 5: Congenital Esophageal Anomalies and Diaphragmatic Hernias Chapter 6: Congenital Chest Wall Anomalies Chapter 7: Congenital Pulmonary Anomalies Chapter 8: Tracheal Diseases Chapter 9: Benign Diffuse Pulmonary Disorders Chapter 10: Surgical Management of Bullous Emphysema and Spontaneous Pneumothorax Chapter 11: Therapies for Benign and Malignant Pleural Diseases Chapter 12: Lung Carcinoma Chapter 13: Gastroesophageal Reflux and Primary Esophageal Motility Disorders Chapter 14: Esophageal Perforation
GASTROINTESTINAL IMAGING CASES Stephen Anderson and Christine Menias
2013 / 585 pages ISBN: 9780071636599 Available: January 2013 A Professional Medical Title Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases features more than 150 gastrointestinal cases grouped according to organ system. Emphasizing clinical application, each case includes presentation, findings, differential diagnosis, comments, pearls, and numerous images. The book offers an efficient, systematic, and visual approach to help you better understand gastrointestinal imaging and sharpen your diagnostic skills. Covering a wide range of
general clinical topics of interest to practicing imaging clinicians, Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases covers the liver, biliary, pancreas, esophagus, gastroduodenal, small bowel, colorectal, and omentum, mesentry, abdominal wall, and peritoneum. The book’s easy-to-navigate organization is specifically designed for use at the workstation. The concise, quick-read text, numerous images, and helpful pearls speed and simplify the learning process.
MCGRAW-HILL’S PARAMEDIC FLASHCARDS Jr Peter A DiPrima and Scott S Coyne
2013 / 400 pages ISBN: 9780071794121 Available: April 2013 McGraw-Hill’s Paramedic Flashcards offer a succint, comprehensive, and easy to carry review of the must-know concepts that students need to remember for their certification exam. •
Cards cover high-yield content for the certification exam.
•
Succinct questions on the front of the card test students on important concepts
•
Answers on the back of the card are explained with text, lists, tables and/or images
•
Cards include tips and mnemonics to enhance memory
EMS POCKET DRUG GUIDE
2nd Edition
Patrick Gomella and Leonard G Gomella, Thomas Jefferson UniversityMedical School
2013 / 368 pages ISBN: 9780071788274 Available: April 2013 This is the first EMS pocket drug guide that contains the detailed information typically found only in much larger reference books. EMS Pocket Drug Guide is a true must-have for any level EMS provider from basic to advanced. Small enough to fit in a shirt pocket, it should always be with you for quick, reliable reference in the field. •
The detail you need without sacrificing ease of use
•
Essential information on 1000 of the most commonly prescribed medications and more than 70 drugs most often used in the pre-hospital setting
•
Drug-specific EMS pearls, including signs and symptoms of overdose and specific overdose management
•
Sections on street drugs and medicinal herbs
•
Quick field reference tables, including cardiac algorithms, weight conversion, and injury severity scores
CONTENTS Medication Key Abbreviations Classification (Drug type) Generic Drug Data Commonly Used Medicinal Herbs Tables and Index
ALLIED HEALTH
International Edition
CLINICAL ANATOMY
International Edition
PULMONARY PHYSIOLOGY
A Case Study Approach
8th Edition
Mark Hankin, Dennis Morse and Carol Bennett-Clarke
Michael G Levitzky, Louisiana State University School of Medicine
2013 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780071628426 ISBN: 9781259094804 [IE]
2013 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071793131 ISBN: 9781259095269 [IE] Available: March 2013
Filled with 50 cases that consider 130 possible diagnoses, and more than 250 illustrations, this concise, highly accessible book is a must for medical students and professionals preparing for their courses, boards, and practice. With each chapter, you will gain insight into the fundamentals of human anatomy and--just as importantly--its relevance to actual clinical practice. Clinical Anatomy features an intuitive body region organization, which is consistent with the common instructional approach of medical gross anatomy courses. No other guide offers you the opportunity to interact with clinical conditions on a level that so closely approximates clinical practice. CONTENTS 1. Anatomical Concepts and Information 2. Thorax 3. Abdomen 4. pelvis 5. Perineum 6. Neck 7. Head 8. Back 9. Upper Limb 10. Lower Limb
PHARMACOTHERAPY PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE STUDY GUIDE
3rd Edition
Michael Katz, University of Arizona Health Sciences Center, Tucson, Kathryn R Matthias and Marie Chisholm-Burns
2013 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071801782 Available: September 2013 A Professional Reference Title Pharmacotherapy Principles and Practice Study Guide, Third Edition, includes more than 100 patient cases that correspond to chapters in the third edition of Pharmacotherapy Principles and Practice. These cases are presented in realistic fashion, using terms and abbreviations that would normally be found in a patient’s medical record. Patients in these cases have drug therapy problems requiring identification and management. For each case, you will be asked to develop a Patient Database, Drug Therapy Problem Worksheet, and Pharmacotherapy Care Plan, using the forms provided. With Pharmacotherapy Principles and Practice Study Guide you will learn how to navigate through the process of applying your knowledge of pharmacotherapy to specific patient cases by organizing patient data to logically assess a patient’s medication issues and formulate a sound pharmacotherapy care plan.
A Professional Reference Title For more than three decades, Pulmonary Physiology has provided medical students and residents with a solid background in the areas of pulmonary physiology essential for a thorough understanding of clinical medicine. Pulmonary Physiology, 8e teaches you how and why the human respiratory system works--in a style and presentation that makes it easy to absorb and integrate with your knowledge of other body systems.
THE ULTIMATE GUIDE TO THE PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT PROFESSION Ohanesian Jessi Rodriguez
2013 / 296 pages ISBN: 9780071801942 Available: August 2013 This indispensable guide is the next best thing to having a reallife PA mentor at your side. Based on the author’s hard-won insights and extensive research as a student and professional PA, the book defines the PA’s role; reveals the secrets for getting into and through a PA training program; and provides valuable tips for students to use during their clinical rotations. Above all, through the author’s down-to-earth tone and use of personal vignettes, it offers encouragement when you need it most--and lays the foundation for a fulfilling career centered on optimizing patient outcomes. The Ultimate Guide to the Physician Assistant Profession begins with an instructive look at the history of the profession, and subsequent chapters highlight exactly what it takes to excel in PA school; how to transition effectively from school to work; strategies for optimizing collaboration between physicians and PAs; and much more. Supporting this practical coverage are “Day in the Life” vignettes that feature engaging, hour-by-hour accounts of PAs at work across a range of unique settings and specialties, from administration and forensics, to family practice and cardiac critical care. CONTENTS Chapter 1. History of the Physician Assistant Profession Chapter 2. Physician Assistants in the Healthcare System Chapter 3. Physician Assistant School Chapter 4. Physician Assistant Student Life Chapter 5. Transition from School to Work Chapter 6. Interprofessional Collaboration in Healthcare Delivery Chapter 7. Endless Opportunities Chapter 8. Working Outside the Box Chapter 9. Incentive Chapter 10. Inspirational Leaders: A Collection of Personal Professional Biographies Appendix A. Physician Assistant Schools Appendix B. Physician Assistant Residencies Appendix C. Glossary
103
ALLIED HEALTH
104
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
step guidance on the examination of each joint and region. This in-depth coverage leads you logically through systems review and differential diagnosis, aided by decision-making algorithms.
National Safety Council
CONTENTS
2012 / 64 pages ISBN: 9780073519951 Available: August 2011
Section I: Anatomy 1. The Musculoskeletal System 2. Tissue Behavior, Injury, Healing, and Treatment 3. The Nervous System
3rd Edition
Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until professional help arrives is critical to saving lives. This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace. •
What your students will learn
•
Recognize an emergency
•
Act appropriately
•
Sustain life until professional help arrives
CONTENTS Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission Lesson 3 Check the Victim Lesson 4 Basic Life Support Lesson 5 Recovery Position Lesson 6 Choking Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care Lesson 9 Shock Lesson 10 Burns Lesson 11 Serious Injuries Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries Lesson 13 Sudden Illness Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions Lesson 15 Poisoning Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
DUTTON’S ORTHOPAEDIC EXAMINATION EVALUATION AND INTERVENTION
3rd Edition
Mark Dutton, Allegheny General Hospital, West Penn Health System (WPHS)
2012 / 1496 pages ISBN: 9780071744041 Available: April 2012 A Professional Reference Title Dutton’s Orthopaedic Examination, Evaluation, and Intervention provides you with a systematic, logical approach to the evaluation and intervention of the orthopedic patient. Comprehensive and up-to-date, Dutton’s strikes the perfect balance in its coverage of examination and treatment. For any intervention to be successful, an accurate diagnosis must be followed by a carefully planned and specific rehabilitation program to both the affected area and its related structure. This approach must take into consideration the structure involved and the stage of healing. Dutton’s Orthopaedic Examination, Evaluation, and Intervention emphasizes the appropriate use of manual techniques and therapeutic exercise based on these considerations. The correct applications of electrotherapeutic and thermal modalities are outlined throughout as adjuncts to the rehabilitative process. The content reflects the consistent, unified voice of a single author – a prominent practicing therapist who delivers step-by-
Section II: Examination And Evaluation 4. Patient/Client Management 5. Differential Diagnosis 6. Gait and Posture Analysis 7. Imaging Studied in Orthopaedics Section III: Intervention 8. The Intervention 9. Pharmacology for the Orthopaedic Physical Therapist 10. Manual Techniques 11. Neurodynamic Mobility and Mobilizations 12. Improving Muscle Performance 13. Improving Range of Motion and Flexibility 14. Improving Neuromuscular Control 15. Improving Cardiovascular Endurance Section IV: The Extremities 16. The Shoulder 17. Elbow 18. The Forearm, Wrist, and Hand 19. Hip 20. The Knee 21. The Ankle and Foot Section V: The Spine and TMJ 22. Vertebral Column 23. The Craniovertebral Region 24. Vertebral Artery 25. The Cervical Spine 26. The Temporomandibular Joint 27. The Thoracic Spine 28. Lumbar Spine 29. The Sacroiliac Joint Section VI: Special Considerations 30. Special Populations Solutions for Review Questions Index
MCGRAW-HILL’S NPTE NATIONAL PHYSICAL THERAPY EXAM
2nd Edition
Mark Dutton, Allegheny General Hospital
2012 / 1055 pages ISBN: 9780071771313 Available: February 2012 McGraw-Hill’s NPTE (National Physical Therapy Examination) will help you study more effectively, use your preparation time wisely, and get the best score possible. With this unmatched review, you’ll sharpen your subject knowledge, strengthen your thinking skills, and build your test-taking confidence. It delivers exactly what you need to excel: a concise outline review of the curriculum that’s consistent with the APTA’s Physical Therapy Practice, important information about the NPTE, can’t miss test-taking strategies, a comprehensive practice exam and a Q&A-packed companion website and CD-ROM. Includes:
ALLIED HEALTH •
Easy-to-follow outline review of every topic found on the exam
•
Valuable test-taking strategies and exam overview
•
CD-ROM with a 600-question practice exam
•
Study pearls that highlight must-know material
•
Companion website with 600 NPTA-style questions, answer explanations, and references
CONTENTS Section I: The Profession; Chapter 1: Who are Physical Therapists and What Do They Do?; Chapter 2: Health Care Administration; Chapter 3: Research; Chapter 4:Education; Chapter 5: Fundamentals and Core Concepts; Section II: Tests and Measures; Chapter 6: The History and Systems Review; Chapter 7: Gait, Posture, Ergonomics, and Occupational Health; Chapter 8: Musculoskeletal Physical Therapy; Chapter 9: Neuromuscular Physical Therapy; Chapter 10: Pulmonary Physical Therapy; Chapter 11: Cardiovascular Physical Therapy; Chapter 12: Pathology and Psychology; Chapter 13: Integumentary Physical Therapy; Chapter 14: Geriatric Physical Therapy; Chapter 15: Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Assistive Devices; Chapter 16: Pediatric Physical Therapy; Section III: Procedural Interventions; Chapter 17: Therapeutic Exercise; Chapter 18: Adjunctive Interventions; Chapter 19:Pharmacology for the Physical Therapist Section IV: Examinatin Preparation; Appendix Index
LANGE REVIEW ULTRASONOGRAPHY EXAMINATION WITH CD-ROM
4th Edition
Charles S Odwin, North Central Bronx Hospital and Arthur C Fleisher, Vanderbilt Univeristy
2012 / 810 pages ISBN: 9780071634243 Available: September 2012 A Professional Reference Title Known to students as “the yellow book” LANGE Review Ultrasonography Examination, 4e features a concise outlineformat review of the curriculum, more than 3,000 registry-format review questions and answers with complete explanations, and a new registry-simulating CD-ROM for complete exam preparation. Now in full color throughout, this one-stop guide to exam success includes new chapters, more images, and inclusion of 3D images. CONTENTS 1. Sonography: Principles, Techniques, and Instrumentation 2. Adult Echocardiography 3. Pediatric Echocardiography 4. Abdominal Sonography 5. Sonography of the Thyroid and Scrotum 6. Endorectal Prostate Sonography 7. Obstetrical and Gynecologic Sonography and Transvaginal Sonography 8. 3D Obstetric and Gynecologic Sonography: An Illustrative Overview
9. Fetal Echocardiography 10. Breast Sonography 11. Abdominal Vascular Sonography 12. Cerebrovascular Sonography 13. Sonography of the Peripheral Veins 14. Peripheral Arterial Sonography 15. Neurosonology 16. Musculoskeletal Ultrasound Index
International Edition
POISONING AND DRUG OVERDOSE
6th Edition
Kent R Olson, University of California-San Francisco
2012 / 750 pages ISBN: 9780071668330 ISBN: 9780071788427 [IE] Available: September 2011 Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 6e delivers critical information on effective diagnosis and treatment of drug-related emergencies and chemical exposures. Divided into four sections, easily identified by the dictionary-style tabs: •
Section 1 covers initial emergency management, including treatment of complications; physical and laboratory diagnosis; and decontamination and enhanced elimination procedures
•
Section II provides detailed information on 150 common drugs and poisons
•
Section III describes the use of antidotes and therapeutic drugs to treat poisoning
•
Section IV describes the medical management of chemical and occupational exposures, including a table of over 500 industrial chemicals
Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 6e is enhanced by numerous tables, charts, and a comprehensive index featuring generic, chemical, and brand names, making it an essential resource for anyone responding to drug-related emergencies and chemical exposures. CONTENTS Part I. Evaluation and Treatment Principles Part II. Specific Poisons and Drugs Part III. Therapeutic Drugs and Antidotes Part IV. Environmental and Occupational Exposures
105
ALLIED HEALTH
106
MAMMOGRAPHY AND BREAST IMAGING PREP
(CT) technology within the chapters on radiation protection, equipment, procedures, and CT imaging. Also included is an examsimulating CD containing two complete practice exams.
Olive Peart, The Stamford Hospital
2012 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071749329 Available: January 2012 A Professional Medical Title A comprehensive review for the mammography registry examination – from an experienced educator and clinician who knows exactly what it takes to pass
CONTENTS 1. Patient Care 2. Image Procedures 3. Radiation Protection 4. Image Acquisition and Evaluation 5. Equipment Operation and Quality Control 6. Practice Test 1 7. Practice Test 2
Includes new coverage of the latest digital imaging technologies •
Written by an instructor and mammography specialist at Stamford Hospital
•
Concise narrative text helps you to focus on essential concepts
•
Practice questions with answers referenced to the text allow you to gauge your comprehension of important material
•
Learning aids such as objectives and glossaries at the beginning of each chapter streamline the learning process
•
Numerous radiographs teach you to recognize good and bad films and normal circumscribed lesions and breast calcifications
•
High-quality diagrams help you learn correct patient positioning consistent with the American College of Radiography and the Mammography Quality Control Manual
•
Valuable during coursework to help you recognize and understand concepts that are likely to appear on the exam
•
A complete review for licensure that includes the history of breast imaging, breast cancer detection, and treatment (including new imaging methods and recent advances in digital mammography, MRI, BSGI, DBT, volumtetric ultrasound imaging, and Cone Beam Breast CT)
International Edition
RADIOGRAPHY PREP PROGRAM REVIEW AND EXAMINATION PREPARATION
7th Edition
D A Saia, The Stamford Hospital
2012 / 568 pages ISBN: 9780071787048 Available: August 2012 A Professional Reference Title Ace the ARRT certification exam with the field’s most trusted review Maximize your study time -- and your grade -- by focusing on the most important and frequently tested topics Updated to reflect the January 2012 ARRT registry blueprint 4 STAR DOODY’S REVIEW! “This update is once again a highlight in the review book section for preparing for the registry exam in radiography. Using a compilation of noteworthy sources, the author once again provides students with a complete and valuable guide for registry exam review. This is a must-have book for any future radiographer.”--Doody’s Review Service •
The entire radiography curriculum summarized in a concise, readable narrative makes it easy to understand and memorize key concepts
•
850+ registry-style questions, including a 200-question practice test, prepare you for the exam
2012 / 454 pages ISBN: 9780071787215 ISBN: 9781259009419 [IE]
•
Answers with detailed explanations and references to major textbooks
•
More than 400 illustrations and clinical images
A Professional Reference Title
•
1400+ Q&As and a test-simulating CD deliver unmatched preparation for the radiography certification/recertification exam
Written by an experienced educator and radiography program director who knows exactly what it takes to pass
•
Essential for certification or recertification
4 STAR DOODY’S REVIEW!
•
Written by an author with 35+ years of teaching experience
“This is an excellent resource for radiography student interns to use to prepare for the national registry. It poses a series of questions from each integral portion of radiography and covers all the units thoroughly....This is a wonderful resource for students to use to fully prepare for the exam....This is the best book around to prepare interns for the exam.”--Doody’s Review Service
•
Summary boxes provide a convenient overview of mustknow information
CONTENTS
LANGE Q&A RADIOGRAPHY EXAMINATION
9th Edition (Set 2)
D A Saia, The Stamford Hospital
LANGE Q&A: Radiography Examination, 9e provides radiography students and recertifying radiographers with more than 1,400 registry-style questions with detailed answer explanations. Questions are organized by topic area for focused study and the book also includes two comprehensive practice exams. This ninth edition includes the ARRT examination content to be implemented in January 2012. Also new is coverage of computed tomography
Section I: Patient Care and Education 1. Legal and Ethical Aspects 2. Patient Communication and Safety 3. Infection Control 4. Patient Monitoring, Medical Emergencies, and Contrast Media Section II: Image Procedures 5. General Procedural Considerations 6. Image Procedures: Anatomy, Positioning, and Pathology Section III: Radiation Protection
ALLIED HEALTH 7. Radiation Protection Considerations 8. Patient Protection 9. Personnel Protection 10. Radiation Exposure and Monitoring Section IV: Image Acquisition and Evaluation 11. Technical Factors and Image Quality 12. Image Processing and Quality Assurance 13. Image Evaluation: Electronic and Screen/Film Section V: Equipment Operation and Quality Control 14. Radiograhic and Fluoroscopic Equipment 15. Standards of Performance and Equipment Evaluation 16. Practice Test
LANGE Q&A SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY EXAMINATION (SET 2)
6th Edition
Carolan Sherman and Mary Chmielewski, Bergen Community College
2012 / 288 pages ISBN: 9780071745765 Available: February 2012 A Professional Reference Title Surgical technologists are allied health professionals, who are an integral part of the team of medical practitioners providing surgical care to patients in a variety of settings. Surgical technologists work under the supervision of a surgeon to ensure that the operating room or environment is safe, that equipment functions properly, and that the operative procedure is conducted under conditions that maximize patient safety. Surgical technologists possess expertise in the theory and application of sterile and aseptic technique and combine the knowledge of human anatomy, surgical procedures, and implementation tools and technologies to facilitate a physician’s performance of invasive therapeutic and diagnostic procedures. The new edition of the highly successful Lange Q&A Surgical Technology Examination will provide updated content to reflect changes in the surgical field since the last edition. The contents will follow the blueprint for the exam in an attempt to address core curriculum that students are learning in their programs. New questions and answers will test readers on updated surgical procedures and techniques, and there will be many new photos testing readers on instrument identification. For the first time, the book will come with a CD-ROM. The CD will provide questions from the book in an interactive exam module where readers can pick and choose topics to help them strengthen their knowledge in core areas of curriculum.
7. Thoracic Surgery 8. Cardiovascular and Peripheral Vascular Surgery 9. Orthopedic Surgery 10. Neurosurgery 11. Paediatric and Geriatric Surgery 12. Emergency Procedures Part 4. TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES FOR THE OPERATING ROOM 1. Computer Use 2. Surgical Applications of Electricity 3. Robotics 4. Endoscopics 5. Physics and Medicine
International Edition
ESSENTIALS OF NURSING INFORMATICS
5th Edition
Virginia K Saba, Georgetown University School of Nursing and Kathleen Ann McCormick
2011 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780071743716 ISBN: 9780071328296 [IE] Available: August 2011 A Professional Reference Title Written by leaders in nursing informatics, this comprehensive, up-to-date text explores the ever-growing role computers play in the field of nursing. Offering theoretical background to help you understand how informatics serves many aspects of the profession, Essential of Nursing Informatics also gives you practical help in unlocking computing’s benefits -- both now and into the future. Numerous case studies and examples add real-world relevance to the material. An internationally recognized contributor team provides information and insights not found in any other text on essential topics such as the application of computers to nursing administration, education, and research; electronic medical records (EMRs) and personal health records (PHRs); coding; and government, clinical, and private sector system requirements. Completely revised and updated with the latest information on specialized softwares and contributions, the sixth edition of Essential of Nursing Informatics covers: •
Computer systems
•
Information theory
•
Current issues in informatics
•
Continuum of care information technology systems
•
Educational applications
CONTENTS
•
Research applications
Part 1. FUNDAMENTAL KNOWLEDGE 1. Basic Sciences 2. Infection Control 3. Concepts of Patient Care 4. Occupational Hazards
•
International perspectives (including Europe, Canada, Pacific Rim, Asia, South America, and South Africa)
•
The future of informatics
Part 2. PREOPERATIVE PREPARATION 1. Physical Environment of the OR 2. Patient Related Procedures 3. Scrub Tasks
I. COMPUTERS AND NURSING 1. Overview of Computers and Nursing 2. Historical Perspective of Nursing Informatics 3. Electronic Health Record from a Historical Perspective
Part 3. INTRAOPERATIVE AND POSTOPERATIVE PROCEDURES 1. General Surgery 2. Obstetrics and Gynecology 3. Opthalmology 4. Otorhinolayngology 5. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 6. Genitourinary Surgery
CONTENTS
II. COMPUTER SYSTEMS 4. Computer System Basics 5. Systems Life Cycle: Planning and Analysis 6. Implementation and Evaluation 7. Healthcare Project Management 8. Human Factors
107
108
ALLIED HEALTH 9. Open Source and Free Software 10. Mobil Computing Platforms III. INFORMATICS THEORY 11. The Practice Speciality of Nursing Informatics 12. Advanced Terminological Approaches in Nursing 13. Nursing Minimum Data Set Systems 14. Overview of the Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: A National Nursing Standard Coded Terminology IV. CURRENT ISSUES IN INFORMATICS 15. Health Data Standards Development, Harmonization and Interoperability 16. Nursing Informatics and Healthcare Policy 17. Trustworthy Systems for Safe and Private Health Care 18. Shaping Nursing Informatics through the Public Policy Process 19. Home Health: the Missing Ingredient in Healthcare Reform V. CONTINUUM OF CARE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS 20. Computerized Provider Order Entry 21. Electronic Health Record Vendor Applications 22. The Role of Technology in the Medication-Use Process 23. Planning, Design, and Implementation of Information Technology in Complex Healthcare Systems 24. The Integration of Complex Systems theory into Six Sigma Methods of Performance Improvement: A Case Study 25. Workflow and Healthcare Process Management 26. Translation of Evidence into Nursing Practice 27. Evidence Based Practice 28. Incorporating Evidence: Use of Computer-Based Clinical Decision Support Systems (CDSS) for Health Professionals 29. The Magnet Model 30. Internet Tools for Patient Care in Advanced Practice 31. IT for the Rural Healthcare Market 32. Ambulatory Care Information Systems 33. Overview of Post Acute Services 34. Public Health Practice Applications 35. Informatics Solutio ns for Emergency Planning and Response VI. EDUCATIONAL APPLICATI0NS 36. Web 2.0 and its Impact on Healthcare Education and Practice 37. Initiation and Management of Accessible, Effective Online Learning 38. Innovations in e-Health 39. Consumer and Patient Use of Computers for Health 40. Nursing Curriculum Reform and Healthcare Information Technology 41. A Paradigm Shift in Simulation: Experiential Learning in Second Life 42. The TIGER Initiative VII. RESEARCH APPLICATIONS 43. Computer Use in Nursing Research 44. Information Literacy and Computerized Information Resources VIII. INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES 45. Nursing Informatics in Canada 46. Nursing Informatics in Europe 47. Pacific Rim Perspectives 48. Asian Perspectives 49. Nursing Informatics in South America 50. Nursing Informatics in South Africa IX. THE FUTURE OF INFORMATICS 51. Future Directions Appendix
BIOMEDICAL ETHICS IN ASIA Akira Akabayashi
2010 (June 2010) / 139 pages ISBN: 9780071312226 An Asia Professional Medical Title Biomedical Ethics in Asia: A Casebook for Multicultural Learners features a series of informative and interactive cases dealing with biomedical issues that health care professionals and students often face in their practice and studies worldwide. Examples and case studies have been adapted for the Asian context to make the study of biomedical ethics more approachable for readers in Asia. The book facilitates the study of contemporary biomedical ethics within the contexts of each reader’s religion and culture. Health care students and professionals (physicians, nurses, and co-medicals), along with ethicists, lawyers, and researchers can readily use the book to learn the key concepts of biomedical ethics and immediately apply that knowledge to their work. Each chapter consists of sections that provide background information and provoke analysis, and these help readers break down the cases and encourage an informed discussion. Akabayashi, Kodama, and Slingsby have designed the book as a useful introductory tool to learn biomedical ethics. With its workbook style, it can be used for both individual and group study. Its easy-to-follow format facilitates the study of biomedical ethics and the dynamic process of applying its key concepts to the practice of medicine and research in the Asian context. CONTENTS Foreword Preface Acknowledgements Introduction Defining Asia Ethics, law, religion and culture What is biomedical ethics? Cases Case One: Telling the truth Case Two: Decision-making capacity Case Three: Nonadherence Case Four: Confidentiality Case Five: End of life issues Case Six: Brain death and organ transplantation Case Seven: Abortion Case Eight: Prenatal screening and genetic counseling Case Nine: Surrogacy Case 10: Explaining illness to children Case 11: Treatment of premature babies with complications Case 12: A mistake made by one’s colleague Case 13: Research ethics Case 14: Placebo-controlled clinical trial for HIV therapy Case 15: Traditional medicine and complementary or alternative medicine Case 16: ICU respirator allocation Case 17: Influenza outbreak and vaccine distribution Case 18: Health care access and the poor Afterword References List of Casebooks Further readings
ALLIED HEALTH
International Edition
NEW NURSE’S SURVIVAL GUIDE Genevieve Chandler, University of Massachusetts-Boston
2010 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071592864 ISBN: 9780071312806 [IE] Available: December 2009 A Professional Reference Title Packed with real life examples and indispensable advice from novices and staff development experts, New Nurse’s Survival Guide is the best resource available on how to make the difficult transition from nursing student to practicing nurse. Written by two registered nurses, the book covers everything from the different career options in nursing to the job search to what to expect during the first three months to one year. CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Dream: Different Options in Nursing Careers Chapter 2: The Reality: Taking the leap from student to nurse Chapter 3 The Preparation: Things you need to know about work before you graduate Chapter 4: The Search: Looking for a job Chapter 5: Recruitment and Retention: Finding the right employment Chapter 6: The First Weeks: Role transition Chapter 7: The first three months Chapter 8: 6 months out and still going! Chapter 9: First year Chapter 10: What next?
MEDICO-LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN CARDIOLOGY AND GENERAL MEDICINE Catherine Tay and Leslie Tay
2010 (May 2010) / 225 pages ISBN: 9780071312905 An Asia Professional Medical Title With rapid advancement in medical science, technology, and skills comes a myriad of legal, ethical, and moral problems. Almost daily, items of ethical and medico-legal significance are appearing in the media. A basic understanding of the medico-legal and ethical issues in healthcare is essential for safe, responsible, and ethical practice in daily clinical work. This book looks at such issues, in those areas where law and medicine commonly meet. The doctorlawyer team uses a novel question-and-answer format, with a special emphasis on problem-solving, to make learning about medico-legal and ethical principles effortless and educational. The practical and realistic case scenarios featured are commonly faced by cardiologists, internists and family physicians. CONTENTS Foreword I Foreword II Preface About the Authors Case Scenarios 1 Driving after a Heart Attack 2 Driving When Medically Unfit – Should the Authorities Be Informed? 3 Medical Assistance on Board a Plane 4 Fitness to Fly – What Are the Guidelines? 5 Air Travel during Pregnancy – Fitness to Fly 6 Assisting in a Road Traffic Accident
7 Family Involvement in Informed Consent – Is it Appropriate? 8 Issues on Treating a Mentally Incompetent Patient 9 Advance Medical Directive 10 Underage Termination of Pregnancy 11 Operating on a Jehovah’s Witness – Refusal of Blood Transfusion 12 Jehovah’s Witnesses and Their Children – Can Parents Refuse a Blood Transfusion? 13 Self-discharge – Is the Patient Competent? 14 A & E Assessment of Chest Pain – Negligence 15 Bed Shortage – A Physician’s Obligation 16 A Non-compliant Patient 17 Unable to Afford Medical Treatment – Financial Issues 18 Refusal to Leave Hospital after Being Fit for Discharge 19 Do Not Resuscitate Orders 20 A Family’s Request to Continue a Futile Resuscitation – What Should You Do? 21 A Child’s “Right to Die” – Does This Right Exist? 22 Withdrawal of Treatment 23 Tourist without Medical Insurance – Your Duty to Treat 24 Withdrawal of Financial Support 25 Obtaining Informed Consent in Clinical Trials 26 Missed Diagnosis – Who Is Liable? 27 HIV and Doctor–Patient Confidentiality – Can It Be Breached? 28 Issues Surrounding HIV Testing 29 HIV Testing in Children without Parental Consent – Is It Ethical? 30 Breaking Doctor–Patient Confidentiality in Illicit Drug Use and HIV Testing 31 Wrong-side and/or Wrong-site Procedure – Are You Liable? 32 A Drunken Colleague at Work – What Should You Do? 33 Prescribing for Colleagues – Drug Dependence? 34 Informing a Patient about a Colleague’s Inappropriate Treatment 35 Bleeding Following Anticoagulation – Is It Medical Negligence? 36 Failure to Screen Family Members 37 Sudden Death during Military Service – Are You Liable? 38 Pre-enlistment Screen Failure – Who Is Liable? 39 Exceptions to Patient Confidentiality 40 Breaking Bad News – The Essence of Good Communication 41 Patient’s Relatives – Can You Treat or Offer Advice? 42 Withholding Information and Diagnosis – Is it Ethical? 43 Failure to Refer 44 Human Organ Transplantation Appendices Appendix 1 Declaration of Geneva Physician’s Oath Appendix 2 Hippocratic Oath – Modern Version Appendix 3 Government Proceedings Act (Chapter 121) Appendix 4 Singapore Armed Forces Act (Chapter 295) Appendix 5 Misuse of Drugs Act (Chapter 185) Appendix 6 Declaration of Helsinki Appendix 7 The Belmont Report 1979 (USA) Appendix 8 Notification of Infectious Diseases Form Index
MEDICO-LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN EYE CARE Catherine Tay and Kah Guan Au Eong
2010 (September 2009) / 248 pages ISBN: 9780071269940 An Asia Professional Medical Title This book presents practical and realistic case scenarios commonly encountered in the practice of eye care by optometrists, opticians and ophthalmologists, as well as by family physicians. The lawyereye specialist team has used a novel question-and-answer format,
109
110
ALLIED HEALTH with a special emphasis on problem-solving, to make learning about medico-legal and ethical principles effortless and interesting. “Take-home Messages” crystallise the key points discussed. Eye care professionals working in optical outlets, medical clinics and hospital departments can easily relate to the scenarios presented. This book will also be of interest to optometry students, medical students, postgraduate ophthalmology students, law students, attorneys, patients and the general reader who may wish to know his medico-legal rights. CONTENTS Foreword I Foreword II Foreword III Foreword IV Foreword V Foreword VI Foreword VII Preface About the Authors Part I: Introduction to Law and Ethics Chapter 1 The Legal System Chapter 2 Torts Chapter 3 Medical Negligence Chapter 4 Informed Consent Chapter 5 Medical Confidentiality Chapter 6 Contract Law Chapter 7 Sale of Goods and Unfair Practices Chapter 8 Ethics Chapter 9 New Legal Developments in Optometry and Opticianry Part II: Case Scenarios 1. Minor Fitting Contact Lenses – The Concept of “Gillick Competence” and Patient Confidentiality 2. Informed Consent of the Normal and Mentally Subnormal Adult 3. Minor Refusing Treatment – Does “Gillick Competence” Still Apply? 4. Missed or Delayed Diagnosis – The Concept of Negligence 5. Duty of Care of Healthcare Professionals 6. Referral to Other Healthcare Professionals – Ethical Considerations 7. Dispensing Contact Lenses – Legal Considerations 8. Battery – Legal Implications 9. Research – Ethical Considerations 10. Research – Ethical Considerations 11. Restricting One’s Professional Practice – Legal Implications 12. Missed/Delayed Diagnosis – Duty of Care of Healthcare Professionals 13. Screening Tests for Patient With No Symptoms – When to Do Test? 14. Patient Seeing Different Healthcare Professionals – Who is More Liable? 15. Occupier’s Liability – Legal Implications 16. Differing Professional Opinions – Ethical and Legal Considerations 17. Talking About Competitors – When is It Defamation? 18. Missed/Delayed Diagnosis – The Bolam Test 19. Differing Professional Opinions – To Each His Own? 20. Volunteer Community Service – Bound by the Same Rules? 21. Informal Medical Consultation – Legal Implications 22. Comparing Products – When Does it Become Research? 23. Over-the-Counter Nutritional Supplements – Can NonPhysicians Prescribe Them? 24. Wrong Spectacles Prescription – Who is Liable? 25. Well-Managed Surgical Complication With Apparent Harm – Is There a Need to Tell Patient? 26. Telling Patient About Another Healthcare Professional’s
Complication –Is it Ethical? 27. Referrals to Other Healthcare Professionals – Ethical Considerations 28. Referrals to Other Healthcare Professionals – Who to Refer to? 29. Second Opinion – Ethical and Legal Considerations 30. Turning Away A Patient – Concept of Vicarious Liability 31. History-taking – Duty of Care 32. Keeping Records – Legal Implications 33. Addressing Eye Complaints During Community Screening – When to Refer? 34. Lens Mix-Up – Who is Liable? 35. Infectious Diseases Act – When to Disclose Information? 36. Medical Confidentiality – Legal Considerations 37. Patient Refusing Medical Treatment – Medico-Legal Considerations 38. Withholding Diagnosis from Patient – Is It Legal? 39. Emergency Procedure On Mentally Subnormal Adult – Medico-legal Considerations 40. Expert Witness and Witness of Fact – Can Healthcare Professionals Decline? 41. uboptimal Follow-Up Care – Who is Liable? 42. Long Appointment Date and Delayed Medical Work-Up – Who is Liable? Appendix A The Declaration of Helsinki Appendix B The Belmont Report 1979 (USA) Appendix C Optometrists and Opticians Act
INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PHYSICS
4th Edition
Herman Cember and Thomas E Johnson, Colorado State University
2009 / 864 pages ISBN: 9780071423083 Available: July 2008 A Professional Reference If it’s an important topic in the field of health physics, you’ll find it in this trusted text … in sections on physical principles, atomic and nuclear structure, radioactivity, biological effects of radiation, and instrumentation. This one-of-a-kind guide spans the entire scope of the field and offers a problem-solving approach that will serve you throughout your career. CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Review of Physical Principles 3. Atomic and Nuclear Structure 4. Radiation Sources 5. Interaction of Radiation with Matter 6. Radiation Dosimetry 7. Biological Basis for Radiation Safety 8. Radiation Safety Guides 9. Health Physics Instrumentation 10. External Radiation Safety 11. Internal Radiation Safety 12. Criticality 13. Evaluation of Radiation Safety Measures 14. Nonionizing Radiation Safety Appendix A: Values of Some Useful Constants Appendix B: Table of the Elements Appendix C: The Reference Person Overall Specifications Appendix D: Source in Bladder Contents Appendix E: Total Mass Attenuation Coefficients Appendix F: Mass Energy Absorption Coefficients Answers to Problems Index
ALLIED HEALTH THE BLACK BOOK OF CLINICAL EXAMINATION Hong Liang Tey and Erle Lim
2009 (August 2009) / 408 pages ISBN: 9780071268363 An Asia Professional Medical Title This book takes the medical student through the steps of a basic clinical examination. The authors, who have many years of experience coaching candidates for undergraduate and postgraduate examinations, stress the significance of important steps and relevant signs, highlight common errors, and provide useful advice to guide the student through the morass of information that is apt to trap the unguided. The book also takes the student through typical exam cases, providing answers to ‘favourite examiners’ questions’ and insights into the examiners’ perspective. CONTENTS Foreword Preface Acknowledgements About the Authors Chapter 1 General Approach Chapter 2 Respiratory System Chapter 3 Abdomen Chapter 4 Neurology Chapter 5 Cardiovascular System Chapter 6 Dermatology Chapter 7 Rheumatology Chapter 8 Endocrinology Chapter 9 Ophthalmology Chapter 10 Clinical Signs and Spot Diagnoses Index
MCGRAW-HILL REVIEW FOR THE NCLEX-RN EXAMINATION Frances D Monahan
2008 / 992 pages ISBN: 9780071460774 A Professional Reference Title CONTENTS Part I: Pre-Test Information Preparing for NCLEX-RN Test and Language Basics Part II: Content Review Safe & Effective Care Environment Management of Care & Legal Issues Safety and Infection Control Health Promotion and Maintenance Ante/Intra/Postpartum & Newborn Care Growth, Development & Family Planning Health and Wellness Techniques of Physical Assessment Psychosocial Integrity Mental Health Concepts Therapy & Intervention Psychopathology Physiological Integrity Alternative & Complementary Therapies Pharmacological & Parenteral Therapies Reduction of Risk Potential Physiological Adaptation
Problems & Complications Part III: Taking the Test Sharpening Your Test Taking Skills Practice Test for NCLEX-RN
International Edition
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN TEN DAYS
2nd Edition
David R Ferry, Loma Linda University
2007 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071465625 ISBN: 9780071260947 [IE] CONTENTS 1. The Basics 2. Chamber Abnormalities and Intraventricular Conduction Defects 3. SA and AV Nodal Block 4. Ischemia and Infarction 5. Reentrant Supraventricular Tachycardias 6. Ectopic Supraventricular Tachycardias 7. Extrasystoles and Pre-excitation Syndromes 8. Differential Diagnosis of Wide QRS Tachycardias 9. Medication and Electrolyte Effects; Miscellaneous Consitions 10. Electronic Pacemakers
International Edition
THE NURSING EXPERIENCE
Trends, Challenges and Transitions, 5th Edition Lucille A Joel, Rutgers University College of Nursing
2006 / 784 pages ISBN: 9780071458269 ISBN: 9780071105552 [IE] A Professional Reference Title CONTENTS Part 1 The Evolution Of Nursing Chapter 1 Care Of The Sick: How Nursing Began Chapter 2 Nursing In The United States: American Revolution To Nursing Revolution Part 2 Nursing In The Health Care Scene Chapter 3 The Health Care Delivery System Chapter 4 The Discipline Of Nursing Part 3 Nursing Practice Chapter 5 Education And Research For Practice Chapter 6 Career Opportunities Chapter 7 Leadership For An Era Of Change Part 4 Nursing Ethics And The Law Chapter 8 Ethical Issues In Nursing And Health Care Chapter 9 Patients’ Rights Students’ Rights Chapter 10 Politics And Public Policy Chapter 11 Health Care Credentialing And Nursinglicensure Chapter 12 Legal Aspects Of Nursing Practice Part 5 Transition Into Practice Chapter 13 Nursing Organizations And Publications Chapter 14 Job Selection Chapter 15 Career Management Appendices
111
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES
112
Homeland Security
HOMELAND SECURITY
A Complete Guide, 2nd Edition Mark Sauter and James Carafano, The Heritage Foundation
2012 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780071774000 Available: December 2011 A Professional Reference Title Homeland Security: A Complete Guide is the authoritative guide to the history, mission, and evolution of the national homeland security enterprise, including federal, state, local, and private sector efforts. Whether you’re a first responder, corporate executive, government official, or concerned citizen, this book provides a comprehensive understanding of U.S. homeland security and your own role in preparing for and responding to terrorism and disasters. Since publication of the previous edition in 2005, the Department of Homeland Security, other government agencies, and the broader homeland security enterprise have grown to cover “all hazards” and respond to emerging threats and policies. Documenting and analyzing these trends, this new edition of Homeland Security: A Complete Guide has been expanded and updated to include: •
New insights from the authors’ close contacts with highlevel government and business officials
•
Late-breaking academic research, government reports, and examples from the field
•
Lessons learned from foiled terror plots, natural disasters, and the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq
•
The use of emerging technologies by terrorists and responders alike
•
Controversies surrounding civil liberties, airport security, immigration, and government funding
•
An ideal resource for academic and training classrooms, Homeland Security: A Complete Guide includes an overview, learning objectives, source documents, discussion topic, summary, and quiz for each chapter.
•
Updates to this edition cover
•
Emerging threats
•
Incident management
•
Myths about weapons of mass destruction
•
Hurricane Katrina’s effect on homeland security
•
Border, maritime, and aviation security
•
Business preparedness
•
Cybersecurity
•
The roles of state and local government
•
National strategy assessment
•
Technology
•
Domestic counterterrorism
•
Military support
•
Responding to natural and human-made disasters
•
The intelligence cycle
•
State-sponsored terrorism
•
Protecting critical infrastructure
•
Foiled terror attacks
•
Public awareness
•
Islamist and domestic extremism
•
Security trends from colonial days to 9/11
CONTENTS Part 1: How We Got Here From There: The Emergence Of Contemporary Homeland Security Chapter 1: Homeland Security: The American Tradition Chapter 2: The Road to 9/11: Contemporary Terrorism and the Meaning of the September 11 Attacks Chapter 3: The Birth of Contemporary Homeland Security: The National Response to 9/11 and Its Aftermath Part 2: Homeland Security: Principles, Participants,Strategies, And Tools Chapter 4: Homeland Security Roles, Responsibilities, and Jurisdictions: International, Federal, State, and Local Government and Private Sector Responsibilities Chapter 5: Thinking Homeland Security: Theory, Strategy, Decision-Making, Planning, and Analysis Tools Chapter 6: Intelligence for Homeland Security: Process, Methods,Structure, and Resources Chapter 7: Domestic Counterterrorism: Investigating, Preventing, and Responding to Terrorist Plots Chapter 8: Homeland Defense and Support to Civil Authorities: Military Support for Homeland Security Chapter 9: Incident Management and Emergency Management: Responding to Human-made and Natural Disasters Part 3: Understanding Threats: From Terrorism To Natural Disasters Chapter 10: The Mind of the Terrorist: Why They Hate Chapter 11: The Transnational Dimensions of Terrorism: From State Sponsors to Islamist Extremists Chapter 12: Domestic Terrorist Groups and Radicalization: The Threat Next Door Chapter 13: Terrorist Operations and Tactics: How Attacks Are Planned and Executed Chapter 14: Weapons of Mass Destruction: Understanding Real Threats and Getting Beyond Hype Chapter 15: Understanding Disasters and Mass Emergencies: From Earthquakes to Pandemics and Beyond Part 4: Homeland Security In Action: Programs And Activities Chapter 16: Critical Infrastructure Protection and Key Assets: Protecting America’s Most Important Targets Chapter 17: Business Preparedness, Continuity, and Recovery: Private Sector Response Chapter 18: Public Awareness and Personal, Family, and Community Preparedness: Challenges and Solutions Chapter 19: The Nation Responds: Volunteer, Faith-based, Business, and Nongovernmental Assets Chapter 20: Domain Security: Border, Maritime, and Aviation Security Chapter 21: Cybersecurity: Protecting Cyberspace and Digital Technology Appendix A: Significant Foiled U.S. Terror Plots From 9/11 To 2011 Appendix B: Profiles Of Significant Islamist Extremists And International Terrorist Groups And State Sponsors
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES First Responder
NSC EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE
ECGs
FAST AND EASY ECGS
2nd Edition
A Self-Paced Learning Program, 2nd Edition
National Safety Council NSC
Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga Community College
2012 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780073520001 Available: October 2011
2013 / 736 pages ISBN: 9780073519753 Available: April 2012
The NSC® Emergency Medical Response course exceeds current U.S. Department of Transportation National First Responder Curriculum—delivering the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines essential for emergency response teams; safety personnel; fire, police and ambulance personnel;EMS professionals and health care providers.
www.mhhe.com/shadeECG2e
What you will learn •
Patient assessment, childbirth and assisting infants and children
•
Airway and breathing emergencies, ventilation devices and oxygen
•
Cardiac emergencies, CPR and automated external defibrillation
•
Illness and injury, including medical emergencies; bleeding and shock; soft-tissue injuries and muscle, bone, head and spinal injuries
COURSE CONTENT •
NSC Basic Life Support for Health Care & Professional Rescuers CPR
•
Assisting with childbirth
•
Managing muscle, bone, head and spine injuries
•
Mass casualty incidents and triage
FEATURES •
Instructor Resource Kit »» Instructor Manual »» Instructor CD with 1,400 PowerPoint® presentations, test bank and exams »» NSC BLS for Health Care & Professional Rescuers DVD »» NSC Emergency Medical Response skills DVD »» Instructional DVD on how to set up the classroom »» Instructor Resource CD with administrative documents
•
Student Textbook »» Full-color, step-by-step photos sequences, illustrations and skills demonstrations »» Course DVD featuring real-life scenarios and CPR skills demonstrations »» NSC Emergency Medical Response Pocket Guide »» Nationally recognized course completion cards
•
Pocket Guide NSC Emergency Medical Response Pocket Guide for quick, convenient procedural review
This book is designed to dynamically teach healthcare professionals how to interpret electrocardiograms (ECGs). It presents the information similar to how an instructor might deliver it in the classroom, with lots of illustrations, solid practical content, questions to prompt critical thinking, case presentations, and plentiful practice ECG tracings to promote the application of skills. One of the first things readers will notice about this text is it is more of a “how-to book” than a “theoretical book.” Although there is plenty of detail, the coverage is to the point, telling you and then showing you what you need to know. CONTENTS Section 1 Preparatory Chapter 1 Anatomy and Electrophysiology of the Heart Chapter 2 The Electrocardiogram Section 2 The Nine-Step Process Chapter 3 Analyzing the Electrocardiogram Chapter 4 Heart Rate Chapter 5 Regularity Chapter 6 P Waves Chapter 7 QRS Complexes Chapter 8 PR Intervals Chapter 9 ST Segments, T Waves, QT Intervals and U Waves Section 3 Origin and Clinical Aspects of Dysrhythmias Chapter 10 Overview of Dysrhythmias Chapter 11 Sinus Dysrhythmias Chapter 12 Atrial Dysrhythmias Chapter 13 Junctional Dysrhythmias Chapter 14 Ventricular Dysrhythmias Chapter 15 AV Heart Blocks Chapter 16 Pacemakers and Implantable CardioverterDefibrillators Section 4 12-Lead ECGS Chapter 17 Overview of 12-Lead ECGs and Electrical Axis Chapter 18 Atrial Enlargement and Ventricular Hypertrophy Chapter 19 Bundle Branch Block Chapter 20 Myocardial Ischemia, Injury, and Infarction Chapter 21 Other Cardiac Conditions and the ECG Section 5 Review and Assessment Chapter 22 Putting it All Together
113
114
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES EMT Paramedic
MCGRAW-HILL’S EMT FLASHCARDS Jr Peter A DiPrima and Scott S Coyne
2013 / 400 pages ISBN: 9780071794138 Available: April 2013 McGraw-Hill’s EMT Flashcards offer a succint, comprehensive, and easy-to-carry review of the essential concepts students need to remember for their certification exam. Each two-sided care features a question on one side with a detailed answer on the flip side. Answers are presented in text, lists, tables, and images.
THE PARAMEDIC UPDATED EDITION Will Chapleau, American College of Surgeons; Angel Burba, Peter Pons, David Page, Inver Hills Community College
2012 / 1472 pages ISBN: 9780077563882 Available: November 2011 www.mhhe.com/chapleau1eupdate Ever since the first EMT book was written, there have been two philosophies chosen by the authors for the reader: One type is to provide for the minimal required information and to meet only the minimum standards required by the profession. At the other end of the spectrum is the philosophy that is written to be allinclusive. This will give the student reader (and ultimately patient care provider) the strongest knowledge possible. If you or your family were to become sick or injured in the middle of the night, in the blowing snow or in the cold rain, do you want the EMT taking care of you to be the very best they possibly could be or simply one who has taken the course to “get by”? This book is not a “get by” book. This book is not written by “get by” authors. This book is not edited by “get by” editors. Just open this book and look at the four editors—four better people in the United States to write such a book could not have been chosen. CONTENTS Part 1 Foundations 1. The Ems Profession 2. The Well-Being Of The Paramedic 3. Professional Ethics 4. Legal Issues 5. Clinical Decision Making 6. Medical Terminology 7. Anatomy Overview 8. Physiology Overview 9. Safety And Scene Size-Up Part 2 Foundations Of Communication And Assessment 10. Therapeutic Communications And History Taking 11. The Normal Physical Examination Part 3-Foundations Of Critical Care: Caring For The Sick Patient 12. Airway Management, Ventilation, And Oxygenation 13. Shock Overview 14. Patient Assessment 15. Pharmacology 16. Medication Administration And Iv 17. Documentation & Communication Part 4-Trauma 18. Mechanism Of Injury 19. Hemostasis And Hermorrhagic Shock 20. Head, Face, And Neck Trauma
21. Thoracic Trauma 22. Abdominal Trauma 23. Spinal Trauma 24. Skeletal Trauma 25. Soft Tissue And Muscle Trauma 26. Burn Trauma 27. Trauma Patients And Trauma Systems Part 5-Medical Issues 28. Pulmonary 29. Cardiology 30. Neurology 31. Endocrinology, Electrolytes, And Acid/Base 32. Allergies And Anaphylaxis 33. Infectious And Communicable Diseases 34. Gastroenterology 35. Toxicology 36. Urology 37. Hematology 38. Environmental Conditions 39. Eyes, Ears, Nose, And Throat 40. Behavioral And Psychiatric Disorders 41. Obstetrics And Gynecology Part 6-Special Populations 42. Neonatology 43. Pediatric Patients 44. Geriatric Patients 45. The Abused And Neglected 46. Patients With Special Challenges 47. Patients With Chronic Illnesses 48. Patients From Diverse Cultures Part 7-Operations 49. Ambulance Operations 50. Medical Incident Command 51. Rescue Awareness 52. Teamwork And Operational Interface 53. Hazardous Materials Incidents 54. Special Events And Mass Gatherings 55. Responding To Wmd Events Glossary Credits Index
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES THE PARAMEDIC COMPANION
UPDATED EDITION
Arthur Hsieh and Kevin Boone
2012 ISBN: 9780077598587 (with CD-ROM) Available: November 2011 NEW UPDATED EDITION! The Paramedic Companion: A Case-based Worktext is a nontraditional workbook that can be used throughout the paramedic curriculum and is tightly integrated with the main textbook. The Paramedic Companion goes beyond the simple “review and test” approach of most workbooks. Instead, it supports your exploration of the art and science of prehospital medicine by providing a rich palette of learning tools, images, and even video to better explain concepts and techniques. The Paramedic Companion speaks clearly and directly to the paramedic student. The material in each chapter revolves around “Need To Know” content, based on the DOT objectives, that the authors of both the Textbook and Worktext felt was absolutely necessary for the paramedic student to master before moving on to the next section or chapter. All features in the Manual were designed to ensure that learners can successfully master these key content areas. CONTENTS Part I – Foundations of Paramedicine 1. The EMS Profession 2. The Well-Being of the Paramedic 3. Professional Ethics 4. Legal Issues Problem-based Learning Case #1: The Partner Quandary 5. Clinical Decision-Making 6. Medical Terminology 7. Anatomy Overview 8. Physiology Overview Part II – Foundations of Communication, Assessment, and Critical Care 9. Safety and Scene Size-Up 10. Therapeutic Communications and History Taking 11. The Normal Physical Examination 12. Airway Management, Ventilation, and Oxygenation 13. Shock Overview 14. Patient Assessment Problem-based Learning Case #2: The Interfacility Transfer 15. Pharmacology 16. Medication Administration and IV 17. Documentation and Communication Part III – Trauma 18. Mechanism of Injury 19. Hemorrhage and Hemorrhagic Shock 20. Head, Face, and Neck Trauma 21. Thoracic Trauma 22. Abdominal Trauma 23. Spinal Trauma Problem-based Learning Case #3: An Awful Crash 24. Skeletal Trauma 25. Soft Tissue and Muscle Trauma 26. Burn Trauma Problem-based Learning Case #4: A Tragic Fall 27. Trauma Patients and Trauma Systems Part IV – Medical Issues 28. Pulmonary 29. Cardiology Section I: Physiology and ECG Interpretation Section II: Cardiovascular Diseases 30. Neurology
31. Endocrine, Electrolytes, and Acid/Base 32. Allergies and Anaphylaxis Problem-based Learning Case #5: Happy New Year 33. Infectious and Communicable Diseases 34. Gastroenterology 35. Toxicology 36. Urology 37. Hematology 38. Environmental Conditions 39. Eyes, Ears, Nose and Throat 40. Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders Problem-based Learning Case #6: Come Out Swinging 41. Obstetrics and Gynecology Part V – Special Populations 42. Neonatology 43. Pediatric Patients 44. Geriatric Patients 45. The Abused and Neglected 46. Patients with Special Challenges Problem-based Learning Case #7: Bravery Comes in All Forms 47. Patients with Chronic Illnesses 48. Patients from Diverse Cultures Problem-based Learning Case #8: Life Begins Part VI – Operations 49. Ambulance Operations 50. Medical Incident Command 51. Rescue Awareness 52. Teamwork and Operational Interface 53. Hazardous Materials Incidents 54. Special Events and Mass Gatherings 55. Responding to WMD Events Appendices Appendix A: Skill Sheets Credits Index
115
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES
116
Professional References
CLINICIANS POCKET DRUG REFERENCE 2015 6th Edition
Leonard Gomella, Thomas Jefferson University, Steven Haist, University of Kentucky-Med/Lexington and Aimee Adams
2015 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071840002 Available: January 2015 A Professional Medical Title Safely prescribe and administer more than 1,400 of the drugs most often used in clinical practice with this ultra-convenient pocket guide! UPDATED ANNUALLY!
CONTENTS Chapter 1--Airway Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 2--Acid Base Balance, Blood Gas Analysis Chapter 3--Physiology of Apnea and Hypoxia Chapter 4--Pulse Oximetry and Capnography Chapter 5--Oxygen Delivery Devices and Bag Valve Mask Ventilation Chapter 6--Emergency Respiratory Pharmacology Chapter 7--Respiratory Emergencies Chapter 8--RSI--Why and How to Do it Chapter 9--Endotracheal Intubation Chapter 10--Post-Intubation Management Chatper 11--Airway Devices for Difficult Airway Management, Extraglottic (Supraglottic) Devices Chapter 12--Special Clinial Circumstances (Airway Management of Trauma Patients, Pediatric and Geriatric patients) Chapter 13--Use of Pre-hospital Ventilators Chapter 14--CPAP/BiPAP Appendices
Organized alphabetically by generic drug name •
•
Common uses, mechanisms of action, dosages (adult and pediatric), warnings/precautions, form supplied, and notes/ common side effects Summaries of FDA “Black Box” precautions and contraindications
•
Includes a listing of the medications organized by drug classification
•
Covers natural and herbal agents
•
Updated to reflect new drugs, removal of drugs taken off the market, new formulations, and changes in approved use of existing medications
CONTENTS Medication Key Abbreviations Classification Generic and Selected Brand Drug Data Tables Index Tips for Safe Prescription Writing Emergency Cardiac Care Medications
EMS RESPIRATORY EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEMYSTIFIED Peter A Jr DiPrima
2014 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071820837 Available: February 2014 A Professional Reference Title If you’re looking for a fun, fast review that boils emergency airway and respiratory management to its most essential, mustknow points, your search ends here! EMS Respiratory Emergency Management Demystified is a complete yet concise overview of the basics of performing this critical procedure. This guide gives you the knowledge to help your patients as a student and as an EMT or paramedic once you start your career. You will learn how to perform an assessment of a patient’s airway, manage his or her ventilation, utilize RSI, use best practices for special patient populations, and more. Studying is easy and effective with key objectives, important terms, brief overviews, tables and diagrams, and Q&As throughout the book.
International Edition
RESIDENT READINESS EMERGENCY MEDICINE Debra Klamen, Ted Clark and Christopher McDowell
2014 / 416 pages ISBN: 9780071780391 ISBN: 9781259095108 [IE] Available: April 2014 A Professional Reference Title The Resident Readiness series is designed to prepare newly matched medical students for the patient care responsibilities they will assume as an incoming resident. Case-based discussion familiarizes them with the full scope of the clinical scenarios they will encounter. CONTENTS Rough Series Template: •
Welcome to your internship! (Organization and use of this book)
•
Handling admissions
•
Handling hospitalized patients--common scenarios
•
Handoffs
•
Handling the clinic--common scenarios
•
Consultations In the middle of the night--handling call »» Pages »» Emergencies on the floor »» Discharge and follow-up
FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES MA AND MATEERS EMERGENCY ULTRASOUND
3rd Edition
O John Ma, Oregon Health Sci University and James R Mateer
2014 / 720 pages ISBN: 9780071792158 Available: September 2013 A Professional Reference Title Ma and Mateer’s Emergency Ultrasound has virtually defined the field since the first edition was released. This trusted classic expertly covers the training, techniques, and diagnostic skills for successful point-of-care ultrasound with a special emphasis on problems most commonly encountered in the emergency or acute care setting. CONTENTS 1. Training and Program Development 2. Equipment 3. Physics and Image Artifacts 4. Prehospital and Tactical Medicine 5. Trauma 6. Critical Care 7. Cardiac 8. Pulmonary 9. Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm 10. Hepatobiliary 11. General Surgery 12. Renal 13. Testicular 14. First Trimester Pregnancy 15. Second and Third Trimester Pregnancy 16. Gynecologic Concepts 17. Deep Venous Thrombosis 18. Soft Tissue 19. Ocular 20. Pediatric Applications 21. Vascular Access 22. Additional Ultrasound-Guided Procedures
International Edition
CLINICAL EMERGENCY MEDICINE Scott Sherman, John Stroger Hospital of Cook County; Joseph Weber, Rush University School of Medicine; Michael Schindlbeck and Rahul Patwari
2014 / 400 pages ISBN: 9780071794602 ISBN: 9781259255625 [IE] Available: December 2013 A Professional Reference Title Written by authors who are practicing emergency physicians and emergency medicine educators, Clinical Emergency Medicine distills the entire content of the emergency medicine curriculum into less than one hundred succinct, clinically relevant chapters. This unique book is intended to guide you through what you must know and be able to do during an actual shift and give you a better understanding of the issues and problems you will face while working in the Emergency Department. Featuring a consistent, find-it-now design, Clinical Emergency Medicine delivers concise, must-know information on ninety-eight chief complaints and disorders, ranging from asthma and chest pain to fever and poisoning. Each chapter begins with Key Points, followed by an Introduction, Clinical Presentation (History and Physical Examination), Diagnostic Studies, Medical Decision Making, Treatment and Disposition, and Suggested Reading. Whenever possible, the authors provide practical advice on drug dosing, the medical decision-making thought process, treatment plans, and dispositions that will be of value in a clinical environment. Numerous diagnostic algorithms simplify the problem and point you towards a solution. Valuable to medical students, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and junior level residents, Clinical Emergency Medicine teaches you things that may not have been covered in medical or physician assistant school, but have an important bearing on patient outcomes. CONTENTS 1. Resuscitation 2. Cardiovascular Emergencies 3. Pulmonary Emergencies 4. Abdominal Emergencies 5. Infectious Disease Emergencies 6. Genitourinary Emergencies 7. Obstetrics and Gynecology 8. Pediatrics 9. Toxicology 10. Environmental Emergencies 11. Metabolic/Endocrine Emergencies 12. Hematologic and Oncologic Emergencies 13. HEENT Emergencies 14. Neurologic Emergencies 15. Trauma 16. Orthopedics 17. Dermatology 18. Common Procedures
117
TITLE INDEX
118
2014-2015 Top 300 Pharmacy Drug Cards, 2e
Kolesar
99
2015/2016 Top NonPrescription Drug Cards
Kolesar
89
Acquiring Medical Language
Jones
77
ACTIVSim: Medical Assisting 2.0, 2e
Allied Health McGraw-Hill HED
65
ACTIVSim: Nursing Code Print Card 3-Year Access
Allied Health McGraw-Hill HED
81
Administering Medications, 8e
Gauwitz
64, 85
Administrative Medical Assisting: A Workforce Readiness Approach
Houser
68, 76
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting, 5e
Booth
67
Advanced First Aid, CPR and AED Textbook, 2e
National Safety Counsil NSC
56
Aids Update 2014, 23e
Stine
42
Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations for the Health Professions
Roiger
68
Anatomy Coloring Book for Health Professions
Morton
101
Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e
Booth
68
Annual Editions: Aging 14/15, 27e
Cox
36
Annual Editions: Aging, 28e
Cox
36
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior 14/15, 29e
Maguire
34, 54
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior, 30e
Maguire
33, 54
Annual Editions: Dying, Death, and Bereavement 13/14, 14e
Dickinson
Annual Editions: Health, 36e
Daniel
Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 12/13, 34e
Hutchison
40
Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 35e
Schroeder
39
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 26e
Colson
46
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 27e
Colson
46
Applied Sport Psychology: Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7e
Williams
A
31 18, 25, 27, 47, 51
22, 29
B Basic Biomechanics, 7e
Hall
2
Basic Life Support for Healthcare and Professional Rescuers, 2e
National Safety Counsil NSC
Basic Math for Nursing and Allied Health
Egler
Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e
Fahey
Behavioral Medicine: A Guide for Clinical Practice, 4e
Feldman
Biomedical Ethics in Asia [Asian]
Akabayashi
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
Chinna
87
Black Book of Clinical Examination, The [Asian]
Tey/Lim
111
Business Management for the Personal Fitness Trainer
Ware
15
Case Studies for use with Computers in the Medical Office , 9e
Sanderson
58
Case Studies for use with Computers in the Medical Office, 8e
Sanderson
58
Children Moving: A Reflective Approach to Teaching Physical Education with Movement Analysis Wheel, 9e
Graham
56, 59 98 1, 24 99 108
C
5
TITLE INDEX
119
Clinical Anatomy: A Case Study Approach
Hankin
103
Clinical Emergency Medicine
Sherman
117
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting, 5e
Booth
Clinicians Pocket Drug Reference 2015, 6e
Gomella
Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, 2e, The
Safian
73
Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, 3e, The
Safian
70
Complete Procedure Coding Book, 2e
Safian
73
Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e
Meeks
50
Comprehensive Stress Management, 13e
Greenberg
49
Computers in the Medical Office, 8e
Sanderson
58
Computers in the Medical Office, 9e
Sanderson
58
Concepts of Fitness and Wellness: A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, 10e
Corbin
14
Concepts of Physical Fitness: Active Lifestyle for Wellness, 17e
Corbin
9
Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e
Baumgartner
Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9e
Barrett
31
Contemporary Women's Health: Issues for Today and the Future, 5e
Kolander
50
Core Concepts in Health, Big, 14e
Insel
43
Core Concepts in Health: Brief Loose-Leaf Edition, 14e
Insel
42
CPR and AED Student Workbook, 4e
National Safety Counsil NSC
59
DeGowin's Diagnostic Examination, 10e
LeBlond
95
Drug Information: A Guide for Pharmacists, 5e
Malone
100
Drugs in Perspective, 8e
Fields
Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 16e
Hart
32
Dutton's Introduction to Physical Therapy and Patient Skills
Dutton
98
Dutton's Orthopaedic Examination Evaluation and Intervention, 3e
Dutton
104
66 88, 116
23, 38
D
30, 33
E Electrocardiography for Healthcare Professionals, 4e
Booth
60, 63
Electrocardiography in Ten Days, 2e
Ferry
Electronic Health Records, 3e
Hamilton
61
EMS Pocket Drug Guide, 2e
Gomella
102
EMS Respiratory Emergency Management Demystified
DiPrima
116
Essentials of Athletic Injury Management, 9e
Prentice
3
Essentials of Medical Language, 2e
Allan
79, 81
Essentials of Medical Language, 3e
Allan
79, 80
Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 5e
Saha
107
Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 6e
Saba
91
Ethicds in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice
Hart
72
Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual, 7e
Beam
6
Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 9e
Powers
5
Exercise Testing & Prescription, 7e
Nieman
7
111
TITLE INDEX
120
F Fast and Easy ECGs: A Self-Paced Learning Program, 2e
Shade
First Aid Student Workbook, 3e
National Safety Counsil NSC
First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 3e National Safety Counsil NSC
113 62
60, 87, 104
First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e
National Safety Counsil NSC
53
Fit & Well Alternate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
Fahey
11
Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
Fahey
7, 13
Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
Fahey
10
Focus on Health, 11e
Hahn
44
Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport, 18e
Wuest
16
Fundus Photograph Interpretation [Asian]
Lim
96
G Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases
Anderson
102
Goodman and Gilman Manual of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 2e
Brunton
94
Guide to the Essentials in Emergency Medicine, 2e [Asian]
Ooi
90
Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 8e
Telljohann
38
Health in the Later Years, 5e
Ferrini
35
Health Psychology, 9e
Taylor
51
Healthcare Informatics Demystified
Keogh
89
History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education: From Ancient Civilisations to the Modern World, 6e, A
Mechikoff
16
Homeland Security: A Complete Guide, 2e
Sauter
112
Human Motor Development: A Lifespan Approach, 8e
Payne
21
Human Sexuality: Self, Society and Culture
Herdt
39
iHealth with Connect Plus Access Card, 2e
Sparling
45
Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical Technologies' PrimeSUITE, 2e
Shanholtzer
61
Integrative Medical Biochemistry: Examination and Board Review
King
94
Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology
Elsayes
89
Introduction to Health Physics, 4e
Cember
110
Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport Studies, 9e
Lumpkin
17
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport, 8e
Siedentop
17
H
I
J John Hopkins Textbook of Cardiothoracic Surgery
Yuh
102
K Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12e
Hamilton
2, 20
TITLE INDEX
121
L Laboratory Medicine Diagnosis of Disease in Clinical Laboratory, 2e
Laposata
100
Lange Q&A Radiography Examination, 9e (Set 2)
Saia
106
Lange Q&A Surgical Technology Examination, 6e (Set 2)
Sherman
107
Lange Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 8e
Saia
Lange Review Ultrasonography Examination with CD-ROM, 4e
Odwin
105
Law & Ethics for Health Professions, 7e
Judson
75
Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 11e
Kinney
30
92
M MA and Mateer's Emergency Ultrasound, 3e
Ma
117
Mammography and Breast Imaging Prep
Peart
106
Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 19e
Floyd
19
Mastering Pharmacy Technician Math: A Certification Review
Egler
99
Math and Dosage Calculations for Health Care Professionals with Student Care, 4e Booth
63, 85
McGraw-Hill Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination
Monahan
111
McGraw-Hill's 2016-2017 Top 300 Pharmacy Drug Cards, 3e
Kolesar
88
McGraw-Hill's EMT Flashcards
DiPrima
114
McGraw-Hill's NPTE National Physical Therapy Exam, 2e
Dutton
104
McGraw-Hill's Paramedic Flashcards
DiPrima
102
Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How, 7e
Miller
24
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5e
Moini
57, 65
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures, 5e
Booth
66
Medical Coding Certification Exam Preparation: A Comprehensive Guide
Stewart
71
Medical Coding Fundamentals
Goldsmith
71
Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities 2014-2015 Edition, 7e
Newby
70, 74
Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10 Edition
Newby
73
Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
Grebner
72
Medical Language for Modern Health Care, 3e
Allan
78, 80
Medical Office Procedures, 8e
Bayes
64, 76
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e
Bostwick
Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Cardiology and General Medicine [Asian]
Tay
109
Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Eye Card [Asian]
Tay
109
Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 10e
Magill
78, 79, 80
21
N New Nurse's Survival Guide
Chandler
109
NSC Emergency Medical Response, 2e
National Safety Counsil NSC
113
NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e
National Safety Counsil NSC
53, 83
Nursing Documentation Using EHR
Hamilton
62, 82
Nursing Experience: Trends, Challenges and Transitions, 5e, The
Joel
111
TITLE INDEX
122
P Paramedic Companion: Updated Edition, The
Hsieh
115
Paramedic Updated Edition, The
Chapleau
114
Pathophysiology of Disease: An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, 7e
McPhee
100
Perspective of Physical Education and Sports Sciences [Asian]
Aplin
18
Pharmacology: An Introduction, 6e
Hitner
86
Pharmacology: An Introduction, 7e
Hitner
84
Pharmacotheraphy Beside Guide
Martin
96
Pharmacotherapy Principles and Practice Study Guide, 3e
Katz
Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach, 9e
DiPiro
97
Pharmacy Student Survival Guide, 3e
Nemire
90
Pharmacy Technician Exam Certification and Review
Dreiling
94
Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 4e
Booth
86
Physical Education and Activity for Elementary Classroom Teachers
Graber
4
Physician Assistant Exam Review, Pearls of Wisdom, 5e
Thibodeau
101
Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 6e
Olson
105
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical
Sanderson
Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based Approach, 15e
Prentice
3
Pulmonary Physiology, 8e
Levitzky
103
Liguori
9, 26
103
59, 62, 69, 77
Q Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3e R Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 7e
Saia
106
Ready, Set, Go! A Student Guide to SPSS® 13.0 and 14.0 for Windows®, 2e
Pavkov
Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 5e
Prentice
4
Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 6e
Prentice
4
Resident Readiness Emergency Medicine
Klamen
116
Schaum's Outline of Critical Care Nursing
Keogh
83
Schaum's Outline of Emergency Nursing
Keogh
83
Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Nurses
Stephens
Schaum's Outline of Medical Charting
Keogh
69
Simon's Emergency Orthopedics, 7e
Sherman
93
Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7e
Cox
22
Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e
Coakley
23
Symptom to Diagnosis: An Evidence Based Guide, 3e
Stern
93
23, 25, 37, 38, 49
S
63, 82
TITLE INDEX
123
T Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Death and Dying
Buckley
32
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Drugs and Society, 10e
Goldberg
35
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 6e
White
41
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 7e
White
40
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 11e
Daniel
28, 48, 52
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 13e
Taverner
40
Teaching Physical Education for Learning, 7e
Rink
24
U Ultimate Guide to the Physician Assistant Profession, The
Rodriguez
103
Understanding Health Policy, 6e
Bodenheimer
Understanding Medical Professionalism
American Board of 93 International Medicine Foundation
Understanding Motor Development: Infants, Children, Adolescents, Adults, 7e
Gallahue
20
Understanding Your Health, 12e
Payne
45
User's Guide to the Medical Literature: Essentials of Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3e
Guyatt
88
User's Guides to the Medical Literature: A Manual for Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3e
Guyatt
88
Robbins
27
You Code it! Abstracting Case Studies Practicum, 2e
Safian
74
Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 5e
Teague
44
57
W Wellness Way of Life, 10e, A Y
AUTHOR INDEX
124
A Akabayashi
Biomedical Ethics in Asia [Asian]
108
Allan
Essentials of Medical Language, 2e
79, 81
Allan
Essentials of Medical Language, 3e
79, 80
Allan
Medical Language for Modern Health Care, 3e
78, 80
Allied Health McGraw-Hill HED
ACTIVSim: Medical Assisting 2.0, 2e
65
Allied Health McGraw-Hill HED
ACTIVSim: Nursing Code Print Card 3-Year Access
81
American Board of Understanding Medical Professionalism International Medicine Foundation
93
Anderson
Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases
102
Aplin
Perspective of Physical Education and Sports Sciences [Asian]
18
Barrett
Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9e
31
Baumgartner
Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e
23, 38
Bayes
Medical Office Procedures, 8e
64, 76
Beam
Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual, 7e
Bodenheimer
Understanding Health Policy, 6e
57
Booth
Administrative Procedures for Medical Assisting, 5e
67
Booth
Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e
68
Booth
Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting, 5e
66
Booth
Electrocardiography for Healthcare Professionals, 4e
60, 63
Booth
Math and Dosage Calculations for Health Care Professionals with Student Care, 4e
63, 85
Booth
Medical Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures, 5e
66
Booth
Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 4e
86
Bostwick
Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e
Brunton
Goodman and Gilman Manual of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 2e
94
Buckley
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Death and Dying
32
B
6
78, 79, 80
C Cember
Introduction to Health Physics, 4e
110
Chandler
New Nurse's Survival Guide
109
Chapleau
Paramedic Updated Edition, The
114
Chinna
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
87
Coakley
Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e
23
Colson
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 26e
46
Colson
Annual Editions: Nutrition, 27e
46
Corbin
Concepts of Fitness and Wellness: A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, 10e
14
Corbin
Concepts of Physical Fitness: Active Lifestyle for Wellness, 17e
Cox
Annual Editions: Aging 14/15, 27e
36
Cox
Annual Editions: Aging, 28e
36
Cox
Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7e
22
9
AUTHOR INDEX
125
D Daniel
Annual Editions: Health, 36e
18, 25, 27, 47, 51
Daniel
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 11e
Dickinson
Annual Editions: Dying, Death, and Bereavement 13/14, 14e
31
DiPiro
Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologic Approach, 9e
97
DiPrima
EMS Respiratory Emergency Management Demystified
116
DiPrima
McGraw-Hill's EMT Flashcards
114
DiPrima
McGraw-Hill's Paramedic Flashcards
102
Dreiling
Pharmacy Technician Exam Certification and Review
94
Dutton
Dutton's Introduction to Physical Therapy and Patient Skills
98
Dutton
Dutton's Orthopaedic Examination Evaluation and Intervention, 3e
104
Dutton
McGraw-Hill's NPTE National Physical Therapy Exam, 2e
104
28, 48, 52
E Egler
Basic Math for Nursing and Allied Health
98
Egler
Mastering Pharmacy Technician Math: A Certification Review
99
Elsayes
Introduction to Diagnostic Radiology
89
F Fahey
Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e
1, 24
Fahey Fit & Well Alternate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
11
Fahey
Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e 7, 13
Fahey
Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 11e
10
Feldman
Behavioral Medicine: A Guide for Clinical Practice, 4e
99
Ferrini
Health in the Later Years, 5e
35
Ferry
Electrocardiography in Ten Days, 2e
Fields
Drugs in Perspective, 8e
Floyd
Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 19e
19
Gallahue
Understanding Motor Development: Infants, Children, Adolescents, Adults, 7e
20
Gauwitz
Administering Medications, 8e
Goldberg
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Drugs and Society, 10e
35
Goldsmith
Medical Coding Fundamentals
71
Gomella
Clinicians Pocket Drug Reference 2015, 6e
Gomella
EMS Pocket Drug Guide, 2e
Graber
Physical Education and Activity for Elementary Classroom Teachers
4
Graham
Children Moving: A Reflective Approach to Teaching Physical Education with Movement Analysis Wheel, 9e
5
Grebner
Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
72
Greenberg
Comprehensive Stress Management, 13e
49
Guyatt
User's Guide to the Medical Literature: Essentials of Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3e 88
Guyatt
User's Guide to the Medical Literature: A Manual for Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, 3e 88
111 30, 33
G 64, 85
88, 116 102
AUTHOR INDEX
126
H Hahn
Focus on Health, 11e
44
Hall
Basic Biomechanics, 7e
Hamilton
Electronic Health Records, 3e
Hamilton
Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12e
Hamilton
Nursing Documentation Using EHR
Hankin
Clinical Anatomy: A Case Study Approach
103
Hart
Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 16e
32
Hart
Ethicds in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice
72
Herdt
Human Sexuality: Self, Society and Culture
39
Hitner
Pharmacology: An Introduction, 6e
86
Hitner
Pharmacology: An Introduction, 7e
84
Houser
Administrative Medical Assisting: A Workforce Readiness Approach
Hsieh
Paramedic Companion: Updated Edition, The
Hutchison
Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 12/13, 34e
40
Insel
Core Concepts in Health, Big, 14e
43
Insel
Core Concepts in Health: Brief Loose-Leaf Edition, 14e
42
2 61 2, 20 62, 82
68, 76 115
I
J Joel
Nursing Experience: Trends, Challenges and Transitions, 5e, The
111
Jones
Acquiring Medical Language
77
Judson
Law & Ethics for Health Professions, 7e
75
K Katz
Pharmacotherapy Principles and Practice Study Guide, 3e
103
Keogh
Healthcare Informatics Demystified
89
Keogh
Schaum's Outline of Critical Care Nursing
83
Keogh
Schaum's Outline of Emergency Nursing
83
Keogh
Schaum's Outline of Medical Charting
69
King
Integrative Medical Biochemistry: Examination and Board Review
94
Kinney
Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 11e
30
Klamen
Resident Readiness Emergency Medicine
Kolander
Contemporary Women's Health: Issues for Today and the Future, 5e
50
Kolesar
2014-2015 Top 300 Pharmacy Drug Cards, 2e
99
Kolesar
2015/2016 Top NonPrescription Drug Cards
89
Kolesar
McGraw-Hill's 2016-2017 Top 300 Pharmacy Drug Cards, 3e
88
116
AUTHOR INDEX
127
L Laposata
Laboratory Medicine Diagnosis of Disease in Clinical Laboratory, 2e
100
LeBlond
DeGowin's Diagnostic Examination, 10e
Levitzky
Pulmonary Physiology, 8e
Liguori
Questions and Answers: A Guide to Fitness and Wellness, 3e
Lim
Fundus Photograph Interpretation [Asian]
96
Lumpkin
Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport Studies, 9e
17
95 103 9, 26
M Ma
MA and Mateer's Emergency Ultrasound, 3e
117
Magill
Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 10e
Maguire
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior 14/15, 29e
34, 54
Maguire
Annual Editions: Drugs, Society and Behavior, 30e
33, 54
Malone
Drug Information: A Guide for Pharmacists, 5e
Martin
Pharmacotheraphy Beside Guide
McPhee
Pathophysiology of Disease: An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, 7e
Mechikoff
History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Education: From Ancient Civilisations to the Modern World, 6e, A 16
Meeks
Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e
50
Miller
Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How, 7e
24
Moini
Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 5e
Monahan
McGraw-Hill Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination
111
Morton
Anatomy Coloring Book for Health Professions
101
National Safety Counsil NSC Advanced First Aid, CPR and AED Textbook, 2e
56
21
100 96 100
57, 65
N National Safety Counsil NSC Basic Life Support for Healthcare and Professional Rescuers, 2e
56, 59
National Safety Counsil NSC CPR and AED Student Workbook, 4e
59
National Safety Counsil NSC First Aid Student Workbook, 3e
62
National Safety Counsil NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 3e
60, 87, 104
National Safety Counsil NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e
53
National Safety Counsil NSC NSC Emergency Medical Response, 2e
113
National Safety Counsil NSC NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e
53, 83
Nemire
Pharmacy Student Survival Guide, 3e
Newby Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities 2014-2015 Edition, 7e Newby
Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10 Edition
Nieman
Exercise Testing & Prescription, 7e
90 70, 74 73 7
O Odwin
Lange Review Ultrasonography Examination with CD-ROM, 4e
105
Olson
Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 6e
105
Ooi
Guide to the Essentials in Emergency Medicine, 2e [Asian]
90
AUTHOR INDEX
128
P Pavkov
Ready, Set, Go! A Student Guide to SPSS® 13.0 and 14.0 for Windows®, 2e 23, 25, 37, 38, 49
Payne
Human Motor Development: A Lifespan Approach, 8e
21
Payne
Understanding Your Health, 12e
45
Peart
Mammography and Breast Imaging Prep
Powers
Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 9e
5
Prentice
Essentials of Athletic Injury Management, 9e
3
Prentice
Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based Approach, 15e
3
Prentice
Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 5e
4
Prentice
Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 6e
4
106
R Rink
Teaching Physical Education for Learning, 7e
24
Robbins
Wellness Way of Life, 10e, A
27
Rodriguez
Ultimate Guide to the Physician Assistant Profession, The
Roiger
Anatomy & Physiology: Foundations for the Health Professions
68
Saba
Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 6e
91
Safian
Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, 2e, The
73
Safian
Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, 3e, The
70
Safian
Complete Procedure Coding Book, 2e
73
Safian
You Code it! Abstracting Case Studies Practicum, 2e
74
Saha
Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 5e
107
Saia
Lange Q&A Radiography Examination, 9e (Set 2)
106
Saia
Lange Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 8e
Saia
Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 7e
Sanderson
Case Studies for use with Computers in the Medical Office , 9e
58
Sanderson
Case Studies for use with Computers in the Medical Office, 8e
58
Sanderson
Computers in the Medical Office, 8e
58
Sanderson
Computers in the Medical Office, 9e
58
103
S
Sanderson Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical
92 106
59, 62, 69, 77
Sauter
Homeland Security: A Complete Guide, 2e
112
Schroeder
Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 35e
Shade
Fast and Easy ECGs: A Self-Paced Learning Program, 2e
Shanholtzer
Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical Technologies' PrimeSUITE, 2e
Sherman
Clinical Emergency Medicine
117
Sherman
Lange Q&A Surgical Technology Examination, 6e (Set 2)
107
Sherman
Simon's Emergency Orthopedics, 7e
93
Siedentop
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport, 8e
17
Sparling
iHealth with Connect Plus Access Card, 2e
45
39 113 61
AUTHOR INDEX
129
Stephens
Schaum's Outline of Mathematics for Nurses
63, 82
Stern
Symptom to Diagnosis: An Evidence Based Guide, 3e
93
Stewart
Medical Coding Certification Exam Preparation: A Comprehensive Guide
71
Stine
Aids Update 2014, 23e
42
Taverner
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 13e
40
Tay
Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Cardiology and General Medicine [Asian]
109
Tay
Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Eye Card [Asian]
109
Taylor
Health Psychology, 9e
51
Teague
Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 5e
44
Telljohann
Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 8e
38
Tey/Lim
Black Book of Clinical Examination, The [Asian]
111
Thibodeau
Physician Assistant Exam Review, Pearls of Wisdom, 5e
101
Ware
Business Management for the Personal Fitness Trainer
15
White
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 6e
41
White
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 7e
40
Williams
Applied Sport Psychology: Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 7e
Wuest
Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport, 18e
Yuh
John Hopkins Textbook of Cardiothoracic Surgery
T
W
22, 29 16 102
REVIEW COPY To request for a review copy,
INVITATION TO PUBLISH
• contact your local McGraw-Hill Education representatives or,
McGraw-Hill is interested to review your textbook proposals for publication.
• fax the Review Copy Request Form found in this catalog or,
Please contact your local McGraw-Hill Education office or email to
[email protected].
(Available for course adoption only)
• e-mail your request to productsupports.sg@ mheducation.com or, • submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Visit us at McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: http://www.mheducation.asia
REVIEW COPY REQUEST FORM McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia u Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill Education office (see inside back cover for fax number), or submit online at www.mheducation.asia u Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) reserves the right to refuse any requests which do not relate to teaching. u Please make copies of this form if necessary.
REQUESTED BY Name
Room #
Department University Address
Tel Fax Email address
COMP REQUEST Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Course Name
Enrolment
Subject
Commencement Date
Decision Date Current Text Used
Individual Decision
Group Decision
McGRAW-HILL MAILING LIST McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia
Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill Education books.
Please email information on McGraw-Hill Education books to my email address at
I am already on your mailing list but my mail address/email address has changed. Please update my record to the following new address.
Name (Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)
Position Department University Address
Postal Code
Tel Fax Email address
SUBJECT OF INTEREST o Accounting o Advertising o Business Management o Finance & Investment o Marketing o Economics o Human Resource Management o Insurance & Real Estate o Training o Computing o Aeronautical & Aerospace Engineering o Architecture & Urban Planning o Chemical Engineering o Civil Engineering o Construction o Electronics & Communications o Electrical Engineering o General Engineering
o Industrial & Plant Engineering
o Mass Communication
o Mechanical Engineering
o Music
o Medical Science
o Philosophy & Religion
o Dentistry
o Physical Education
o Nursing
o Political Science
o Agriculture
o Psychology
o Biology
o Sociology
o Chemistry o Forestry o Geography & Geology o Physics & Astronomy o Zoology o Mathematics & Statistics o Art & Humanities o Education o English o English as a 2nd Language/ELT o Foreign Language o Health & Nutrition o History o Law o Library Science
Please return by: Fax: (65) 6862 3354 Email:
[email protected] McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy. We use your contact information to fulfill your request and service your account and to provide you with additional information from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia). For further information or to let us know your preferences with respect to receiving marketing materials, please send an email to directmail.mhea@ mheducation.com or write to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), 1 International Business Park, #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917. View our McGraw-Hill Education Customer Privacy Policy at http://www.mheducation.com/ customer-privacy-policy
McGRAW-HILL EDUCATION (ASIA) SINGAPORE
(also servicing Brunei & Mauritius)
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Customer Service Hotline: (65) 6868 8188 Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail:
[email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia
CHINA
INDONESIA
PHILIPPINES
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
P T Media Global Edukasi
Ideacademy Inc.
HONG KONG
JAPAN
TAIWAN
Unit 1318, Level 13, Tower 2 Grand Century Place 193 Prince Edward Road West Mong Kok, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: (85-2) 2730 6640 Fax: (85-2) 2730 2085 eMail:
[email protected]
3F, Ascend Shimbashi 6-19-19 Shimbashi, Minato-ku Tokyo 105-0004 Japan Tel: (81-3) 5408 1888 Fax: (81-3) 5408 1880 eMail:
[email protected]
7/F, No: 53 Bo-Ai Road Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel: (886-2) 2383 6000 Fax: (886-2) 2388 8822 eMail:
[email protected]
(Representative Office)
Suite 906, 9/F, SP Tower A Tsinghua Science Park No. 1, Zhongguancun East Road Haidian District Beijing 100084, P R China Tel: (86-10) 6279 0299 Fax: (86-10) 6279 0292 eMail:
[email protected]
McGraw-Hill Hong Kong Limited
INDIA
(also servicing Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nepal & Sri Lanka)
McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd
B-4, Sector 63 Distt. Gautam Budh Nagar Noida, UP 201301, India Tel: (91-12) 438 3400 Fax: (91-12) 438 3401 - 403 eMail:
[email protected]
(Appointed Agent)
Imperium Design 27 Lippo Karawaci Tangerang 15810 Indonesia Tel: (62-21) 28899 961 / 28899 962 Fax: (62-21) 65702417 eMail:
[email protected]
McGraw-Hill Education Japan
KOREA
McGraw-Hill Education Korea, Inc 3F, Ji-Woo Bldg 376-12 Seokyo-Dong Mapo-Ku Seoul 121-210, Korea Tel: (82-2) 325 2351 Fax: (82-2) 325 2371 eMail:
[email protected]
MALAYSIA
McGraw-Hill Education (M) Sdn Bhd No. 40, Jalan Pengacara U1/48 Temasya Industrial Park 40150 Shah Alam Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel: (60-3) 7627 6888 Fax: (60-3) 7627 6838 eMail:
[email protected]
(Appointed Agent)
Unit LG33 Alfaro Place 146 L.P. Leviste Street Salcedo Village Makati City, Metro Manila Philippines Tel: (63-2) 519 2672 / 519 2675 Fax: (63-2) 519 2676 Email:
[email protected]
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
THAILAND
(also servicing Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar & Vietnam)
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, LLC
20th Floor, Unit 252/101 (C) Tower B Muang Thai-Pathra Complex Building Ratchadaphisek Road, Huaykwang Bangkok 10310, Thailand Tel: (66-2) 615 6555 Fax: (66-2) 615 6500 eMail:
[email protected]
Discover a personalized learning experience that inspires minds and improves results – anytime, anywhere. Digital learning prepares students for 21st century careers. McGraw-Hill Education is leading the push to digitize and personalize education, promoting skills such as collaboration and critical thinking. See how we help to improve student performance with the following solutions.
All-In-One Digital Learning
LearnSmart Advantage
Our learning management platform builds on our success in digital education and vast experience in content development.
A suite of adaptive learning products that includes SmartBook, higher education’s first adaptive e-book.
connect.mheducation.com
learnsmartadvantage.com
Seamless Integration
Custom Publishing
With McGraw-Hill Campus, schools and instructors can access our content and technology through any existing LMS.
Our digital custom-publishing platform gives instructors unprecedented control over classroom content.
mhcampus.com
create.mheducation.com/ createhelp/
McGraw-Hill Practice
New Models for Success
Hands-on, experiential learning games that provide the next generation of digital, personalized- learning for today’s students.
We work with your goals, needs and ideas to create tailored learning experiences that engage students, empower instructors, and enable greater success.
mhpractice.com
learningsolutions.mhhe.com
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 1 International Business Park #01-15A, The Synergy, Singapore 609917 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail:
[email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia
C14-000978-X
HEALTH, HUMAN PERFORMANCE & ALLIED HEALTH 2015
Learning Without Limits
Health, Human Performance & Allied Health
2015
